The origin of craniosacral therapy

http://www.energiacraneosacral.com/craneosacral/parte1/craneosacral1.html

The craniosacral concept has its origins in osteopathy, which was born in 1874 with
Andrew Taylor Still. Shortly after, in 1895, Dr. Palmer developed the chiropractic
principle. Chiropractors and osteopaths have shed much light on the relationship between
function, structure, and the human nervous system.

Both therapeutic disciplines postulate that healing is inherent to the body and that the only
thing the therapist can do is contribute to it occurring through manipulations that relieve
tension accumulated in the spine and other parts of the body.

It is clear then that health and healing in human beings are inherent actions and that our
job as therapists consists of eliminating tensions or interferences that prevent perfect
neurological function between the body and the central nervous system (CNS). In this
way, the nervous energy and therefore the spinal vasomotor reflexes cause the tissues and
organs to receive more blood flow and thus self-healing is carried out.
A little history
The first to investigate the “Primary Respiratory Mechanism” at the end of the last
century was Dr. W. Sutherland, disciple of the father of osteopathy, Dr. Taylor Still
(1828-1917). Dr. Still was one of the pioneers of holistic medicine. He sought throughout
his life the reharmonization of man with nature. His approach to healing rejected surgery
and drugs, only used as a last measure. He mainly relied on a system of body
manipulation, which he called osteopathy; physical exercises and lifestyle advice. He
founded the first school, the American School of Osteopathy, in Kirksville in 1892. The
principles of this other medicine based on natural laws revolutionized the medicine of its
time. Dr. W. Sutherland (1873-1954) seeing the sophisticated cranial anatomy had an
intuition in the early 1900s, “the bones of the skull must be constructed to allow
respiratory movement.” With this first inspiration in 1901, Dr. W. Sutherland begins a life
of search and research developing what is today called Cranio-Sacral Therapy. His path
was not easy since like any pioneer, who contributes new ideas, he had many problems
even within the field of osteopathy. He dedicated more than 30 years to studying the
anatomy of the skull and experimented in different ways, applying pressure to specific
bones of the skull and seeing the relationship they had with different dysfunctions and
emotional changes. He developed a system of examination and treatment of the bones of
the skull, achieving very good results, based on the idea that the bones are not solidly
welded but that there is a
micromovement or flexibility through the sutures where the bones are separated. In 1948,
at the age of 75, Dr. Sutherland made a paradigm shift in the cranial concept. It has a
second inspiration and perhaps the most important. He observed a problem that was
released from within the client, without his force or pressure but by the intrinsic power of
the person. Until now I was prepared to look for the movement, the axis of rotation, the
restriction and the decompensation in the
movement and help it (the system) move better. He now recognized that the movement
was just the result of deeper forces at play, and beneath the movement existed deeper
states of well-being and calm. The orientation of his work changes radically: he stops
doing the protocols and tests for the movement of bones and membranes and begins to
work and cooperate with the power of the system as a conductor of the body's innate
intelligence. He began to call the forces with which he was in contact "the Vital Breath", a
dynamic force that constantly creates the human being. Later an important line of
osteopaths safeguarded and developed these ideas. On the other hand, there has been
extensive development of this technique, supported by different laboratory research works
(especially between the years 1960 and 1980 in the United States), which have confirmed
and expanded Sutherland's discoveries.
In reality, the therapist does not impose anything on the person's body, but rather helps the
body's self-correcting power. That is why in the United States the craniosacral therapist is
called a facilitator. And it is also the reason why this gentle but effective therapy is safe
and convenient for people of all ages. From adults to children and babies, as well as after
an operation or in fragile conditions, complementing medical or psychological treatment.
If there is no specific pathology, therapy helps us eliminate tensions and blockages and
live life more fully, increasing bodily vitality. Some pathologies in which the therapy is
most commonly applied are: migraine or tension-type headaches; back and
musculoskeletal pain and problems; muscle tension; pain relief; joint problems; hearing,
vision or mouth problems; digestive problems; sinusitis and facial neuralgia; stress,
anxiety, chronic fatigue; childhood traumas, hyperactive children; consequences of
accidents; Emotional problems.

A basic part of the work are the “stillpoint” techniques, revitalizing manipulations of the
cranial system. They have a meditative, relaxing and activating effect on the body's self-
healing forces.

We hope that in the near future the study of the possible influences of emotional,
sentimental and mental levels on physical health and its direct relationship with primary
respiratory movement, that is, with the free circulation of CSF, will be further explored.
Let's learn to listen to the subtle rhythms of our body. These natural rhythms of the body
are perfectly qualifiable and quantifiable by current medical science, including the one in
question, which is the rhythm of the cerebrospinal fluid.

The cranial rhythmic impulse (CRI) or primary respiratory movement records and tells us
how our physical-mental-emotional-spiritual health is being expressed. We can make this
perception an accurate and anticipated barometer of our health. Stress, anxiety, repressed
emotions, mental conflicts, fear, anger, etc. They are energy and vibration activities that
instantly affect the CRI. The energy of the human field and its impact on health inevitably
passes through the fascial tissue and the CRI.

It is very possible that in ancient times they knew about the flexibility of the skull,
perhaps in ancient Egypt, in Tibet or in the ancient Mayan or Aztec civilizations. It seems
that in these remote civilizations they deformed their skulls when they were babies to
increase their intellectual abilities and even to encourage their extrasensory powers.

Today many of the great spiritual teachers tell us that the most spiritual people have soft
skulls, their sutures are open, with a lot of flexibility throughout their cranio-sacral
system. We now know with certainty that cranial flexibility, cranial relaxation, carries the
possibility of increasing our sensitivity and our personal power as well as improving our
intelligence and wisdom.

Craniosacral therapy gives us the possibility of all this and even of Being, feeling and
living in a new way, without traumatic memories or destructive emotions. The possibility
of living the present moment independently of all our senses, thoughts and feelings.

It is like re-discovering the wonderful pleasure of living, feeling and expressing. It is to

harmonize and return to the desirable subtle balance between our body, our soul and our
spirit.
What is craniosacral therapy?
Craniosacral Therapy is a form of gentle bodywork that has its roots in osteopathic
medicine. Osteopathic medicine is based on three fundamental contents of philosophy and
practice.
The first content is that structure and function are reciprocally interrelated. In other
words, the way the body's structure is maintained affects the way we function, and vice
versa.
The second important content is that the body is an integrated unit, both in its state of
health and illness. This means that the body cannot be divided, since one part influences
the other, and must be considered as a unified whole.
The third content is that the body is capable of self-healing; In other words: the body has
the innate abilities to heal itself if the right conditions are given for the healing
mechanisms to manifest.
CRANIO-SACRAL THERAPY - LEARNING MANUAL

In this manual we will try to see and understand everything about craniosacral therapy.
Although at first I intended it to be a small manual, as I delved into this fascinating world
of the craniosacral system with its emotional and mental repercussions, I began to find it
so exciting and intriguing that it became totally impossible for me to summarize it in a
few lines.
By studying, analyzing and understanding the craniosacral physiological system and its
psychological aspects, I realize the breadth of this topic.
I am fascinated by this healing process that is new to me and that I have never
experienced before.
Although this therapy resembles in some isolated aspects the polarity therapy of Dr.
Randolph Stone or the Reiki therapist, we have to say that as a whole craniosacral therapy
has nothing to do with other techniques such as those already exposed. In Reiki the
therapist places his hands on the skull and allows the universal energy to enter the patient.
Here, without knowing it, it is very likely that a craniosacral adjustment is being
performed, that is, some craniosacral therapy is being done, but without prior knowledge.
It is also very possible that an energy exchange occurs with the energy of the universal
energy field when the osteopath or craniosacral therapist places his or her hands on the
patient.
Polarity therapy brings fundamental energies of life and people into a state of balance and
free flow throughout the human energy field. Based on the knowledge of acupuncture,
energy meridians and other Eastern techniques, on the muscles, skeleton and the entire
body.
However, craniosacral therapy is based on knowledge of joint physiology,
pathophysiology of membranous, circulatory, and neurological systems, among others, to
explain the movements produced by the hydraulic pump of the cerebrospinal fluid.
Craniosacral therapists want this hydraulic pump to work correctly and to do so we use
gentle therapeutic touches that in most cases are through our intention, that is, without any
contact or pressure. Our therapeutic touch is based first on the sensitivity to listen to the
hydraulic pump of the cerebrospinal fluid throughout the body and subsequently, through
our intentionality, regulate this hydraulic system.
Throughout this book, it is likely that in order to explain each manipulation well, the
therapeutic steps will be repeated even though in most cases they are the same.
Please excuse me if you think I repeat myself in some aspects, but I consider it essential
to insist on certain relevant data.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement

to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being
will be
performed automatically.

I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to apply you will obtain
truly amazing results and, than with any other manual therapy
directly into the body, it seems like an arduous task, if not impossible.

So I, Juan Carlos, would say that the medicine of tomorrow will be based on healing and
cleanse the human energy field and let the body-soul-spirit perform the
necessary adjustments in the physical body.
 parietal bone

Metopic suture of the frontal

Frontal bone bone (usually fused in the
adult)

Greater wing of Superior orbital fissure

the sphenoid
optic foramen

Temporal bone Nasal bone

ethmoid bone Palatine bone

Inferior orbital fissure

sphenoid bone

superior shell of ethmoid

tear bone
Middle concha of the ethmoid

Zygomatic bone Perpendicular plate of the

ethmoid bone

Turbinate-bottom shell

branch of the mandible

Craniosacral Therapy is based on the principle that there is a subtle pulsation that emerges
in the tissues and fluids of the core of the body. This pulsation is an expression of the
basic life force of the individual; The first craniosacral therapists called it "Breath of
Life." The nature of this pulsation is rhythmic; It has an expansion phase and a relaxation
phase; and it is expressed in all fluids, bones, tissues, membranes, and in and around the
central nervous system, although it is also possible to feel it throughout the rest of the
body. This pulsation is called "Primary Respiratory Drive", and it plays a fundamental
role in maintaining order and body/mind integration.
We understand that when the Breath of Life is expressed rhythmically in the tissues and
fluids of the body, health and balance are maintained. However, blocking or restricting
the expression of this pulsation is a fundamental and basic cause of many pathologies and
diseases.
The craniosacral therapist is trained to use his palpation in diagnosing how the body has
structured and functions around blockages or places of restriction. The form of palpation
used to help the body release its resistances and blockages is very gentle, allowing the
deeper inherent rhythms and pulsations to be expressed freely.
The Primary Respiratory Drive is considered primary because it refers to a more basic life
process than breathing through the lungs, which is often called Secondary Respiration.
Primary Breathing as an expression of the Breath of Life underlies all other vital
processes of the body. Therefore, it is possible that the Secondary Respiration or heartbeat
stops while the Primary Respiration continues to be present; In this case the person is
alive.
The founder of Craniosacral Osteopathy, Dr. Sutherland, once related what happened to
him when he was walking by a lake and found a man who had drowned. This man was
lying on the shore and his respiratory vital signs, as well as his heart rate, had stopped.
However, when Sutherland placed his hands on his head, he felt that the Primary Breath
was still present. He then applied a technique to encourage the restart of the Primary
Respiratory Drive, and in a short period of time, this man's heart and breathing began
again, and his life was saved.

Sutherland discovered that the sutures of the skull move

How does Craniosacral Therapy work?

Our body, as a living organism, is immersed in a continuous movement of each and every
one of its structures. This mobility represents life itself, which is often disturbed by
agents, both internal and external, which represent the setbacks that the future of life
throws at us. These alter body rhythms and the mobility of our structures. The paralysis of
this movement will result in illness, pain and suffering.
With the technique of Cranial Sacral Therapy, the therapist, properly trained, will
promote, through small pressures exerted on different structures, the recovery of this lost
movement, as a consequence of both physical and psychological trauma.
This therapy that we could define as "sweet osteopathy" can be framed within what has
been called the "therapeutic of non-aggression", not invasion, but through small stimuli -
impulses allowing the body to activate its self-healing capabilities. and self-regulation.

Sutherland was an Osteopathic student at the beginning of the century in America, and he
learned, like other Osteopathic students of that time, that the cranial bones do not move
since they remain fused and fixed in the adult. However, one day when he was examining
some cranial joints in the laboratory he noticed the way one of the sutures of these bones
overlaps the other, and he wrote about it: "A thought struck me: this suture is beveled like
gills." of a fish and designed for Primary Respiration. He didn't really understand this
thought and didn't even know where it came from, but he couldn't get it out of his head.
So he decided to perform an experiment to prove to himself that the cranial bones did not
move, since that was what he had learned. His reasoning was that if the cranial bones
moved (which he doubted), by preventing this movement, the effects of this should be
noticeable.
So he designed a kind of helmet with adjustment screws on both sides, which he could
tighten at will, to prevent cranial movement. He placed the helmet on his own head to
experience its effects, and within a short period of time he began to feel unwell. Since the
result of his experiment did not match his expectations, he decided to continue
experimenting for a while. After doing various tests over a few months, Dr. Sutherland
began to feel quite ill and seriously disoriented. His wife begged him to stop the
experiments because she already had enough evidence to affirm that, when the movement
of the cranial bones is prevented, the disease appears.
These experiments prompted him to investigate the cause of his discoveries, to which he
dedicated the rest of his life. His research allowed him to identify and understand more
subtle levels of functioning in the body – levels that had previously not been identified –
and to develop therapeutic skills to remedy any dysfunction at these levels of functioning.
Dr. Sutherland identified five fundamental aspects of this Primary Respiratory Movement.
(See graph)
The first was the inherent fluctuation of the cerebrospinal fluid. This fluid bathes the
Central Nervous System and, Dr. Sutherland discovered that by circulating around the
CNS It expresses a subtle pulsation, which he described as a tidal movement and called
Primary Inhalation and Primary Exhalation. During the Primary Inhalation there is an
expansion and rise of the fluids, and during the Primary Exhalation the fluids descend
towards the lower part of the body.
The second aspect of Primary Respiratory Movement is the inherent motility of the CNS.
Dr. Sutherland discovered that the very tissues of the CNS They breathe and they do so in
a rhythmic movement that coincides with the tidal movement that the cerebrospinal fluid
follows.
The third fundamental aspect is breathing and movement of what he called the Reciprocal
Tension Membrane System. This system is composed of a relatively inelastic band of
membranes that divides the different parts of the brain and is continuous with the
membranous layer of the dura mater in the skull and spinal column. These membranes
also move following the phases of Primary Inhalation and Exhalation. The fourth aspect is
the existence of movement in the cranial sutures, something that Dr. Sutherland identified
and tested clinically and experimentally. The skull is made up of numerous bones that
articulate with each other; These bones express subtle but perceptible movement, both in
their joints and within themselves. The bones of living beings also express the primary
pulsation of the Breath of Life in the subtle form of expansion and widening in the
Inhalation phase and narrowing in the Exhalation phase. As a fifth and final aspect,
Sutherland identified the involuntary movement of the sacrum between the iliac bones of
the pelvis. This movement occurs in the sacrum, not as a result of voluntary movements
such as walking, running, or forward bending, but as a direct response to primary
breathing.
 Trunk and
sympathetic ganglia-

and celiac plexus

T6
mo communicating gray -

white non-communicating

Splanchnic or
greater nerve--------
Superior mesenteric
lesser splanchnic ganglion
nerve - - - -----------------

Splenic nerve T11 imo -

-____-Intermesenteric (aortic)
T12
plexus
sympathetic trunk----------------
• 11

Lumbar splanchnic
nerves
Interior mesenteric
ganglion
Spinal nerve 13

Ovarian artery and plexus Superior hypogastric

plexus

uterine ompa (fallopian)

Uterus hypogastric nerves

other intraperitoneal
intraperitoneal pain ip
--------Inferior extension of

scumevaplesos ~33 the peritoneum

lerovagndlypetvico, 3 Cervix.
Uterovaginal and inferior
hypogastric (pelvic) plexuses
enioshpogastric plexus 3 Pelvic spinal nerves
upper pogobtric, plexus Ovary
lower sympathetic
lower rock, nervin' trunk from L4
to L5 towards the eniospinalsTIL
12.B blordelasvsceraspetvicas 4
ubperitonlestp.eg. A sacral plexus
Mataoncenkcaly /vagina ■ .
kperior) rivurn-via nvkosW 1
eolcnioos peicos fairy Q-
YES 3,4 The afferenias from Vagina
vagru mlmor and perineum

Nerve polishing
Anterior - Superior articular process
longitudinal
■Transverse process Lamina
ligament —

Pedicle (cut) posterior

of the - Inferior articular process
longitudinal
Pedicle ligament

intervertebral discs —Intervertebral Foramen

- Spinous apophysis

- Interspinous ligament
spinal
nerve - - Supraspinous ligament

Superior articular processes;

veneer tropism on the right side
(difference in veneer axis) ------------

spinous process;

Leaf

transverse process

Body of the Inferior articular process-

15th vertebra
Yellow ligament

LS spinal nerve iliolumbar ligament

Iliac crest.

auricular fall of the sacrum (for

articulation with the ilium) Superior posterior
iliac spine 1 - 5

Sacru
m
Posterior
inferior iliac
spine —

Left lateral view

Posterior sacroiliac ligament

Greater sciatic foramen -

Ischium spine
sacral
sacrospinous ligament- ligaments
I lateral and
Lesser sciatic foramen Ischial posterior
sacrotuberous ligament- tuberosity coccygeus

Rear view
The tough cranial
mother
The Sacro-Cranial system is a system contained within a thick, impermeable membrane
(the Dura Mater) that surrounds the brain and spinal cord. It is anatomically represented
by:

- The bones of the skull that articulate with each other

- The sacrum and coccyx
- The vertebrae
- The dura mater, structure of the connective system that surrounds the nervous system
and joins different bones of this system, especially the skull, sacrum and coccyx - The
cerebrospinal fluid
- Brain structures that produce and reabsorb CSF
- The fascia that transmits the movement of fluids throughout the body.
An important function of this system is the production, circulation and reabsorption of
cerebrospinal fluid. This fluid is produced within the Sacro-Cranial system and maintains
the logical physical environment in which the brain and nervous system develop, live and
function. There is, therefore, in the Dura Mater a production of a continuous rise and fall
of fluid pressure within the Sacro-Cranial system. The pulse of this fluid is, like the
heartbeat or breathing, transmitted to all tissues and structures of the body as an
involuntary and spontaneous movement with a determined rhythm that ranges between
six-twelve cycles per minute.

The goal of the cranial-sacral therapist when evaluating and treating this system is to be as
least intrusive as possible, using as little force as possible in palpation and treatment.
When we find unbalanced movement, especially if it is related to the head and sacrum, it
suggests to the practitioner that the normal functions of the body may be in conflict.
When bodily functions are disturbed, symptoms may develop. The cranial sacral therapist
typically helps the body restore balanced movement with gentle, subtle techniques.

Helps improve quality of life in cases of cerebral palsy, epilepsy, hydrocephalus, scoliosis
and dyslexia. Many of these problems arise from birth trauma when cranial injuries occur
when the baby's head is delivered. With a few sessions for a newborn, the flexibility of
this system is recovered and countless problems are solved. In the case of cesarean births,
there are also problems, since there is no compression and decompression of the baby in
the birth canal, necessary at birth to boost secondary (pulmonary) respiration.

It has very good results in migraines, migraines, sinusitis, neuralgia, lumbago, sciatica,
back pain, depression, ringing in the ears, nervous tics and insomnia, which can come
from birth trauma, an accident or a blow to the head. or in the sacrum.
These cause lesions and wrinkles in the fascia, like knots in the connective tissue of the
entire body, but especially in the dura mater that surrounds the spinal cord, the entire
cranial vault and forms the falx and the tentorium (cartilaginous connective tissue that
separates the two cerebral hemispheres and cerebellum)
 Meningeal membranes:
Dura mater, Arachnoid mater, Piamater
Median Anterior
Posterior Medial
Fissure of the Spinal
Groove of the Spinal
Cord
Cord

Denticulate Ligament

Pia mater cover of the

spinal cord

Reflected Dura Mater

Spinal cord

It is also intended to give greater mobility and balance to the flapping of the sphenoid
bone, whose shape is similar to that of a butterfly and is located in the center of the skull,
sheltered by the other bones. It maintains a direct relationship with all the senses and is
the only completely transverse bone in the body.
This therapy also aims to balance the rolling and rocking movement of the temporal bones
and relieve the pressure that the weight of the head places on the first cervicals, the atlas
and the axis, since the head weighs a third of the rest of the body, between fifteen 30 kilos
in an adult, blocking the main cranial nerves and the irrigation of the blood vessels that
cross the base of the skull.
We need to relax and relieve the stress that today's life produces and that we control by
pressing on the jaw, which fits directly into the temporal bones, thus compressing the rest
of the cranial bones.

It also helps other treatments aimed at specifically organic problems have greater results
since the main system of psycho-physical harmony of the being is released.
Cranial Sacrotherapy allows us to manually listen to the fascia, membranes and fluids to
recompose their physiology, release retractions, induce circulation and drainage of fluids
and act on traumatic patterns inscribed in the memory of the tissues.
Coronal section Arachnoid granulation
Veins Cerebral vein that penetrates the subdural space to
empty into the sinus Come to
Dura mater (periosteal and meningeal sheets)
Frontal and parietal tributaries of the superficial temporal vein
dura mater-skull interface
Frontal and parietal branches of the hematoma)
(location of epidural superficial temporal artery

Granular pit (indentation of the Arachnoid skull by arachnoid

granulation) subarachnoid
Side lagoon Pia mater
inferior sagittal sinus Middle meningeal
artery and vein

and
superficial,
middle and
deep temporal
veins
 Techniques for modifying the
craniosacral rhythm
Until now, palpation of physiological movements and rhythms has been practiced, taking
care not to interfere with their normal activities. The purpose has been to study and learn
about the body in its natural state of rest but dynamic. We have learned that the practice
of touch by the examiner (or rather the "discoverer") confers security to the practitioner.
There should be no threat to which the subject's body can respond through reflexive
rigidity of the muscles, whether conscious or unconscious.
You should now become familiar and experienced in using techniques that will modify
the rhythmic activity of the craniosacral system. The purposes are none other than
discovery, diagnosis, treatment and prognosis.
Compared to the palpation you have learned so far, techniques that modify the
craniosacral rhythm can seem quite invasive; However, compared to the manipulative
techniques commonly used by doctors and therapists, these techniques are still very
gentle. It's about tricking the craniosacral system, not mistreating it, stunning it, or scaring
it. You have to approach it as you would a shy child or an animal that you want to gain
the trust of. The craniosacral system should not be forced to make movements that are not
physiological. The objective is simply to prevent him from returning from an extreme
movement along the usual route, and to encourage him to find a new route. This covert
discovery of new routes introduces added mobility to the system and its reserve of
movements.
One of the easiest ways to learn to gently modify the rhythm of the craniosacral system is
to start with the feet. As you rest your heels on your moving hands, you “tune in” to
external rotation (the flexion phase of the craniosacral rhythm), return to neutral,
excursion into internal rotation (craniosacral extension), etc., as you go. that the rhythm
repeats.
While you discover this movement, answer these questions. Does the movement seem
symmetrical? Do your feet rotate externally or internally more easily? As an example,
let's say that the left foot rotates outward more than the right, and that neither foot rotates
internally as easily or as far as they do externally. To change this less than perfect
situation, accompany both feet to the extreme range of motion that they can reach with
maximum ease. In our example, this means that you accompany both feet during external
rotation. When your feet have moved as far as possible in external rotation (in this case,
the left foot externally rotates more than the right), resist returning to neutral by stopping
the movement with your hands. Do not use more force in external rotation; Only resist the
return to the neutral position of the feet located in extreme positions of external rotation.
While resisting the return to the neutral position by applying a gentle force to the subject's
feet, another examiner, monitoring the head, will feel subtle resistance to the return of the
skull bones to the neutral position and the phase of extension of the craniosacral rhythm.
The return to the neutral position and the extension movement will occur in the head, but
with less ease. This perceptible change in the head is due to the resistance exerted when
manipulating the subject's feet. As the craniosacral system returns to the flexion phase,
you will notice added movement in external rotation in one or both feet.
This external rotation is followed very closely. The joint limit is reached carefully, just as
if you kept a fishing line taut when pulling a fish out of the water, or like you would keep
the front bumper of a car against the rear bumper of a car you are pushing. When the
external rotation reaches the limit of its new range of motion and attempts to return to the
neutral position, the therapist's hands once again become immovable. The rest of the
craniosacral system will reluctantly return to the neutral position. Then, faced with the
new increased resistance, you will move into the extension phase. This process can be
witnessed by an examiner who controls the activity located at the subject's head.
Each time the feet rotate a little more externally, the joint limit is carefully reached and
resistance is resisted to internal rotation. After a few repetitions (the number will differ,
usually between 5 and 20), the entire movement of the craniosacral system will stop,
completely immobile. This is called the still point.
The still point has been induced by the resistance that the therapist exerts to the
physiological movement in the subject's feet. It usually announces itself with macroscopic
irregularities in the craniosacral rhythm that manifest throughout the system. The
craniosacral system may quiver, pulsate, or rock. As the therapist continues to resist the
return to the neutral position of the physiological movement of the feet, the activity of the
craniosacral system will eventually stop.
We have electrically recorded the still point during some of our work with Dr. Zvi Karni.
As we approach the point of stillness, the subject experiences several changes. In our
hypothetical subject, the excursion of the left leg in external rotation was greater than that
of the right. Both turned externally more than they did internally. Therefore, it could be
deduced that there is a somatic dysfunction in the right sacroiliac joint. There is probably
a restriction in a flexion position with the apex of the anterior sacrum. As the arrival of
the still point becomes imminent, the subject is likely to experience an exacerbation of the
pain present in the affected lumbar area, or the recurrence of a known and old pain, now
latent. The subject will also experience changes in breathing patterns, and probably some
perspiration. Continue exerting resistance until the body makes a harmonious and
concerted effort against the action of the hands (in this case, until the feet externally
rotate).
During the still point, everything relaxes. The pain mentioned before disappears. Somatic
sacroiliac dysfunction may correct spontaneously, sometimes with a noticeable "pop."
Breathing becomes very relaxed, and all muscle tension seems to disappear.
The still point can last from a few seconds to a few minutes. When it concludes, the
craniosacral system resumes its movement, usually with better symmetry and greater
amplitude.
Once the still point is induced, you just have to watch. It notices any change in the quality
and range of movement of the feet. If the excursions in internal and external rotation are
restored to equality, and if the left-right symmetry of the movement improves, nothing
further is required. If, in your opinion, the movement is not satisfactory, perhaps repeat
the procedure until you reach another point of stillness. Each repetition will return the
abnormality a little more to normal and will be beneficial to the patient.
We have never exceeded more than ten repetitions with the still point during the same
treatment session. However, we are not aware of any side effects other than extreme
relaxation and drowsiness.
The still point is contraindicated in cases of intracranial hemorrhage and aneurysm,
because changes in intracranial fluid pressure can be harmful to the patient.
With practice, the technique described for inducing a still point using the feet can be
applied anywhere on the body. It is a matter of determining the direction of greatest ease
and amplitude of physiological craniosacral rhythm. Follow this movement to its point of
physiological stillness, and resist its return. It reaches the joint limit with each cycle until
reaching a point of quiescence in the function of the craniosacral system. Once the
quiescent point is passed and the enhanced activity of the craniosacral system resumes,
the therapist will monitor and evaluate the new physiological movement patterns.
The still point is induced in most cases in the head and sacrum. Techniques applied to
these anatomical parts tend to be effective more quickly than when applied to other parts
of the body. The objective is simply to modify the activity of the craniosacral system.
THE CV-4 TECHNIQUE The point of stillness achieved by applying the technique on the
subject's occipital is traditionally called the "CV-4" technique. CV-4 involves
compression of the fourth ventricle. In this case, the fourth ventricle is the ventricle of the
brain. Dr. Sutherland, creator of this technique (SUTHERLAND, 1939), believed that it
was compressing the fourth ventricle of the brain and, therefore, influencing the vital
nerve centers located in it and in the walls of the ventricle.
The squama occiput allows accommodation to the changing pressure of intracranial fluid.
The CV-4 technique significantly reduces the accommodation capacity of the scales. The
hydraulic pressure of the intracranial fluid therefore increases and is redirected along all
other available pathways when the movement of the occipital scale is extrinsically
restricted. Consequently, the CV-4 technique favors the movement of the liquid and its
exchange. Improved fluid movement is always beneficial except in cases of intracranial
hemorrhage where thrombus formation is enhanced by stasis, and in cases of cerebral
aneurysm where changing intracranial pressure could cause a leak or rupture.
The CV-4 technique affects diaphragm activity and autonomic control of breathing, and
appears to relax the tone of the sympathetic nervous system to a significant degree. I have
often used this technique to reduce chronic sympathetic hypertonia in stressed patients. A
vegetative functional improvement is always expected as a result of the induction of the
quiescent point.
Clinically, this technique is beneficial in cases where a lymphatic pumping technique is
indicated (MAGOUN, 1978). The fever has been reduced to 4" F in 30 60 minutes. It
relaxes all the connective tissues of the body and is therefore beneficial for acute and
chronic musculoskeletal injuries. It is effective in degenerative arthritic processes, both
for cerebral and pulmonary congestion, to regulate labor pains and as a means to reduce
postural edema.
The CV-4 technique is a very simple shot treatment for a multitude of problems, because
it improves tissue and hydraulic movement, and restores the flexibility of the vegetative
response.
As a therapist, cup your hands so that your thumbs form a V. The apex of the V formed
by the thumbs should be at the level of the spinous processes of the II and III cervical
vertebrae. The thenar eminences rest on the occipital scale, medial and completely
avoiding the occipitomastoid sutures. As the subject's occipital narrows during the
extension phase of the craniosacral system cycle, this movement is followed by the thenar
eminences. When the subject's occiput tries to widen during the flexion phase of the
cranial cycle, you must resist this widening process. The hands remain motionless and do
not exert any pressure. As narrowing of the occipital occurs during the extension phase,
the joint limit will be reached following the narrowing of the occipital. Resistance is again
opposed to the widening of the occipital during the flexion phase of movement of the
craniosacral system. This procedure is repeated until the cranial rhythm becomes reduced
and disorganized, ending up stopping, temporarily but completely.
When this arrest of the cranial rhythm occurs, the still point will have been induced. This
will remain for a variable number of seconds or minutes. The subject's breathing will
change, and light perspiration will often appear on the forehead. An appreciable
relaxation of the body will be observed.
After a few minutes, you will notice that the subject's occipital is once again trying to
dilate in the flexion phase of the rhythmic cycle of the craniosacral system. When you
notice a strong, concerted bilateral movement, stop resisting. Follow this widening and
evaluate the amplitude and symmetry of the craniosacral rhythm.
A point of stillness can also be induced anywhere on the subject's head by applying the
same principles of tracking the movement to its extreme extent, and resisting the return to
the neutral position until the rhythmic activity is temporarily interrupted. INDUCTION
OF THE STILL POINT IN THE SACRULE
To induce a point of stillness in the sacrum, the therapist's hand rests on it. Sacral
movement is followed during the flexion or extension phase, whichever seems to offer the
greatest excursion. The patient's sacrum attempts to return to its normal position is
resisted for several cycles until the inherent motion of the craniosacral system ceases. The
still point has already been induced.
Several factors can be taken into account when selecting the point on the patient's body at
which to induce the still point. Selection may be based on convenience when e.g. For
example, the therapist is holding the sacrum or feet and does not want to alter the patient's
body by changing position. Perhaps it is also based on a desire to control the effect of the
still point induced on a given part of the body. Manual contact with painful body parts is
unnecessary because, with practice, still points are induced almost anywhere on the
patient's body. Movement may be palpated in a region of the body with a restriction when
the therapist wants to evaluate the effect of a still point on the restriction of that area. The
most convenient method to monitor this effect is to place your hand or hands over the area
in question during the procedure.
The induction of a still point in the extremities when, e.g. For example, attempting to
evaluate and treat an uncooperative pediatric patient is an excellent means of obtaining his
or her cooperation. The still point experience is pleasant for patients. The child soon
learns to associate touch with the pleasurable experience of the still point. Cooperation is
assured with this partnership and the scope is created to initiate a mutually beneficial
therapeutic process. It is beneficial for the therapist, due to the satisfaction it brings and
the training experience. Once trust and cooperation is achieved, a more specific and
effective treatment can be applied. We especially recommend this method to develop
understanding and cooperation with autistic children.

Introduction. Head CT has been the most widespread method in the evaluation of
patients who have suffered head trauma. However, it is not very sensitive in the
identification of diffuse axonal injury and lesions in the posterior fossa. Cranial MRI is a
 potentially more sensitive test but difficult to perform in these patients, a fact that has
prevented the generalization of its use.

Goals. Compare the ability of the two diagnostic tests to identify post-traumatic
intracranial lesions in patients with severe and moderate TBI, and determine which
radiological characteristics on CT are associated with the presence of LAD on MRI and
its clinical severity.
Material and methods. Included in the study are 100 patients with moderate and severe however, it is
TBI who underwent cranial MRI within the first 30 days after the head trauma. All diffuse and
clinical variables potentially related to the prognosis of the patients were collected, as lesion
Introduction.
well as the data from the initial CT according to the classification of Marshall et al. The potentially
The
evaluatio
MRI was evaluated in a blinded manner by two neuroradiologists who were blinded to sick, h
the result of the initial CT and the initial clinical situation of the patient. All the injuries
they presented were collected, as well as their classification according to the classification Goals. C intracra
of injuries associated with LAD, described by Adams. The findings on CT and MRI were diagnostic in what
compared, evaluating the sensitivity of each test with respect to the different findings. characteristics
Findings related to the presence of LAD on MRI were studied by univariate study, using
the χ2 test and simple correlations. Results. MRI is more sensitive than CT for lesions in
the cerebral white matter, corpus callosum, and trunk. In addition, it detects a greater
number of bruises. The presence of diffuse axonal injury depends on the mechanism of Circumv
trauma production, being more common in higher energy traumas, especially in traffic
accidents, whether with a car or motorcycle/bike. Regarding the radiological
characteristics associated with LAD, the most clearly related is intraventricular
hemorrhage. The presence of increasingly deeper damage and a higher score on the
Adams scale is associated with a lower score on the GCS and motor GCS, and
consequently a worse level of consciousness and greater severity of the initial trauma,
confirming Ommaya's model. Keywords: Traumatic brain injury. Cranial trauma. RM.
TC. Diffuse axonal injury. Imaging methods
Introduction
Traumatic brain injury (TBI) is one of the main causes of neurological disability that
mainly affects young patients4,5. In recent decades, cranial CT has been the most used
technique in the diagnosis of the injuries presented by these patients and has contributed
to better knowledge of the pathophysiology of TBI and its better therapeutic
management20,25. However, it is well known that many patients present significant
alterations in the level of consciousness after TBI and subsequently present neurological
sequelae secondary to it, without presenting relevant findings in CT scans performed
during their evolution7,29. Furthermore, CT has limited resolution capacity in non-
hemorrhagic lesions and those located in the posterior fossa.
Cranial MRI emerged as a diagnostic test that is very sensitive to non-hemorrhagic and
posterior fossa lesions and, therefore, could play a role in the diagnosis of post-traumatic
intracranial lesions10,12,31. However, the longer times required to perform the
examination with this diagnostic method and the technical difficulties in performing it in
clinically unstable patients have meant that its widespread use in the diagnosis of TBI is
exceptional and limited to a small number of centers. . Currently, various sequences have
been added that require shorter exploration times, a fact that has facilitated the increase in
its use.
According to various authors, diffuse axonal injury (LAD) is largely responsible for the
morbidity and mortality associated with severe TBI1,2,15,16,25. Various theories have
been proposed to explain its appearance, but the most accepted pathophysiological model
is the one proposed by Ommaya and Gennarelli, in relation to neuropathological findings,
in which, as the intensity of the trauma increases, the lesion findings become more deeply,
from the cortex to the brain stem, and that this gradation in depth would be related to the
deterioration of consciousness that the patient presents9. Cranial MRI, being able to more
sensitively detect LAD-related lesions, could be useful in establishing whether this
pathophysiological model is correct. The objective of this work is twofold. Firstly, the
ability to identify post-traumatic intracranial lesions by the two most useful diagnostic
tests, that is CT and MRI, will be compared in patients with severe and moderate TBI.
Secondly, we will determine which radiological characteristics on CT are associated with
the presence of LAD on MRI and its clinical severity.

Material and methods

Inclusion criteria
In the present study, the clinical and radiological findings have been reviewed in 100
patients with severe and moderate TBI studied with MRI at the acute-subacute moment of
the TBI (first 30 days of evolution). To this end, the patients were prospectively included
in the study applying the following inclusion and exclusion criteria:
Inclusion criteria:
- Age between 15 and 75 years.
- Severe/moderate TBI (post-resuscitation GCS <= 12) or GCS = 13 in addition to loss of
consciousness and post-traumatic amnesia.
Exclusion criteria :
- Signs of brain death on admission (bilateral non-reactive mydriasis, etc.).
- Impossibility to perform early CT due to significant hemodynamic instability or other
reasons.
- Early death in the acute-subacute stage with impossibility of performing MRI.
- Impossibility of subsequent follow-up.

Procedures:

Every patient who is admitted to our Hospital with a moderate or severe TBI is evaluated
in the Polytraumatized Intensive Care Unit. After hemodynamic stabilization, a cranial
CT is performed. In cases of severe TBI, if there is no mass effect on the initial CT, an
intracranial pressure sensor is placed and patients are managed according to a
standardized protocol. Patients with moderate TBI, depending on the associated injuries
and CT lesions, are treated in the ICU or in the Neurosurgery ward. In all cases, after the
initial CT on admission, this examination is repeated 12-24 and 36 hours after the trauma.
This guideline may vary depending on the clinical evolution and if the first CT was
performed very early after the TBI (< 3 hours).
In cases of moderate TBI, with loss of consciousness or amnesia, patients are initially
evaluated by the Neurosurgery Service and studied with head CT. Subsequently, and if
there are no mass effects in the CT, they are admitted to the Neurosurgery ward where
they are neurologically monitored and successive control CT scans are performed
depending on the lesion in the initial CT.

MR imaging protocol
All patients who met the inclusion criteria underwent an MRI as early as possible in their
evolution following the following technical parameters. -Sagittal T1 Flair: TR: 2000; TE:
MIN FULL (8-48); IT: 750; NEX: 2; Matrix: 256x256; VB: 31.25; Thickness: 5; Spacing:
1; Time 2.58.
-Axial Flair: TR: 10000; TE: 145; IT: 2200; NEX: 1; VB: 20; Matrix: 256x192;
Thickness: 5; Spacing:1; Time:4.
-Axial T2: TR: 4000; TE: 85; ETL: 12; VB: 20; Matrix: 384x256; NEX: 2; Thickness: 5;
Spacing: 1; Time: 2.16.
-Axial gradient T2: TR: 550; TE: 18; FLIP ANGLE: 28; VB: 15; Matrix: 256x224; NEX:
2; Thickness: 5; Spacing: 1; Time:3.04.

Data Collect
On admission, epidemiological data were collected such as age, sex, mechanism of TBI,
presence of associated severe extracranial trauma, post-resuscitation level of
consciousness, according to the Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS) and its motor subscale, and
pupillary status. Likewise, the findings on the initial CT were collected, expressed
according to the Traumatic Coma Data Bank scale that classifies imaging findings
according to the presence or absence of mass lesions, cisternal compression and/or
midline displacement19.
Furthermore, the different injuries that can be found in these patients were identified and
recorded (cerebral contusion, subarachnoid hemorrhage, intraventricular hemorrhage,
lesions in the corpus callosum, trunk, deep nuclei and extra-axial collections (subdural-
epidural)).
During admission, the findings found in the control CT scan were recorded, as well as the
changes with respect to the initial CT scan. Furthermore, following the previously
described protocol, a cranial MRI was performed in all cases within the first 30 days after
the trauma. This MRI was evaluated blindly by two neuroradiologists who were blinded
to the result of the initial CT and the patient's initial clinical situation. The presence of
bruises and lesions suggestive of LAD were recorded, as well as their
 location and its hemorrhagic or non-hemorrhagic character, combining information from
different sequences. Furthermore, MRI findings were classified according to the
classification of lesions associated with LAD described by Adams and adapted by Gentry
et al for MRI findings, which follows a centripetal gradation of lesion severity1,10. When
the assessment of the two neuroradiologists differed, a grade was adopted by consensus.
The classification by Adams et al. divides LAD into three degrees:
Grade 1 Lobar white matter lesions
Grade 2 Injuries to the corpus callosum
Grade 3 Injuries to dorsolateral portions of the trunk

Statistic analysis
A descriptive analysis of the demographic variables of the series and imaging findings in
CT and MRI is performed. The kappa coefficient was used to establish the degree of Lobe
agreement between the two neuroradiologists. To compare the findings in CT and
MRI, a description of the differences in frequencies of said findings in the overall
series is made, as well as an approximation of the sensitivity of each test with respect Brocea motor
to the different findings (ability to identify bruises, lesions in the corpus callosum, language
area
trunk and deep nuclei and presence of subarachnoid hemorrhage) using as the overall
frequency of each lesion the sum of the cases in which they are identified with each Tempor
test. al lobe

To identify the findings related to the presence of LAD in our sample, a univariate
study of the different factors was carried out using the χ2 test and calculating the odds
ratios with respect to the presence of LAD. To establish the relationship between the
altered level of consciousness and location of the LAD lesions, a simple correlation
study was carried out with Spearman's Rho when the GCS was treated as a non-
continuous ordinal variable; Subsequently, using the χ2 test, we attempted to establish
the different odds ratios for each of the strata of the GCS motor subscale. Finally, an
attempt has been made to establish the existence of a linear relationship between them
using a linearity test associated with the χ2.
All analyzes have been carried out using the SPSS statistical program, establishing p<0.05
as the significance limit.
 parietal lobe

frontal lobe
*g — Area of Ehh
understanding. of the
reading

Occipital
lobe
Brocea
language 1 Area u" j
motor area sensory
I of ■
language
I of
Tempor / Wernicke
al lobe • Cerebellum

Longitudinal Bridge -
fissure Varolio
medulla
frontal lobe
oblongata
------premotor area

—------ascending frontal gyrus

—------Ascending parietal gyrus
--------parietal lobe

Occipital lobe

Results

c
Demographic characteristics of the sample
Of the total number of patients reviewed, 100 patients met the inclusion criteria and had
undergone head MRI in the first month after the head trauma. The average age of the
sample is 33

£
years, with the majority of patients being men (Table 1). Most patients (63%) had
suffered severe trauma (post-resuscitation GCS < 7). The most common mechanism was

yes
traffic accident, with the automobile being the most frequent means of transportation.

Regarding the factors related to the severity of the trauma suffered, it should be noted that
33% of the patients had a motor score in the post-resuscitation GCS less than or equal to
3, the G 20% an associated severe extracranial trauma, 23% suspected or confirmed
hypotension or hypoxia (shock), and 23% neurodeterioration, the most frequent causes
being intracranial hypertension and the appearance of new lesions on control CT in five
cases respectively.
 Table 1
Demographic characteristics of 100 patients with severe and moderate TBI
Age Average: 3 3
Range: 15-71
Sex n (%)
Man Woman 83 (83%)
17(17%)

TBI severity n (%)

Severe TBI (GCS<7) 63(63%)
Moderate TBI (GCS 8-14) 37(37%)

Mechanism n (%)
-Car accident 57 (57%)
-Motorcycle 13 (13%)
-Run over 8 (8%)
-Precipitation 12 (12%)
-Others (Aggression/Fall) 10 (10%)

CT findings
In all patients, a cranial CT was performed in the first 24 hours, followed by a control CT to verify if the
existing ones changed. The findings on the initial CT were classified according to the Mars classification,
the most common being type I and II (70%). In seven cases, changes occurred on the control CT scan,
appearing in Table 2. The findings on the CT scan are shown. Of note is the high frequency of subarachnoid
hemorrhage, 48% of the cases presenting it, which is most frequently arranged cortically.

Contusions appeared in 53% of the cases, the most frequent location being frontal and temporal lesions in
the corpus callosum and in 4 lesions were identified in the trunk.
MRI findings
In all cases, an MRI study was performed, according to the technique described above, within the first
30 days after the trauma, with a median number of days after trauma of 15 days. In order to detect the
greatest number of lesions, the findings in the different sequences were combined. The findings in
these studies are reflected in Table 3 . Contusions were detected in 64% of the individuals with a
predominantly frontal and temporal location. Signs of diffuse axonal injury were detected in 65% of
patients, with the vast majority of lesions (81%) being hemorrhagic, while lesions corresponding to
non-hemorrhagic LAD were only observed in 19%. In 33 patients, lesions affecting several brain lobes
were detected. 23% of the patients had lesions in deep nuclei, the majority of which were also
hemorrhagic.
In 36 patients, lesions were detected in the corpus callosum, which were most frequently distributed at
the level of the splenium or affecting various areas of the corpus callosum ( Table 4 ) . Most lesions
were also defined as hemorrhagic. It is noteworthy that most of the patients who presented lesions in
the corpus callosum also presented lesions suggestive of LAD at the level of the hemispheric white
matter.
Trunk injuries were detected in 33 patients. Most affected the midbrain, either anteriorly or
posteriorly, probably as a consequence of laceration of the midbrain against the tentorial free edge.
The vast majority had lesions suggestive of LAD in the hemispheric white matter, but 10 of them did
not have associated lesions in the corpus callosum, with the distribution of trunk lesions in these cases
being similar to that of the general group of trunk lesions.
The findings were classified according to Adams' classifications as shown in Figure 1 . The MRIs
were evaluated independently and blindly by two neuroradiologists who were unaware of the patient's
clinical situation and prognosis. When there were differences between the two observers, the findings
were classified by consensus. When analyzing the degree of interobserver agreement using the Kappa
index, it was found that this classification showed great interobserver reproducibility (kappa of 0.96).
Examples of lesions in white matter, corpus callosum and trunk are shown in Figures 2 , 3 and 4 .
Comparison of CT and MRI findings
As seen in the previous tables and in Tables 5 and 6 , MRI is more sensitive than CT for lesions in the
cerebral white matter, corpus callosum and trunk. It also detects a greater number of bruises. However,
it seems less sensitive for traumatic SAH, not being able to detect it in up to 52% of patients who
presented it on the initial CT. This fact may be due to the time elapsed between the initial CT and the
cranial MRI. Figures 5 and 6 show cases in which CT was not able to detect lesions that were
identified thanks to the different MRI sequences used.
 Left lateral vision due to transparency

Left interventricular
foramen (Mono's)

-Corpodelphomix

Coronal section of the brain: posterior view

Table 5
Comparison of CT and MRI findings

N(96) Difference

CT bruises 53 (53%)
17%
MRI Bruises 64 (64%)

Corpus callosum lesions CT 8 (8%) 36

77%
RAÍ corpus callosum lesions (36%)

Trunk CT injuries 4 (4%) 33

87%
Trunk MRI injuries (33%)

Deep nucleus lesion CT Deep 10 (10%)

57%
nucleus lesion MRI 23 (23%)

HSA TAC presence 48 (48%) 52%

HSA RAÍ presence 23 (23%)
Table 6
Sensitivity of CT and MRI to the identification of different your injuries. Sensitivity = True positives / Total N
Presence of bruises N=73
T.C. 53/73 = 73%
RM 64/73 = 88%

Injuries to the corpus callosum N = 36

T.C. 8/36 = 22%
RM 36/36 = 100%

Trunk injuries N = 33
T.C. 4/33= 12%
RM 33/33 = 100%

Deep core injuries N = 23

T.C. 10/2 3= 43%
RM 23/23 = 100%

Presence of HSA N = 51
T.C. 48/51 = 94%
RM 23/51 = 45%

Factors related to the presence of LAD on MRI

An attempt has been made to establish which factors are related to the appearance of LAD
in the patients in our series. To this end, a univariate study was carried out crossing
clinical and radiological characteristics that could be related to these injuries.
Among the clinical characteristics, the most notable has been the association of the
presence of LAD and the mechanism of trauma production. It seems that LAD appears
more frequently in higher energy traumas, especially in traffic accidents, whether with a
car or motorcycle/bike. The risk of presenting LAD in a traffic accident is up to 23 times
greater than the risk of presenting LAD after a fall ( Table 7 ) . Regarding the radiological
characteristics associated with LAD, the most clearly related is intraventricular
hemorrhage. Intraventricular hemorrhage is above all associated with lesions in the corpus
callosum, since 96% of patients who presented intraventricular hemorrhage had lesions in
the corpus callosum on MRI, which shows that intraventricular hemorrhage is probably
secondary to the tear of small vessels produced by injury to the corpus callosum as some
authors have already pointed out6. Traumatic subarachnoid hemorrhage is not associated
with a higher frequency of LAD detected on MRI, and contusions could have a certain
protective effect with respect to LAD, which is probably explained by the different
mechanism of production of both injuries ( Table 8 ). .

Impaired level of consciousness after TBI and depth of LAD

According to Ommaya's model22, the disorder of consciousness after trauma would be
proportional to the energy of the trauma and secondary to the brain injury, affecting
deeper structures as the energy was greater. The injury to increasingly deeper structures,
according to a centripetal gradient from the convexity to the trunk, would be responsible
for the gradual worse level of consciousness of patients exposed to higher energy traumas.
One of the objectives of our study was to try to establish whether there is a relationship
between the depth of the LAD lesions on MRI and the level of consciousness after
resuscitation. In our series there is a negative correlation between the presence of lesions
associated with LAD, hemispheric white matter lesion, trunk lesion and the classification
according to the centripetal model of these findings in the Adams classification and the
post-suscitation GCS and the motor subscale of the GCS. ( Table 9 ) . That is, the
presence of increasingly deeper damage and a higher score on the Adams scale is
associated with a lower score on the GCS and motor GCS and, consequently, with a
worse level of consciousness.
Table 9
Correlation between lesions diagnosed on MRI and post-resuscitation GCS and motor GCS. Correlation
coefficients Spearman's Rho tion

GCS GCS engine

Presence of bruises ,1 2
LAD in RM -.45* -.45*
LAD white matter injury -,42* -.42*
Corpus callosum injury -.31* -.34*
trunk injury -.41* -.39*
LAD Adams Classification -,5* -.5**
*p<0.01

Again, the presence of contusions seems to be associated with a lower energy trauma and,
therefore, correlates weakly but positively with the initial GCS.
If we determine the risk of presenting associated LAD injuries in MRI according to the
initial motor GCS, it can be observed that this risk increases as the initial motor GCS
decreases, there being a linear association between intervals in each motor GCS and the
risk of LAD, injury in white matter, injury to the trunk and bruises ( Table 10 ) . These
results are not affected if we exclude from the analysis patients with type V lesions
according to the Marshall classification, that is, those patients with mass effect on the
initial CT scan. The relationship between the worse initial level of consciousness and the
presence of increasingly deeper lesions on MRI therefore seems clear, confirming the
Ommaya and Genarelli model.

Discussion
Imaging methods in TBI
In the clinical context of TBI and its acute management, an imaging diagnostic method
must meet a series of requirements20:
- It must be available in or near the emergency room or ICU that treats the patient.
- It must be able to be used safely and easily in a critically ill patient.
- Its sensitivity must be sufficient to determine the severity, type and anatomical location
of the injury: prognostic capacity.
-Must be specific enough to determine the category of the injury (surgical

/ non-surgical) to direct treatment.

The introduction of CT revolutionized the management of TBI, since it is a quick and
easy imaging method to perform, it can be performed safely on intubated/ventilated
patients by accepting all types of materials, and it is suitable for guiding the treatment of
these patients. patients, since it allows a rapid and well-defined evaluation of bleeding and
cranial fractures.
Cranial CT has demonstrated its usefulness in the assessment of potentially surgical
pathology at the time of trauma. Its use has promoted better knowledge of the
mechanisms of traumatic brain injury and has improved the care and treatment of patients,
reducing the morbidity and mortality of this pathology with its use28.
Numerous studies have correlated the final evolution of patients with numerous
anatomical parameters in relation to the severity of the injury, such as the presence and
type of intracranial injury16,17, the presence of surgical mass injuries14, midline
deviation and compression. of the basal cisterns or the third ventricle7,8.
At present, the most widely used classification of CT findings during the acute-subacute
stage of the injury is the Traumatic Coma Data Bank (TCDB) classification. This
classification was proposed by Marshall et al. and is based on the location of the
mesencephalic cisterns, midline deviation, and the presence or absence of focal lesions to
categorize CT findings into six different groups19. This classification allows the
identification of subjects at risk of suffering deterioration secondary to intracranial
hypertension. In addition, it allows the establishment of the prognosis of patients in terms
of the risk of death, as well as in general categories of good and bad evolution. However,
its usefulness has not been demonstrated in terms of its relationship with a more specific
prognostic determination or in terms of the ability to predict neuropsychological
alterations or neuropsychiatric disorders in these patients.
Cranial CT also presents certain limitations when evaluating patients who have suffered
TBI. On the one hand, it is not very sensitive when it comes to identifying LAD, with a
significant number of patients being observed with discrepancies between CT findings,
which may even be normal, and a poor neurological situation18. This is the case of
diffuse lesion types I and II according to the TCDB, in which the diffuse lesion is defined
negatively, that is, as the presence of coma without mass effect. Furthermore, it is not
very sensitive to lesions at the level of the posterior fossa and especially at the level of the
trunk, the presence of which would indicate the presence of the most serious LAD. It is
also insensitive to nonhemorrhagic LAD lesions.
MRI is a very sensitive technique to changes in the white matter and lesions in the
posterior fossa, therefore, theoretically, it would be very useful to detect LAD. However,
its usefulness in the acute moment of trauma is hindered by the duration of the
examinations in unstable patients and the incompatibility of certain materials with MRI
(intubation tubes, respirators...). However, these theoretical difficulties are being
overcome by the use of MRI-compatible materials and the shorter duration of the scans
using the machinery currently available. Certain MR sequences are very sensitive to the
detection of LAD lesions, especially those with long relaxation and emission times. T2
sequences are useful, but have limitations in periventricular or cortical lesions due to the
presence of nearby cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). FLAIR (Fluid attenuated inversion
recovery) sequences reduce or cancel the fluid signal, detecting a greater number of
lesions. T2 gradient echo sequences are very sensitive to the presence of blood or its
degradation products, being very sensitive to hemorrhagic LAD lesions, especially if
some time passes from the trauma until the MRI is performed. Our work shows a higher
proportion of hemorrhagic LAD-related lesions than in other recently published works3.
This may be due to the inclusion of gradient echo sequences that are not used by other
authors. Therefore, the MR evaluation of patients who have suffered TBI is based on the
use of these three sequences, which are complementary, also using various cutting planes.
Different authors have shown a greater sensitivity of MRI over CT when diagnosing the
anatomical substrate of traumatic brain damage. Gentry et al. In 1987, in a series of 40
patients with severe TBI studied with head CT and early MRI, they demonstrated a
greater sensitivity of MRI compared to CT, especially at the level of non-hemorrhagic
lesions, detected with greater sensitivity by MRI with sequences in T2, and lesions in the
brainstem11. Willberger et al. studied 24 patients with severe TBI, with and without
injuries in TC30. In all of them there were lesions on MRI and in 5 of them there were
lesions on the trunk that in no case had been diagnosed by CT. There are other works with
similar findings13,21,23,31.
In our experience, the greater sensitivity of MRI is evident in the detection of injuries
such as contusions, lesions in the corpus callosum, deep nuclei and trunk. This greater
sensitivity when detecting injuries that will have an important weight in the prognosis of
these patients, such as trunk injuries, makes MRI a necessary technique for correctly
establishing the prognosis of patients with severe and moderate TBI.

Types of injuries in TBI

According to the work of Adams et al.1,2, brain damage due to TBI is divided into
primary and secondary lesions. The primary injury is the result of mechanical forces that
produce tissue deformation at the moment of impact. These deformations would directly
damage blood vessels, axons, neurons and glia. This primary damage would initiate a
whole series of inflammatory, neurochemical and metabolic events that would determine
greater brain damage, and which are classified as secondary lesions. The different types of
secondary injuries are potentially reversible with adequate treatment and if they are
recognized in time, at least from a theoretical point of view.
A different approach to injuries caused by TBI was introduced by Gennarelli et al9,22,25.
Based on clinical-radiological and neuropathological findings, these authors classified the
primary lesions into focal and diffuse lesions. Focal lesions will be those that would be
large enough to be seen with the naked eye. These lesions would produce neurological
dysfunction due to a local alteration and would only produce alterations in the level of
consciousness or coma when they were so large as to cause intracranial hypertension,
cerebral herniation and/or compression of the brain stem. These focal injuries include
contusions, subdural, epidural and intracerebral hematoma. However, diffuse lesions are
not characterized by being macroscopically localized or significantly visible lesions in
principle, but patients who present them have a global dysfunction of brain function, and
may suffer altered level of consciousness and coma without the need to present
hypertension. intracranial, mass lesion or compression of the brain stem. Many authors
include diffuse axonal injury, cerebral ischemic damage secondary to hypoxia, as well as
diffuse cerebral edema within diffuse injury. The most important lesion, as it is a primary
lesion within this group, is the diffuse lesion of the white matter called diffuse axonal
lesion.
These two morphological types of injury would be produced by the characteristics of the
initial trauma and the mechanical forces that occurred at that time. When the head
undergoes a sudden change in direction, two types of acceleration can be induced:
translation and rotation. In general, translation refers to the movement of the head in a
single axis or in a straight line, while rotation refers to the head rotating around its center
of gravity or moving in several axes. Ommaya and Gennarelli observed in experimental
models with primates that were subjected to different types of acceleration/deceleration,
how these two types of injuries were produced by different types of movements22. Thus,
contusions and other focal lesions occurred in subjects exposed to accelerations in one
plane, and the primates did not suffer altered level of consciousness in the absence of
growing contusions. However, if movement in various directions with rotational
acceleration/deceleration was allowed, alterations in level of consciousness occurred in
the absence of expansile lesions. In these cases, the neuropathological examination
allowed the observation of the characteristic findings of diffuse axonal injury (LAD)26.
This difference in the mechanism of production of focal and diffuse injuries can also be
extrapolated to humans, since in general, in traumas in which direct impacts occur, of
short duration without rotational movements of the head, such as in falls or direct blows,
contusions or hematomas predominate, while in traumas in which
accelerations/decelerations of moderate duration and in several axes predominate, as
occurs in traffic accidents, LAD is common. As shown in our work, the presence of LAD,
defined by the test that most sensitively detects it, MRI, is in relation to the causal
mechanism of the trauma, its presence being more frequent when the mechanism is high
energy and the patient It is subject to significant acceleration/deceleration forces such as
traffic accidents, car, motorcycle/bike accidents or run over. However, those traumas that
are more affected by direct impact, such as those caused by precipitation, falls or direct
attacks, have a lower frequency and lower relative risk of presenting LAD in MRI. In
these traumas, the frequency of contusions is greater (60% in traffic versus 85% in
precipitation and direct trauma), which explains the protective factor of contusions for the
presence of LAD.

Diffuse axonal injury: Ommaya's centripetal theory. LAD Gradation

Strich (1956) was the first author to find in a necropsy series the appearance of a "diffuse
degeneration of the white matter" in a series of patients with severe post-traumatic
dementia27. He stated that the damage was caused by the twisting of the axons at the
initial moment of the trauma. Gennarelli and Adams later coined the term diffuse axonal
injury to describe the neuropathological findings of the most devastating injury that can
occur after trauma1,22. According to Povlishock and Cristman, diffuse axonal injury can
be defined as the scattered destruction of axons throughout the brains of animals and
humans that have suffered a traumatic brain injury, in which acceleration has
characteristically been implicated. /head deceleration24.
Axonal damage would occur in the event of acceleration/deceleration due to the fixation
of some brain structures, due to the differential movement of superficial and deep
structures or due to the different consistency, density and composition of different parts of
the brain that determine different effects of acceleration. Thus, the lesions are located
most frequently at the level of the white matter/gray matter junction and in the deep
central white matter (corpus callosum, periventricular, parahippocampal region, cerebral
peduncles and ascending reticular substance).
The severity and location of the diffuse axonal injury varies with the severity of the
trauma, both in the experimental model of Ommaya and Genarelli and in humans,
according to Ommaya's centripetal theory22. Thus, this author observed that the
distribution of injurious stresses induced by inertia would decrease in magnitude from the
surface to the approximate center of the almost spheroidal brain mass. In this way, a
gradation of clinical syndromes occurs after TBI, where a greater severity of the alteration
in the level and contents of consciousness is caused by increasingly deeper or central
lesions in the brain. According to this theory, the brainstem and midbrain would be the
last structures to be affected, both functionally and structurally, and whenever injury is
observed in these structures, injury should be observed in more superficial structures,
such as the cerebral white matter or the corpus callosum.
In our work, the Ommaya model is replicated in general terms, since there is a clear and
linear relationship between the alteration of the post-resuscitation level of consciousness
and the presence and depth of lesions related to LAD. Furthermore, we can affirm that the
classification of Adams et al. It is also compatible with what was observed in our series,
since patients with lesions in deeper areas usually present lesions in the previous stations.

Conclusions
Despite being a selected series, since most of the MRIs were performed outside the ICU
and therefore the patients in our series are patients who have survived the initial phase of
the trauma, we can say, at least that in the patients from our series:
-MRI is a technique with a greater capacity to detect traumatic injuries than CT.
-There is an evident relationship between the depth location of the lesions on MRI and the
severity of the trauma expressed by the Glasgow Coma Scale and its motor subscale.
-Ommaya's model is confirmed in which the greater deterioration in the level of
consciousness is caused by a greater depth of the lesion.

Thanks
This work has been carried out thanks to a grant from the Mutua Madrileña Automobile
Foundation.

Bibliography
1. Adams, JH, Doyle, D., Ford, I., Gennarelli, TA, Graham, DI, McLellan, DR: Diffuse
axonal injury in head injury: definition, diagnosis and grading. Histopathology 1989; 15:
49-59.
2. Adams, JH, Graham, DI, Gennarelli, TA, Maxwell, WL: Diffuse axonal injury in non-
missile head injury. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1991; 54: 481-483.
3. Aguas, J., Begue, R., Díez, J.: [Brainstem injury diagnosed by MRI. An epidemiologic
and prognostic reappraisal]. Neurosurgery 2005; 16:14-20.
4. Boto, GR, Gómez, PA, De la, CJ, Lobato, RD: [Prognostic factors in severe head
injury]. Neurosurgery 2004; 15: 233-247.
5. Boto, GR, Gómez, PA, De la, CJ, Lobato, RD: [Overview of the recent clinical trials in
severe head injury and analysis of their therapeutic failure]. Neurosurgery 2005; 16:39-49.
6. Cordobés, F., de la Fuente, M., Lobato, RD: Intraventricular hemorrhage in severe
head injury. J Neurosurg 1983; 58: 217-222.
7. Cordobés, F., Lobato, RD, Rivas, JJ, Cabrera, A., Sarabia, M., Castro, S., Cisneros, C.,
Torres, ID, Lamas, E.: Post-traumatic diffuse axonal brain injury. Analysis of 78 patients
studied with computed tomography. Acta Neurochir (Wien) 1986; 81: 27-35.
8. Eisenberg, H.M., Gary, H.E. Jr., Aldrich, EF, Saydjari, C., Turner, B., Foulkes, MA,
Jane, JA, Marmarou, A., Marshall, LF, Young, HF: Initial CT findings in 753 patients
with severe head injury. A report from the NIH Traumatic Coma Data Bank. J Neurosurg
1990; 73: 688-698.
9. Gennarelli, TA: Animal models of human head injury. J Neurotrauma 1994; 11:357
368.
10. Gentry, LR, Godersky, JC, Thompson, B.: MR imaging of head trauma: review of the
distribution and radiopathologic features of traumatic injuries. AJR Am J Roentgenol
1988; 150: 663-672.
11. Gentry, LR, Godersky, JC, Thompson, B., Dunn, VD: Prospective comparative study
of intermediate-field MR and CT in the evaluation of closed head trauma. AJR Am J
Roentgenol 1988; 150: 673-682.
12. Hammoud, D., Wasserman, BA: Diffuse axonal injuries: pathophysiology and
imaging. Neuroimage Clin N AM 2002; 12: 205-216.
13. Kelly, AB, Zimmerman, RD, Snow, RB, Gandy, SE, Heier, LA, Deck, MD: Head
trauma: comparison of MR and CT-experience in 100 patients. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol
1988; 9: 699-708.
14. Levati, A., Farina, ML, Vecchi, G.: Prognosis of severe head injuries. J Neurosurg
1982; 57: 779-783.
15. Levin, H.S., Williams, D., Crofford, M.J., High, W.M. Jr., Eisenberg, HM, Amparo,
EG, Guinto, FC Jr., Kalisky, Z., Handel, SF, Goldman, AM: Relationship of depth of
brain injuries to consciousness and outcome after closed head injury. J Neurosurg 1988;
69: 861-866.
16. Lobato, RD, Cordobés, F., Rivas, JJ, de la FM, Montero, A., Bárcena, A., Pérez, C.,
Cabrera, A, Lamas, E.: Outcome from severe head injury related to the type of
intracranial injury. A computerized tomography study. J Neurosurg 1983; 59: 762-774.
17. Lobato, RD, Gómez, PA, Alday, R., Rivas, JJ, Domínguez, J., Cabrera, A., Turanzas,
FS, Benítez, A., Rivero, B.: Sequential computerized tomography changes and related
final outcome in severe head injury patients. Acta Neurochir (Wien) 1997; 139: 385-391.
18. Lobato, RD, Sarabia, R., Rivas, JJ, Cordobés, F., Castro, S., Muñoz, MJ, Cabrera, A.,
Bárcena, A., Lamas, E.: Normal computerized tomography scans in severe head injury .
Prognostic and clinical management implications. J Neurosurg 1986; 65: 784-789.
19. Marshall, LF, Klauber, MR, Van Berkum, Clark, M., Eisenberg, H., Jane, JA: A new
classification of head injury based on computerized tomography. J. Neurosurg. 1991; 75
(Suppl), 14-20.
20. Mataro, M., Poca, MA, Sahuquillo, J., Pedraza, S., Ariza, M., Amorós, S., Junque, C.:
Neuropsychological outcome in relation to the traumatic coma data bank classification of
computed tomography imaging. J Neurotrauma 2001; 18: 869-879.
21. Ogawa, T., Sekino, H., Uzura, M., Sakamoto, T., Taguchi, Y., Yamaguchi, Y.,
Hayashi, T., Yamanaka, I., Oohama, N., Imaki, S.: Comparative study of magnetic
resonance and CT scan imaging in cases of severe head injury. Acta Neurochir Suppl
(Wien) 1992; 55:8-10.
22. Ommaya, A.K. Gennarelli, TA: Cerebral concussion and traumatic unconsciousness.
Correlation of experimental and clinical observations of blunt head injuries. Brain 1974;
97: 633-654.
23. Parizel, PM, Ozsarlak, Van Goethem, JW, Van Den, HL, Dillen, C., Verlooy, J.,
Cosyns, P., De Schepper, AM: Imaging findings in diffuse axonal injury after closed head
trauma. Eur Radiol 1998; 8: 960-965.
24. Povlishock, J.T. Christman, CW: The pathobiology of traumatically induced axonal
injury in animals and humans: a review of current thoughts. J Neurotrauma 1995; 12:
555-564.
25. Sahuquillo, J. Poca, MA: Diffuse axonal injury after head trauma. A review. Adv
Tech Stand Neurosurg 2002; 27: 23-86.
26. Sahuquillo, J., Vilalta-Castán, J., Lamarca, J., Rubio, E., Rodríguez-Pazos, M.:
Diffuse axonal injury after severe head trauma. A clinico-pathological study. Acta
Neurochir (Wien) 1989; 101: 762-774.
27. Strich, S.: Diffuse degeneration of cerebral white matter in severe dementia following
head injury. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1956; 19: 163-185.
28. Teasdale, G., Galbraith, S., Murray, LS: Management of traumatic intracranial
hematoma. BMJ 1983; 285: 16951697.
29. Vilalta-Castán, J., Sahuquillo, J., Rubio, E.: Severe head injuries without significant
lesions on CT. Journal of Neurology 1984; 57; 133-140.
30. Wilberger, JE, Deeb, Z., Rothfus, W.: Magnetic resonance imaging in cases of severe
head injury. Neurosurgery 1987; 20: 571-576.
31. Zimmerman, RA, Bilaniuk, LT, Hackney, DB, Goldberg, HI, Grossman, RI: Head
injury: early results of comparing CT and high-field MR. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1986;
147: 1215-1222.
 intracranial membranes

The falx cerebri is formed by an invagination of the dura cranial mother and divides the
right and left hemispheres of the brain while covering them. The falx cerebri is formed by
the superior sagittal sinus at the edge of the cranial bone and the inferior sagittal sinus in
the interior part of the skull, in its depth, just above the great cerebral vein, this area forms
the cerebral corpus callosum. On the anterior part, it goes down, adhering to the ethmoid
bone, specifically to its Crista Galli process. In this anterior area just behind the nose the
falx cerebri narrows according to its upper and lower part. And later it adheres to the
parietal and occipital bones, while it widens according to its upper and lower area. Here at
the back the falx cerebri joins the Tentorium Cerebellum, here at this junction is the
straight sinus.
Located above the cerebellum is the tentorium cerebellum, another intracranial
membrane, with a subtle and delicate fit. This horizontal membrane separates the occipital
lobes from the brain above and the cerebellum below. This membrane in its posterior part
joins with the occipital and postero-inferior parietal bones, here are the transverse sinuses.
This membrane stores laterally and joins the petrosal portion of the temporalis where it
contains the temporal petrosal sinuses. It then joins with the cranial dura and invaginates
to form the middle part of the trigeminal cavity, which contains the sensory ganglion of
the fifth cranial nerve. These areas are part of the peripheral tentorium, and this continues
anteriorly to cross under its free union border, joining bilaterally in the posterior clinoid
process of the sphenoid. In its central free axis, the tentorial fissure forms a growing
opening, within which the midbrain is located. This central axis joins in its anterior part to
each side of the anterior clinoid process of the sphenoid.
Below the straight sinus and the tentorium is the falx cerebellum, which divides it along
the sagittal midline, following the falx cerebri. This membrane in its anterior part forms
the Vermis in an arched shape, this is the cerebellar analogue of the cerebral corpus
callosum, previously described. The falx cerebellum in its posterior part contains the
occipital sinus and inferiorly it joins with the Foramen Magnum.
Now we have the sella of the diaphragm, which is a horizontal circle of dura mater that
covers the sella turcica and houses the internal secretion gland called the pituitary or
pituitary that fits into the famous sella turcica. This membrane is perforated by the
infundibulum and separates the pituitary from the optic chiasm.
 The Meninges

Crista Galli

Cerebellum
Sickle of the Tent
Brain

Tentium of the
Cerebellum Upper
Leaf

Dui Inter
lining

C Store

Sickle of the
Brain Tentium of the
Cerebellum Upper
Leaf

All these intracranial membranes are completely innervated and communicate various
cranial nerves as well as venous and other blood. In other words, each of these
intracranial membranes is continuous with the dura mater and divides the brain matter
into compartments. In other words, each of these membranes is a single fascia that
communicates directly or reciprocally between the others, forming a unique field of
reciprocal tensions.
All of these membranes are innervations of the cranial dura mater and therefore have
sensory and anatomical nerve fibers, mainly the trigeminal nerve, the upper cervical
nerves and the cervical sympathetic trunk.
All tissues in the body move producing different rhythms that can be felt with sensitive
hands. We are all familiar with respiratory and cardiac rhythms, but not with the rhythm
called the Primary Respiratory Mechanism (PRM). The MRP is a deep internal
respiration, which comes into action before pulmonary respiration and is essential for the
entire body (it can be palpated for up to 15 minutes. postmortem). It is expressed with
different levels of perception: the craniosacral rhythm (or cranial rhythmic imposition),
the average rhythm and the long tide.
Cranio-Sacral Therapy: beyond massage
Cranio-Sacral Therapy is a gentle, delicate and deep body work that restores
psychosomatic balance and enhances the self-healing power of our body. It is not a
massage technique, but rather a body and emotional work that accesses the cranio-sacral
system through the therapist's hands, which is in close relationship with the nervous,
musculoskeletal, vascular, endocrine and respiratory systems. The craniosacral therapist
has learned to read and interpret the rhythm in different parts of the body, receiving
information about possible imbalances and fulcrums of inertia of the system.

In today's scientific research, it is Quantum Physics that gives us the greatest basis for our
work. Some experiments prove that particles are interrelated, that they influence each
other. Here are some of the observations made in experiments with quantum (luminous
particles): The observer influences what is observed, and when two quantum particles are
taken to opposite places in the
Universe and one moves, the other resonates in accordance. This gives us an idea that
when we come into contact with another and, especially when we are in a therapeutic act,
we influence each other. As practitioners we need to learn how to be neutral so that the
system does not just respond to our presence, but actually teaches us what is in the patient
at that moment. Only in this way can we cooperate with the deeper forces and help the
system. It is evident that therapy will have a different result depending on the
consciousness of the therapist.

A little history
The first to investigate the “Primary Respiratory Mechanism” at the end of the last
century was Dr. W. Sutherland, disciple of the father of osteopathy, Dr. Taylor Still
(1828-1917). Dr. Still was one of the pioneers of holistic medicine. He sought throughout
his life the reharmonization of man with nature. His approach to healing rejected surgery
and drugs, only used as a last measure. He mainly relied on a system of body
manipulation, which he called osteopathy; physical exercises and lifestyle advice. He
founded the first school, the American School of Osteopathy, in Kirksville in 1892. The
principles of this other medicine based on natural laws revolutionized the medicine of its
time. Dr. W. Sutherland (1873-1954) seeing the sophisticated cranial anatomy had an
intuition in the early 1900s, “the bones of the skull must be constructed to allow
respiratory movement.” With this first inspiration in 1901, Dr. W. Sutherland begins a life
of search and research developing what is today called Cranio-Sacral Therapy. His path
was not easy since like any pioneer, who contributes new ideas, he had many problems
even within the field of osteopathy. He dedicated more than 30 years to studying the
anatomy of the skull and experimented in different ways, applying pressure to specific
bones of the skull and seeing the relationship they had with different dysfunctions and
emotional changes. He developed a system of examination and treatment of the bones of
the skull, achieving very good results, based on the idea that the bones are not solidly
welded but that there is a micro-movement or flexibility through the sutures in which the
bones are separated. In 1948, at the age of 75, Dr. Sutherland made a paradigm shift in the
cranial concept. It has a second inspiration and perhaps the most important. He observed a
problem that was released from within the client, without his force or pressure but by the
intrinsic power of the person. Until now I was prepared to look for the movement, the axis
of rotation, the restriction and the decompensation in the movement and help it (the
system) to move better. He now recognized that the movement was just the result of
deeper forces at play, and beneath the movement existed deeper states of well-being and
calm. The orientation of his work changes radically: he stops doing the protocols and tests
for the movement of bones and membranes and begins to work and cooperate with the
power of the system as a conductor of the body's innate intelligence. He began to call the
forces with which he was in contact "the Vital Breath", a dynamic force that constantly
creates the human being. Later an important line of osteopaths safeguarded and developed
these ideas. On the other hand, there has been extensive development of this technique,
supported by different laboratory research works (especially between the years 1960 and
1980 in the United States), which have confirmed and expanded Sutherland's discoveries.
In reality, the therapist does not impose anything on the person's body, but rather helps
the body's self-correcting power. That is why in the United States the craniosacral
therapist is called a facilitator. And it is also the reason why this gentle but effective
therapy is safe and convenient for people of all ages. From adults to children and babies,
as well as after an operation or in fragile conditions, complementing medical or
psychological treatment. If there is no specific pathology, therapy helps us eliminate
tensions and blockages and live life more fully, increasing bodily vitality. Some
pathologies in which the therapy is most commonly applied are: migraine or tension-type
headaches; back and musculoskeletal pain and problems; muscle tension; pain relief; joint
problems; hearing, vision or mouth problems; digestive problems; sinusitis and facial
neuralgia; stress, anxiety, chronic fatigue; childhood traumas, hyperactive children;
consequences of accidents; Emotional problems.
 Sagittal Section of the Brain and Meninges

Sagittal Sinus Arachnoid granulations

Hard body

Choroid Plexuses of the io Subarachnoi

Lateral Ventricle of the Brain

Lateral Ventricle Choroid plexuses

of the 3*
Ventriculc
Interventricular foramen 3rd
of Monro Ventricle

Straight
Meninges Breast
Cranial:
Space Cerebellum
Dura mater 4" Ventricle

Cerebral Aqueduct of Choroid Plexus of the

Silvio 4th
Ventricle

Medial Opening
Annular protuberance (Magendie Hole)

Marrow ■Piarnadrc
Arachnoid Spiral
Dura mater Meninges:

Spinal
cord Center
channel

Subarachnoid space of the

Spinal cord

A basic part of the work are the “stillpoint” techniques, revitalizing manipulations of the
cranial system. They have a meditative, relaxing and activating effect on the body's self-
healing forces. In my recent DVD “Cranio-Sacral Therapy” (Mandala publishing house-
2006) I have shown some basic therapy techniques.
Emotional Liberation
It is already an accepted fact, even by orthodox medicine, the relationship between the
body and the mind. I would even say the intimate relationship between body, mind,
emotions and spirit. In the field of psycho-neuro-immunology, connections between
negative psychological states and their influence on the immune response have been
discovered. Our mental and emotional state can be read in our body.

Our emotional states, whether stress, excitement, repression..., will be reflected in

characteristic muscular patterns and postures. Even physical and emotional traumas
from the past are reflected in our tissues, what we call “energy knots.” Even today we
know that people who have been traumatized retain memories of those traumatic events
in their brains and bodies. Frequently, this memory is expressed in symptoms of
numerous psychosomatic illnesses, post-traumatic stress disorder, nightmares and fears,
negative thoughts and dissociative behaviors. The body of a traumatized person is
"disconnected" and contains great tension.
“Energy cysts,” a term originally coined by American craniosacral therapy, are areas of
bodily dysfunction that manifest as obstruction to the efficient conduction of energy and
electricity through the body's tissues ( mainly fascia). Normal body function has been
inhibited in that area and the body must adapt to that disorganized activity. It can be a
result of: physical trauma, pathogenic invasion, physiological dysfunction, mental and
emotional problems. Taking a physical trauma, an accident, as an example, the body has
two ways of responding to the physical force of the injury: it immediately begins to
dissipate this force and the natural healing process continues, or the physical force
imposed on the body is retained in instead of dissipating. If the energy cannot be
dissipated as heat, the body locates and concentrates the energy, encapsulating or
isolating it as an energy knot. The body adapts to the presence of the knot,
compromising the normal functioning process, fascial mobility is hindered, the normal
electrical conductivity of the tissues involved is reduced, and the flow of energy around
the acupuncture meridians is reduced. All of this weakens the body's energy, creating
tension and dysfunction.

There are three important factors in determining whether the body is able to dissipate
traumatic energy:
The amount of energy: if the impact is too great it can compromise the body's ability to
dissipate it.
Previous injuries to the same body area: it becomes a more vulnerable area and can
compromise the ability to dissipate energy.
Certain negative emotional states, such as anger or fear, paralyze the body's ability to
dissipate energy. If these negative states are dominant at the time of the accident or
injury, the body will probably retain the force of the injury by developing an energetic
knot. Once the negative emotions have been discovered and revived with the support of
the therapist, it will be easier to release the energetic knot.
Integrate the different visions
In order to understand the different approaches to craniosacral therapy, which are all
very valid, we need to distinguish between biomechanical and biodynamic approaches.
In the biomechanical approach we tend to work with the most physical manifestations of
the system. And we explore primarily through active examination of movement, but also
through passive perception. In the biodynamic principle we come into contact with all
the forces at play with a vision of the system that underlies all the work. The client's
body physiology uses these principles to self-correct its own problems.

In my point of view we need to learn to cooperate with the client's system, his personal
program and the vital need to return to Health. Sutherland established treatment
principles for working with the system. His approach to treatment can be summarized in
his own words: “Be aware of the deep balance and allow the internal physiological
function of the body to manifest its unequivocal power, rather than applying blind forces
from without.” In this listening space we approach the client with respect and
acceptance.
Article published by Alberto Panizo and Greta Adam in Natural Magazine, no. 61
 Free circulation of fluids

Craniosacral therapy is based on the principles of cranial osteopathy, and relies mainly on
the body's natural intelligence to re-find balance, on the free circulation of cerebrospinal
fluid and on the free movement of the joints of the skull and of the sacrum.

This therapy is based on the fact that the sutures of the bones of the skull and sacrum are
joints that have a flexion and extension movement. This primary respiratory movement
happens throughout our body between 5 and 10 times per minute. It is caused by the
pulsatile movement of the cerebrospinal fluid, which circulates within the facial tissue.

The cerebrospinal fluid is manufactured through the blood plasma inside the skull in a
pulsatile manner and circulates through a semi-closed circuit inside the fascia. This
rhythmic circulation responds and acts under hydrodynamic and reciprocal tension
principles and laws.

Cerebrospinal fluid is a very specialized fluid that circulates inside the fascia throughout
the body, especially in the skull, spine and sacrum. This very intelligent liquid has great
energy and homeostatic power, as it is closely related to the central and peripheral
nervous system.

Thanks to the sphenobasilar joint and the rhythmic and pulsating production of
cerebrospinal fluid, we have flexion and extension movements in all the bones of the
human skull and face. The rhythm and symmetry of this pulsation is directly related to our
health and our quality of life.
 THE BREATH OF LIFE

As Dr. Sutherland said among others, the breath of life is a force that gives spark and
energy to the entire organism so that the primary respiratory movement arises. It can be
defined as the breathing of the Soul in the body. We already know that the cerebrospinal
fluid or cerebrospinal fluid is of vital importance for the distribution and expression of the
Breath of Life. This Breath of Life, as Sutherland described it, generates waves of
fluctuation and energy, which in turn become its own inherent movement. Without this
movement or primary respiratory impulse the person will not have holistic and global
health throughout their body. Without this Breath of Life we will be lame and our
physical, emotional, mental and spiritual development will be drastically affected, even if
we do not realize it. If our primary respiratory system does not fluctuate correctly, we will
have many possibilities of having many strong psychological defects, which in turn will
have an impact on our way of living life and, like a vicious circle, everything will become
chaos and a disaster. Without our Breath of Life our Being will not be the complete and
integral Being that we truly are.

The power of the Breath of Life contains an intelligence and wisdom capable of
maintaining the health and bodily balance of our Being and, therefore, taking into account
all levels of the Being, body, Soul and Spirit.

The presence of full and balanced rhythms produced by the Breath of Life among others,
will indicate that the Being or that organ or system will be healthy. As long as these
rhythms are expressed with naturalness, symmetry and strength, the ordering principle of
health will manifest, along with a fullness of the total Being, which will radiate in a happy
and dazzling person.

We as therapists act through knowledge, technique, intention, love and energy, to help the
patient return their primary respiratory movement throughout the organism.

We will relax and find a better balance in the internal membranes of the skull and the
entire body. With this we will be able to live with all our internal capacities and find
fulfillment in this life and at all levels.

Any pain or illness can find a solution through this therapy. Any psychological trauma
can be released through craniosacral treatment. We are acting at the origin of all physical
and psychological problems. We are addressing the cause of many of our imbalances,
both physical and psychological.

It is very common that the problems in many parts of our body have their origin in all the
cranial membrane tensions that almost all of us have. These tensions deform and prevent
free flexion-extension movement in all the bones of the head, preventing our primary
respiratory movement.

Without even realizing it, we live with internal tensions, in our skull, in the spine, in the
sacrum and in the pelvis. Many times due to a forced birth or due to scars, blows,
accidents or simply due to traumatic experiences throughout our entire life, from before
birth until now, physical or psychological. The fascial tissue is the one that is most
affected and influenced by these circumstances.

As all the fascia are perfectly united by the inherent communication of all this tissue at the
fibrillar level, a blow to the head can cause pain in the shoulder, abdomen, pelvic area or
in the knees or feet.

A small psychological trauma can cause physical discomfort.

Life is expressed with movement and energy and movement is reflected in life and health.

Primary respiratory movement is the gift of the Divine essence or Supreme Being or basic
and primordial energy, which underlies all other bodily movements. It could be
understood as the missing link between science and the spirit.

The main intention of the craniosacral therapist is to encourage and promote the breathing
of the tissues and therefore generate that movement or rhythmic pulsation of health. This
pulsation begins in the brain and ends in the feet and begins in the feet and ends in the
brain and is closely related to psychic, mental and emotional energy.

Click on the
photo
My opinion is that Reiki energy helps a lot, opening the channels between the eyebrows
and the heart to be good distributors of universal energy is good for everything. The
second thing is that craniosacral therapy is based on real physiological movement and
relying on this is very important to apply certain techniques and enhance Reiki energy.
Third, biodynamics is the next interesting step to conquer and when I understand it I will
explain it in detail, although I sense that it is for better and higher levels.

LET'S SEE SOME AXIOMS OF THIS THERAPY:

1: Do not harm . Do not carry out violent manipulations, whether physical or mental.
Treat the patient with as much love as possible and gently. This is the easiest in this
therapy, since the healing process is carried out through sensitive hands and through a
transmission of healing energy.

2: Homeostasis: The body always seeks health and improvement. The body has the
innate intelligence to heal itself, thanks to the central and peripheral nervous system. This
process is called homeostasis, that is, the ability of our body to re-find its balance after
suffering any disturbance, whether physical, mental or biochemical. In other words,
homeostasis is the natural force that manages to keep all the processes that take place in
the body within normal physiological limits.
There are two main organic systems responsible for maintaining homeostatic power in the
body: the nervous system and the endocrine system. Later we will explain how these
systems work and react.

When a cut occurs in the skin, a bone is broken, or an organ is damaged, it is the body's
innate intelligence that restores us to health. If this process is not carried out, it means that
the body does not have enough energy for self-healing.

The body has an immense capacity to self-regulate. It carries out approximately one
billion reactions per second, including chemical, nervous, proprioceptive, receptive,
muscular, etc., which is why it is so important not to interfere with its natural rhythm and
power.

This brings us to the concept of circulation. The law of the artery, by Taylor Still, the
founder of osteopathy and the first to expound this law.

Craniosacral Therapy is based on the principle of the existence of a subtle rhythmic

pulsation that emerges in the tissues and fluids of the core of the body , which is
called Cranial Rhythmic Impulse. This impulse can be perceived as a subtle respiratory
movement in all the structures that make up the craniosacral system (brain, spinal cord,
cerebrospinal fluid, meninges, cranial bones, pelvis and sacrum), and is also transmitted to
all organs and tissues of the body. The power and quality with which this impulse
emerges and is transmitted to the entire organism determines its state of health and
vitality.
Fundamentals of Craniosacral Therapy
During the session the client feels the light touch of the hands of the therapist trained in
listening to the subtle movements of the body, its rhythms, pulsations and patterns of
congestion and resistance. This listening provides important information about the
functioning of the whole person.

In response to physical blows, or tensions, emotional problems, etc. The body's tissues
contract. Sometimes, this contraction - especially if the blow has been strong or the
emotional trauma intense - remains contained in the body, limiting its proper functioning,
and creating restrictions that cause problems that can last for years. Craniosacral
movement reflects them as areas of congestion or restriction. A trained therapist can
perceive them, identify their origin and work with them.

The therapist uses his hands to reflect to the client's body the pattern he is holding; By
doing so, he or she has the opportunity to release that restrictive pattern and find a new
way of organizing. The body-mind complex is a spontaneously self-organized system
that, upon receiving the correct information of its own imbalance, has the ability to
balance itself.
Following this fundamental principle, the therapist never imposes anything on the
person's body, nor forces their body to do something for which it is not yet ready. It is the
client's own system that guides their healing process. The craniosacral therapist tunes into
your inner wisdom and bodily intelligence and follows the guidelines they indicate.
When tensions are released, the energy that was previously used to maintain contraction is
also released. Therefore, one of the benefits of this form of body therapy is to increase our
energy level, which can also produce deeper relaxation.
Benefits of Craniosacral Therapy
Craniosacral therapy is so gentle and safe that it is appropriate for people of all ages,
from the elderly to children and babies, as well as during pregnancy and
postpartum, after an operation, an accident or in fragile conditions . A global, whole-
body therapy, it can help people with almost any condition, increasing their vitality and
allowing them to use their own self-healing resources.
The emphasis of the work lies in accompanying the person to restore their expression of
health. The following list shows some of the conditions, among others that we did not
name, that may respond favorably to craniosacral therapy.
- Allergies
- TMJ alterations
- Anxiety
- Arthritis
- Osteoarthritis
- Asthma
- Bronchitis
Sciatica

- Depression
- Diabetes
- Difficulty in pregnancy
- Joint pain
- Pain and tension
- Scoliosis
- Stress

THE LAW OF THE ARTERY OR FREE CIRCULATION

The law of the artery of current osteopathic doctors says that if an area does not make any
movement, blood flow does not reach it easily. In other words, the movement of the joints
and the body in general leads to a correct supply of blood flow to the areas.

Everything in the human body is hollow, there is absolutely nothing full.

The discoveries of quantum physics about the structures of the atom place large empty
spaces between atoms and their parts. Even the densest matter is composed primarily of
empty space.

Author and scientist George Meek has explained that the solid portions (mass) of the body
are made up of 75 - 80% water. Taking into account the distances between the atoms of
this matter, it turns out that more than 90% of the body corresponds to empty space. To
help understand this, this author gives the example that if an atom in the body was the size
of an apple, the next atom would be located between 1,000 and 3,000 km. away. It
follows that solid organic matter is mainly composed of empty space occupied by
electromagnetic fields.

If nature has provided hollow spaces to all tissues, bones, etc., it is because something has
to circulate through that empty space.

For example, nutrients and blood circulate through many hollow spaces. We know that
everything that circulates is alive and that what does not circulate stagnates, rots and
becomes pathological. In a space where there is no oxygen, an anaerobic environment
occurs and everything tends to rot faster.

The surface waters of rivers or canals that do not circulate become putrid water.
We must make everything return to free circulation .

The first thing that must return to free circulation is the blood, which is the nutritional
system, and the second is the fluid of the nervous tissue, the cerebrospinal fluid, a fluid
that, together with blood, is found throughout the body, inside of the fascia, the area
called arachnoid.

The cerebrospinal fluid circulates inside the fascia and care must be taken that it circulates
freely throughout the body.
When there is blood stagnation, changes occur in the affected area. The first thing that
changes is the PH of the blood, which manifests itself in an increase in its acidity and this
in turn affects the surrounding tissues, causing them to corrode and enter a degenerative
process. This is the process called autolysis , where the body eats itself.

The improvement of blood flow improves the PH of the blood and therefore the state of
the tissues. The same thing will happen to its brother, the lymphatic system, which is
responsible for collecting metabolic waste that the blood system cannot, or does not
manage to collect.

All the more so if this lymphatic system stagnates, the PH of the lymph increases with the
consequent acidification and corrosion of the tissues. Since these systems are siblings and
go together, surely if one stagnates, the other stagnates. All health problems come down
to the fact that there is something that is not circulating.

This is where the masseuse begins his work through manipulations to improve the free
circulation of fluids.

Cranial biodynamics

The word biodynamics comes from bio and dynamics and means science of vital forces.

Cranial biodynamics highlights that bodily functioning is organized around the Breath of
Life or essential force for healing power. If we have a free expression of the Breath of
Life throughout the organism, holistic health is assured, as well as a good physical, mental
and spiritual balance.

If we want to recover health, the first thing we have to do is facilitate the expression of
this vital force equally throughout the body.

IMPROVE SENSITIVITY

If the therapist's sensitivity is not good, we can do massages on the neurolymphatic points
of the sternum, ribs, upper lip, lower lip, diaphragm, etc. Good posture and good
breathing, as well as being predisposed to self-listening and receptivity.
This craniosacral therapy leads us to perform healing at the origin of trauma, at the origin
of the disease. The disease has no identity, the person does. All parts of the body have a
physical and a psychological aspect.
The more we practice it, the more we will like it. Working in the subtle field is as
wonderful as working in the physical field. Many times working in the subtle field solves
many more things than in the physical field. By putting in more force we are not going to
have better results. Although sometimes you have to use force, because the physical
damage, shortening, blocking or fixation is so great and brutal that it requires physical
unlocking. But after work and physical effort comes subtle work.
Between the body and the mental there is a bridge that we call the craniosacral rhythm.
Therefore, this therapy works for anything or pain.
When we do this therapy we almost don't care about the disease, the name of the disease,
or the symptoms. What does matter to us is the rhythm of the cerebrospinal fluid. Let's not
interfere with conventional medical treatment. Yes, we can tell the patient to have new
tests done after eight or ten sessions.
RETURN
What does the concept of "thinking fingers" mean?
Craniosacral therapists use palpation as a very light touch to
diagnose and treat disorders and diseases. This palpatory art can be applied with great
precision; In this way, the craniosacral therapist perceives through his hands the subtle
movements and qualities of the Primary Respiratory Impulse and diagnoses where the
resistances and blockages that prevent the free expression of internal rhythms are located.
Sutherland considered that this process is based on the use of "thinking fingers."

Thus, craniosacral therapists learn to think and feel through the proprioceptive
mechanisms of their fingers, and in this way they are able to read the history of their
patients' bodies. This reading is done through the movements, qualities and subtle forms
contained in the fluids and tissues of the body. This is a process of deep listening, during
which the craniosacral therapist maintains open and neutral attention.
It is very important that the therapist maintain truly open and neutral attention to be able
to feel what is truly happening in the patient's body, without imposing his or her own
ideas and expectations.

Can you explain the concept of “establishing a dialogue with the organism”?
The therapist enters into a kind of dialogue or conversation with the patient's body
through listening with his fingers, and responds to the signals that the patient's body
emits. At the same time, you can ask questions of the client's body, sending subtle
suggestions through your fingers and sensing how the client responds. An example of this
would be asking a particular bone if it likes to move to the right or to the left.
This question can be posed by sending a subtle suggestion of movement, to the right or
left, through the therapist's fingers that are in contact with that particular bone. If that part
of the client's body has a contraction of any kind, such as a pull to the right side, then the
bone will gladly accept this suggestion of movement to the right; In other words, it will
naturally move towards the direction in which the pull is, that is, its direction of ease. We
can perform these subtle movement tests
when necessary to clarify the patterns of tension and resistance that the patient's body has.
In fact, the entire process of diagnosis and treatment is a form of conversation between
the therapist's hands and the client's body. The patient may have a particular restriction or
block and the therapist can identify this restriction, its form, its location and the quality it
contains. The therapist's hands act as a fulcrum or reference point around which the
client's body begins to reorganize.
There are several techniques or skills that the therapist can use to help the client's body
reorganize and create the conditions for self-healing. All of these techniques have
enormous respect for the body's inherent Intelligence.
Thus, nothing is ever imposed on the patient's body, nor is the body forced to do
something that it is not yet ready for. One of the fundamental skills that the therapist has
to develop is to seek the expression of health in the client's body, without focusing his
attention on trying to cure illnesses. The skills or techniques used are intended to
stimulate health in an area of resistance or dysfunction. This healing process emerges
from the patient's own body; It is not something that has to be given to the patient, but
rather it is something that is always present, even in the most severe disease conditions or
in the most altered and restricted areas. Thus, the imprint of health and balance is always
present within us and we only need to reconnect with it for healing to occur.
In what fields and with what types of patients can this therapy be effective?
Craniosacral Therapy can help in the treatment of many diseases since the emphasis of the
work lies in helping to restore the expression of health in the body, removing obstacles
that prevent the proper functioning of the organism and creating the conditions for the
expression of health. health. This therapy is not limited to treating some specific diseases,
since the symptoms or pathologies disappear naturally when the state of health is
promoted and increased. As a result, Craniosacral Therapy is not only used to cure certain
symptoms but to help the entire person realign with health.
However, patients often present with specific problems that require treatment. The
following list shows some of the conditions, among others, that may respond favorably to
craniosacral treatment:
• Organic respiratory and digestive problems.
• Musculoskeletal and body structure problems: kyphosis, lordosis, scoliosis, low back
pain, sciatica, hernia, muscle pain and tension, joint problems.
• Nervous disorders: insomnia, hyperactivity, exhaustion, facial paralysis, tics, ringing in
the ears, spinal impingement and other neuralgia.
• Migraine or tension-type headaches.
• Immunological, allergic and endocrine alterations: bronchial asthma, allergic rhinitis,
sinusitis.
• Emotional problems: depression, anxiety.
All of these conditions usually improve or completely resolve as a result of Craniosacral
Therapy.

How often is it necessary to apply this therapy?

The number of sessions varies greatly from patient to patient, and depends on the level of
health that is already present. Some people may only need one or two sessions; However,
others with more chronic conditions may require continued treatment over a period of
time.
Initially, treatments are usually offered every week or every fortnight. Many patients find
that between six and ten sessions are enough to resolve the conditions with which they
came to see us. After that, they may choose to continue receiving maintenance sessions or
check-up sessions. However, each individual is different and the treatment program varies
in each particular case.

How is this therapy different from osteopathic treatment or massage?

This form of treatment is gentle and subtle; It does not apply any pressure or force on the
patient's body, nor is it intended to cause certain effects, but rather it simply seeks to
stimulate the expression of the system's inherent health.

Thus, in Craniosacral Therapy we work with the very expression of the Breath of Life in
the patient's body, so that it makes the necessary corrections in the structure of the client's
body and its functioning. As therapists we do not try to "fix" or solve anything but we
encourage the patient's own body to resolve the disorders on its own; This is the
fundamental difference.

Does it have permanent and long-lasting effects?

The effects are usually very profound and last a long time; At the same time, they help
individuals make significant changes to their lives and health, but it is not a miracle cure.
Craniosacral Therapy helps increase and promote the expression of health and balance in
the body, but this can only be done at the pace that is natural for each individual. We, as
therapists, can facilitate the conditions for the expression of health to be present, but the
client has to do something to maintain this state and this involves paying attention to all
those factors present in the illness. The factors underlying the state of health or illness can
be multiple, such as: trauma, mental or emotional problems, toxicity, the patient's
environment or even hereditary disorders. But we have to remember that the body always
seeks a state of health and balance, whatever its circumstances. Craniosacral Therapy
simply uses hands-on treatment to help remove obstacles and allow the state of health to
manifest.
Is this form of therapy very popular in other countries?
It has become very popular in recent years. It is currently practiced in the United States,
Great Britain, France, Switzerland, Belgium, Spain, Italy, Germany, Holland, Australia,
South Africa and many other countries.
Unfortunately, as its popularity has increased, so has the number of inadequate and
incomplete training courses offered to professionals today.

Can you talk about the usefulness of this therapy in dental problems and in
collaboration with dentists?
One of the conditions that often responds very well to craniosacral treatment is that of jaw
problems; that is, problems in the temporomandibular joint. Problems in this joint are
usually associated with another series of symptoms such as facial pain, headaches, neck
pain, back pain, ear pain, noise in the ears or dizziness. This set of symptoms or
syndrome, called temporomandibular syndrome, is well known to dentists. They often
attempt to remedy this situation by placing bridges and aligning the jaw.
At the same time, Craniosacral Therapy can be a great help to release tensions contained
in the jaw structure and the structures that surround it (head, neck and face). In cases of
this nature, Craniosacral Therapy can be used in collaboration with dentists to work on
jaw problems and tooth alignment.

Is this therapy used in pre-post and perinatal work? Most people have consequences
of birth trauma, how does Therapy work?

Craniosacral in these cases?

Some common causes of Primary Respiratory Drive restriction are the result of
contractions or blockages that occur during the birth process or prenatal trauma. When a
child is born, his skull is soft and flexible, allowing him to pass through the birth canal.
The baby's head literally squishes as it travels through this canal, and cranial structures
are often distorted as they are pushed and compressed against each other. These
distortions tend to resolve naturally in the days or weeks after childbirth; but in many
cases this does not happen, particularly when the child has become stuck in one of the
phases of childbirth. In this way, the trauma contained in the baby's body can produce a
wide range of symptoms, such as: restlessness and restlessness, loss of appetite, colic,
spasms and shaking, developmental problems and even brain injuries.
These traumatic patterns often remain throughout childhood and adulthood, producing a
wide range of possible dysfunctions and contributing to the weakening of general health.
The gentle manual treatment offered by Craniosacral Therapy can help release these
traumatic compressions that are the result of childbirth. It is recommended that all
children be seen by qualified craniosacral therapists soon after birth, as this can prevent
many problems that could appear later in their lives.
Children and babies tend to respond very quickly to craniosacral treatment since their
bodies contain fewer restrictions and trauma than the bodies of most adults.
One of the wonders of Craniosacral Therapy is that it can be used safely on anyone, from
babies to the elderly, as no force is applied and the skilled, caring hands of the therapist
work with the patient's body's own intelligent movement patterns. patient.

“Still point” technique with the inducer

This exercise is performed with a device called a still point inducer. It is an exercise for
yourself with enormous benefits.
The way to do it: We place ourselves comfortably on our backs on a surface that is neither
very soft nor very hard. We place the inductor under the head, contacting the middle area
of the occipital bone transversely, letting the weight of the head rest on it. Then we simply
relax, between 10 or 15 minutes (we can accompany ourselves with relaxing music).
What are the benefits?
During the "still point" a feeling of general relaxation is created: the entire connective
tissue of the body relaxes, stress is reduced, the efficiency of the immune system is
improved, headaches and migraines are relieved, arthritis and swollen limbs, and vitality
is increased. Helps with morning nausea during pregnancy, activates the body's self-
healing forces (homeostasis), restores the flexibility of the autonomic nervous system.
This technique has no known side effects and is only contraindicated in severe head
trauma where it is not advisable to compress the skull or cause pressure changes within
the brain, such as in the case of a recent skull fracture, hemorrhage in the brain, large
brain tumor, aneurysm. intercranial and strokes.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement

to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being
will be
performed automatically.

I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to apply you will obtain
truly amazing results and, than with any other manual therapy
 directly into the body, it seems like an arduous task, if not impossible.

So I, Juan Carlos, would say that the medicine of tomorrow will be based on healing and
cleanse the human energy field and let the body-soul-spirit perform the
necessary adjustments in the physical body This type of medicine is mainly preventive,
It is a medicine very connected with personal growth and the liberation of the being. By
that from very early on all people would have to do exercises and seminars
to release and move human energy
 The spiritual side of therapy
craniosacral
The bones of the skull must be built for respiratory movement. From this first inspiration,
in 1901, William Gardner Sutherland, DO, began a long search toward what we now call
Craniosacral Therapy. Following his first inspiration he spent 40 years developing the
five therapeutic principles of the biomechanical model of craniosacral therapy practice.
These principles are: 1) the articular freedom of the skull sutures; 2) the joint freedom of
the sacrum between the iliac bones; 3) the reciprocal tension of the membrane system; 4)
neural tube motility; and 5) the fluctuation of the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF). Gradually Dr.
Sutherland delved deeper and deeper into the craniosacral system. He developed
techniques to engage each level of the craniosacral mechanism. In this biomechanical
model the system levels consist of the bones, membranes and the fluctuating movement of
the FCE.
However, in 1948 at the age of 75. Dr. Sutherland made an important change in his
Cranial Concept. He had his second inspiration, and perhaps the most important. He
watched as a discomfort was released from within his patient's body without external
force or pressure on his part. He called this self-correcting power “Breath of Life.” He
then began to treat and diagnose the effects of the Breath of Life on the FCE and the
entire body. Smoothness became the key to perceiving the power already present in the
fluids. He began to see the wisdom of self-correction of the craniosacral system as the
primary source of healing, rather than the therapist's attempt to reduce tension patterns. It
changed the entire texture and sensory experience of his work. He stopped all bone and
membrane movement tests. He began to establish contact with the power of the Breath of
Life as a fluid impulse within the FCE, through observation and listening. This gave birth
to the biodynamic paradigm in craniosacral therapy during the last six years of his life.
Central to Dr. Sutherland's second inspiration is the exploration of the Breath of Life and
its healing potential in the body. Dr. Sutherland discovered deep biphasic movements
within the FCE originating from the Breath of Life. Together, the slow, long rhythms of
the Breath of Life and its tidal potential represent the deep sources in the body for its self-
healing and self-correction. He perceived an intelligence and decision-making ability
within these rhythms and said: “Now the will of God may be compromised.”

Late in his career Dr. Sutherland came to believe that the natural, elemental and highly
spiritual force of the Breath of Life animated the body and illuminated the fluids of the
nervous system with the sparks of life. He saw that this healed and integrated the body.
Reverence for this work became an aspect of the treatment. He wrote, “stay away from
physical touch as much as possible. “Depth perception will guide you to the primary
place.” (Sutherland, 1998, Contributions of Thought, Rudra Press.) During the treatments
another power, the potential of the Breath of Life, began to appear, and his instinctive
senses flourished. He developed a deep devotion to the power of the body's self-
correction. He called it Infinitesimal Power. He gave credit for the entire idea to God,
even for his first inspiration. For him, the power of the Breath of Life Potential became
the fullness of his vision.
He completely changed the orientation of palpation skills, from one that used directed
pressure to one that used no pressure at all, developing hands that could see, hear, as well
as think. Every millimeter became vital. He began to use metaphors in his teaching such
as the bird in the ventricles, ignition, flight, liquid light, the space between the anatomy,
the continuity of the Breath of Life in the fluid. He said: Every drop knows the tide. He
observed that teaching fluid perception was very difficult to incorporate into the
biomechanical model. He said: It has nothing to do with technique, but with soft contact.
When asked where the Breath of Life comes from, Dr. Sutherland replied: “Be still and
you will know.” After his death his main student in this new approach, Rollin Becker, DO
(Life in Motion, 1998, Rudra Press) made stillness the essential skill for practicing this
new model of craniosacral therapy. From that moment on, practitioners were encouraged
to find stillness within themselves and within their patients. In this way, the essential
principles of the biodynamic model were established. These are: the dynamic stillness as
the main source, the Breath of Life and its manifestation in the body as the spark of the
creation of the human embryo and finally, the Potential Tide, the expression of Totality in
the embryo that is generated by the Breath of Life. This expression of the divine that
originates in the creation of the embryo is preserved as part of human physiology
throughout life. Dr. Sutherland and Becker discovered the natural laws of how the spirit
incarnates in the human body and provides the primary source of all healing, locating
itself in the tissues and fluids of the body.
The Breath of Life arises from dynamic stillness. It is a numinous presence that ignites the
body at conception and centers it in the midline of the ventricles of the central nervous
system. The Breath of Life creates healing from the inside out. It takes presence to
perceive the Breath of Life in the fluids, as well as a meditative mind. Additionally, the
therapist maintains a wide perceptual field to allow the inherent treatment plan located in
the body's fluids to manifest its unerring ability to heal from within. Craniosacral therapy
requires skills more than techniques. Some hand positions are held for half an hour or
more. Think about this. The therapist needs to be in a very grounded position, mentally,
emotionally and physically. From this point of view, craniosacral therapy is a spiritual
practice: now more than ever this work contains the prayer: "Thy will be done."
 The layers of the
aura
[Jj U* tapa íurici j

I integrating layer I a 2
1
uric layer

auric layer

I am very convinced that to have good health in all the auric layers of the
human being, it is essential to have a strong primary respiratory movement and
balanced. The health of our aura is directly related to the health of the
craniosacral system.

All tissues in the body move producing different rhythms that can be felt with sensitive
hands. We are all familiar with respiratory and cardiac rhythms, but not with the rhythm
called the Primary Respiratory Mechanism (PRM). The MRP is a deep internal
respiration, which comes into action before pulmonary respiration and is essential for the
entire body (it can be palpated for up to 15 minutes. postmortem). It is expressed with
different levels of perception: the craniosacral rhythm (or cranial rhythmic imposition),
the average rhythm and the long tide.
Cranio-Sacral Therapy: beyond massage
Cranio-Sacral Therapy is a gentle, delicate and deep body work that restores
psychosomatic balance and enhances the self-healing power of our body. It is not a
massage technique, but rather a body and emotional work that accesses the cranio-sacral
system through the therapist's hands, which is in close relationship with the nervous,
musculoskeletal, vascular, endocrine and respiratory systems. The craniosacral therapist
has learned to read and interpret the rhythm in different parts of the body, receiving
information about possible imbalances and fulcrums of inertia of the system.

In today's scientific research, it is Quantum Physics that gives us the greatest basis for our
work. Some experiments prove that particles are interrelated, that they influence each
other. Here are some of the observations made in experiments with quantum (luminous
particles): The observer influences what is observed, and when two quantum particles are
taken to opposite places in the Universe and one moves, the other resonates accordingly.
This gives us an idea that when we come into contact with another and, especially when
we are in a therapeutic act, we influence each other. As practitioners we need to learn how
to be neutral so that the system does not just respond to our presence, but actually teaches
us what is in the patient at that moment. Only in this way can we cooperate with the
deeper forces and help the system. It is evident that therapy will have a different result
depending on the consciousness of the therapist.
A little history
The first to investigate the “Primary Respiratory Mechanism” at the end of the last
century was Dr. W. Sutherland, disciple of the father of osteopathy, Dr. Taylor Still
(1828-1917). Dr. Still was one of the pioneers of holistic medicine. He sought throughout
his life the reharmonization of man with nature. His approach to healing rejected surgery
and drugs, only used as a last measure. He mainly relied on a system of body
manipulation, which he called osteopathy; physical exercises and lifestyle advice. He
founded the first school, the American School of Osteopathy, in Kirksville in 1892. The
principles of this other medicine based on natural laws revolutionized the medicine of its
time. Dr. W. Sutherland (1873-1954) seeing the sophisticated cranial anatomy had an
intuition in the early 1900s, “the bones of the skull must be constructed to allow
respiratory movement.” With this first inspiration in 1901, Dr. W. Sutherland begins a life
of search and research developing what is today called Cranio-Sacral Therapy. His path
was not easy since like any pioneer, who contributes new ideas, he had many problems
even within the field of osteopathy. He dedicated more than 30 years to studying the
anatomy of the skull and experimented in different ways, applying pressure to specific
bones of the skull and seeing the relationship they had with different dysfunctions and
emotional changes. He developed a system of examination and treatment of the bones of
the skull, achieving very good results, based on the idea that the bones are not solidly
welded but that there is a micro-movement or flexibility through the sutures in which the
bones are separated. In 1948, at the age of 75, Dr. Sutherland made a paradigm shift in the
cranial concept. It has a second inspiration and perhaps the most important. He observed a
problem that was released from within the client, without his force or pressure but by the
intrinsic power of the person. Until now I was prepared to look for the movement, the axis
of rotation, the restriction and the decompensation in the
movement and help it (the system) move better. He now recognized that the movement
was just the result of deeper forces at play, and beneath the movement existed deeper
states of well-being and calm. The orientation of his work changes radically: he stops
doing the protocols and tests for the movement of bones and membranes and begins to
work and cooperate with the power of the system as a conductor of the body's innate
intelligence. He began to call the forces with which he was in contact "the Vital Breath", a
dynamic force that constantly creates the human being. Later an important line of
osteopaths safeguarded and developed these ideas. On the other hand, there has been
extensive development of this technique, supported by different laboratory research works
(especially between the years 1960 and 1980 in the United States), which have confirmed
and expanded Sutherland's discoveries.
In reality, the therapist does not impose anything on the person's body, but rather helps
the body's self-correcting power. That is why in the United States the craniosacral
therapist is called a facilitator. And it is also the reason why this gentle but effective
therapy is safe and convenient for people of all ages. From adults to children and babies,
as well as after an operation or in fragile conditions, complementing medical or
psychological treatment. If there is no specific pathology, therapy helps us eliminate
tensions and blockages and live life more fully, increasing bodily vitality. Some
pathologies in which the therapy is most commonly applied are: migraine or tension-type
headaches; back and musculoskeletal pain and problems; muscle tension; pain relief; joint
problems; hearing, vision or mouth problems; digestive problems; sinusitis and facial
neuralgia; stress, anxiety, chronic fatigue; childhood traumas, hyperactive children;
consequences of accidents; Emotional problems.

For example, the typical egregor of fear already lives in our aura without realizing it; this
usually greatly deforms the energy of the kidneys and adrenal glands, which in turn
depresses the energy of the diaphragm muscle and its surroundings. This will affect
complete breathing and over time we will lack energy and vitality. Without realizing it we
hardly breathe and in any doubtful or complicated situation we hold our breath. This
action prevents us from thinking with our full potential, since oxygen does not reach the
brain, and thus a chain of reactions that goes unnoticed. Well, on a mental level we will
be very influenced by that egregor of fear that will make us see reality in a distorted way
and be afraid of everything or almost everything. Our mind will go over any issue a
thousand times to finally see how dangerous everything can be and thus continue feeding
that egregor or energetic entity that is fear.

In a very similar way, we are affected by all types of egregores or mental entities that
inhabit this planet and if you do not have your entire energy system well, they can enter
inside you and we will not realize it. We can call intolerance, selfishness, pride, violence,
insecurities and even the doubts and mental conflicts we have about good and evil among
an endless number of them... egregores.

This is so and I know it, because I have carried out a small personal study on this matter
and I can assure you and, of course, there are many esoteric and mystical books that
explain it this way.

I have perceived how you have a good craniosacral system, the bones of your skull are
good and in less than a second that a mental conflict, of any kind or a negative egregor,
lodged in you, your entire fascial system twists and the cranial rhythmic impulse is It
deviates from the previous press that was correct. Let's go as if that entity or energetic
egregor that you have just given way to, instantly lives in your fascial tissue and will
abruptly deform your energy wave and this, over time, will affect the primary respiratory
movement perpetually. If you let that egregore pass after a while, forget about it and even
do energy work to release it, in most cases everything returns to normal. That egregor is
not consistent at all, it has no force, what you do is let it pass, think about something else
and even undo and dismantle that knot of energy and it is nothing anymore. Over time
when you have practiced and brought awareness to those negative and low vibration
energies, they will no longer return.

Each one has its job to do, its egregores to clean, and if you don't feed them, they
disappear and your fascial tissue thanks you with greater relaxation. The job of each one
is to see it and, there is the solution, you turn the matter around and it disappears, that
egregor is insignificant compared to a Soul-Spirit that is you.

What you have to do is put awareness, some technique of attracting light, some teacher
similar to you and even allow your body to rotate as it pleases to help that unhealthy
energy come out.

I have understood this perception much better when reading the book of the sixth sense.

Barbara Ann Brennan 's books have also helped me a lot. I think it is very interesting
material for any therapist and healer.

I am convinced that with craniosacral therapy all these changes can be made in a deep and
integrative way. Of course, everything costs effort and work and the reward is so gradual
and from within that it can go unnoticed. Simply over time you become more of yourself,
you feel better in all aspects, your life goes much better, despite the changes, since your
inner Being, your Higher Being, is much more connected with your person and
personality. It is like being with God more deeply, with all the positive virtues, forming
part of you naturally.

You can attract new energies into your life, the energy flows much better, your personal
power increases and your psychological defects disappear.

For now, continue reading and may you enjoy and learn a lot.

In the link about the world of therapies, you will find new drop-down menus with a lot of
additional information.

In the power point link or in the tarot link, you have an opportunity to receive a message.

There is no aspect of the human being: spirit, mind or body, that does not reveal itself in
the body. To touch someone is to use the verb in the active sense. Being in touch suggests
something more passive, a receiving or, at best, a shared practice, that is what our work is
about.
During the session our abilities to hear the story told by the spirit, mind and body through
the heartbeat of the body are revealed.
We will contact the body with an awareness so present and so deep that its story will be
told and heard down to its original intention. This allows us to return to the original
intention and appropriately modify in the present the habits formed in past experiences.
The main objective of this work is to provide a stillness and a space for the therapist in
which the patient trusts to be heard. In this being heard lies healing. Intelligence knows,
the intellect can only partially know.
We work at levels that are beyond what mere intellect can encompass and we get in touch
with the Intelligence that underlies all illness.
CranioSacral Therapy (CST)
It is a manual and subtle technique to help detect and correct imbalances in the
craniosacral system that may be the cause of dysfunction. sensory, motor or neurological
tions.
The craniosacral system surrounds the brain and spinal cord, these organs are the center of
the being, without them the senses, emotions and motor functions would be inoperative.
So the craniosacral system is related to the health and well-being of the entire body.

The rhythm of the craniosacral system can be felt as clearly as cardio rhythms. vascular
and respiratory. But unlike the other rhythms, the craniosacral rhythm (CSR) can be
evaluated and corrected through palpation.
CranioSacral Therapy is used to treat a wide variety of health problems, including
headaches, neck and back pain, TMJ dysfunctions, chronic fatigue, motor coordination
difficulties, scoliosis, fibromyalgia, eye problems, endogenous depression , hyperactivity,
concentration problems, nervous system dysfunctions, as well as other physical and
psychological disorders. You can consult certain articles of interest related to the topic,
such as
example:
An Olympic Recovery

The Upledger Institute Spain teaches two courses related to this therapy:
· CranioSacral Therapy I (TCS I)
· Cranio-Sacral Therapy II (TCS II)

CranioSacral Therapy I (CST I)

CONTENTS OF THE CRANIO-SACRAL THERAPY COURSE I
This course teaches the necessary bases to understand the craniosacral system,
including the techniques used to make changes to it. The students
They learn techniques to release fascia and soft tissues, non-invasive techniques
palpation, which are used to detect subtle biological movements, and
our 10 Step Protocol to evaluate and treat the entire body. In the course
studies by the "discovery learning" method and a lot of time is dedicated to it
to practice. An explanatory manual with detailed illustrations is supplied to each
student.
Each content is presented through its theoretical explanation and subsequent
 demonstration,
followed by supervised practice:

• Palpation: gross-subtle, active-passive, heart rate, respiratory rate and craniosacral

rhythm.
• Fascia as a global system of the body, crossed diaphragms, techniques to release
the diaphragm (pelvic, respiratory, thoracic inlet, hyoid and occipital cranial base).
• Phases of the cranio-sacral rhythm: flexion and extension.
• Still Point induction including CV-4.
• Energy direction techniques.
• Cranial joints.
• Vertical and horizontal system of intracranial membranes.
• Body resistance, elastic resistance, visco-elastic characteristics of tissues.
• Cranial bone lifting techniques.
• Evaluation of the dural tube, traction and treatment.
• ATM and ATM techniques.
• 10 step protocol.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS COURSE

This course is aimed at any professional related to the field of health and manual
therapies. If the interested party does not belong to this group, they will be asked to
previously acquire some essential anatomical bases for Cranio-Sacral Therapy.
CranioSacral Therapy II (TCS II)

CRANIO-SACRAL THERAPY COURSE CONTENTS II

The goal of Cranio-Sacral Therapy II is to further explore the cranio-sacral system and its
relationship with the pathophysiological systems of the body. The course begins with the
study of cranial base dysfunctions as diagnosed and treated by William G. Sutherland, the
"father of Cranial Osteopathy." Students learn how to combine Sutherland's techniques
for identifying injuries with our 10-Step Protocol and how to apply individual correction
techniques when necessary.
Evaluation and therapy for the palate, jaw, and temporomandibular joint are performed as
part of the examination of the masticatory system. Emphasis is placed on the evaluation of
the entire body and the various physiological phenomena that occur. Somato-Emotional
Release is introduced through the discussion and demonstration of the Energy Cyst.
Participants benefit from the hands-on experience of practicing in an intimate setting and
receive an illustrated study manual to serve as a future reference. Each content is
presented through theoretical explanation and subsequent demonstration, followed by
supervised practice:

• Cranial base dysfunctions

• Hard palate, jaw and TMJ (temporomandibular joint) dysfunctions.
• Whole body evaluation.
• Arcing (energy arcs).
• Fascial slip.
• Symmetry/Asymmetry.
 • Cranial movement.
• Dural tube mobility.
• Quality of the CranioSacral rhythm.
• Paravertebral movement.
• Energy cysts.

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS COURSE

To access this course it is necessary to have completed TCS I with The Upledger Institute
in Spain or at any of the other Upledger Institutes in the rest of the world.
 Somatoemotional release
It is already an accepted fact, even by orthodox medicine, the relationship between the
body and the mind. I would even say the intimate relationship between body, mind,
emotions and spirit. In the field of psycho-neuro-immunology, connections between
negative psychological states and their influence on the immune response have been
discovered. Our mental and emotional state can be read in our body.

Our emotional states, whether stress, excitement, repression..., will be reflected in

characteristic muscular patterns and postures. Even physical and emotional traumas from
the past are reflected in our tissues, what we call “energy knots.” Even today we know
that people who have been traumatized retain memories of those traumatic events in their
brains and bodies. Frequently, this memory is expressed in symptoms of numerous
psychosomatic illnesses, post-traumatic stress disorder, nightmares and fears, negative
thoughts and dissociative behaviors. The body of a traumatized person is "disconnected"
and contains great tension.
“Energy cysts,” a term originally coined by American craniosacral therapy, are areas of
bodily dysfunction that manifest as obstruction to the efficient conduction of energy and
electricity through the body's tissues ( mainly fascia). Normal body function has been
inhibited in that area and the body must adapt to that disorganized activity. It can be a
result of: physical trauma, pathogenic invasion, physiological dysfunction, mental and
emotional problems. Taking a physical trauma, an accident, as an example, the body has
two ways of responding to the physical force of the injury: it immediately begins to
dissipate this force and the natural healing process continues, or the physical force
imposed on the body is retained in instead of dissipating. If the energy cannot be
dissipated as heat, the body locates and concentrates the energy, encapsulating or isolating
it as an energy knot. The body adapts to the presence of the knot, compromising the
normal functioning process, fascial mobility is hindered, the normal electrical
conductivity of the tissues involved is reduced, and the flow of energy around the
acupuncture meridians is reduced. All of this weakens the body's energy, creating tension
and dysfunction.

There are three important factors in determining whether the body is able to dissipate
traumatic energy:
The amount of energy: if the impact is too great it can compromise the body's ability to
dissipate it.
Previous injuries to the same body area: it becomes a more vulnerable area and can
compromise the ability to dissipate energy.
Certain negative emotional states, such as anger or fear, paralyze the body's ability to
dissipate energy. If these negative states are dominant at the time of the accident or injury,
the body will probably retain the force of the injury by developing an energetic knot.
Once the negative emotions have been discovered and revived with the support of the
therapist, it will be easier to release the energetic knot.
Integrate the different visions
In order to understand the different approaches to craniosacral therapy, which are all very
valid, we need to distinguish between biomechanical and biodynamic approaches. In the
biomechanical approach we tend to work with the most physical manifestations of the
system. And we explore primarily through active examination of movement, but also
through passive perception. In the biodynamic principle we come into contact with all the
forces at play with a vision of the system that underlies all the work. The client's body
physiology uses these principles to self-correct its own problems.

In my point of view we need to learn to cooperate with the client's system, his personal
program and the vital need to return to Health. Sutherland established treatment principles
for working with the system. His approach to treatment can be summarized in his own
words: “Be aware of the deep balance and allow the internal physiological function of the
body to manifest its unequivocal power, rather than applying blind forces from without.”
In this listening space we approach the client with respect and acceptance.

Article published by Alberto Panizo and Greta Adam in Natural Magazine, no. 61
 VÍASC ALSO PLATE 131
Previous vision Rear view

Posterior cerebral artery Posterior interior cerebellar artery

superior cerebellar artery

basilar artery

Anterior interior Vertebral artery

cerebellar artery -

Artery c erebeksa Posterior segmental

lower back 9
medullary arteries
Anterior spinal artery
deep cervical arterla
Vertebral artery

Anterior segmental
■Ascending cervical artery
medullary arteries

ascending cervical
artery-------------------------
deep cervical subclavian anteria
arterla---------------
subclavian artery z
•Posterior segmental
anterior segmental medullary arteries
medullary artery

Intercostal artery,
posterior

pial plexus
. Vertebrae
intercostal arteries
thoracic
later
Greater anterior segmental
medullary artery (of
Adamkiewicz i —■—"

Posterior intercostal artery

Anterior spinal Posterior segmental

medullary artery medullary arteries

-Anastomotic loops for the

anterior spinal artery

Lumbar pain

lumbar arteries
Vertebrae
* lumbar 3

Anastomotic loops for the

,_____sacral arteries
posterior spiral arteries Yo lateral to medial)
Note all ralcei dr Ims nerins epirwes have
Horsetail arteries associated segmental root arferiarsi mrdularti
The very theory of tas sak c posera attttiap
tadfkcularesíséaseLmata 158) Ambov types of
anrtrUf elsscurren ak laego de L» root; However,
Lateral sacral arteries
the radular arteries terminate before tktn/More
(or mechales) spinal arteries are rotated posteriorly, while the
Sacred < larger segnentariat spinal arteries are used to
supply a segment of the spinal arteries.
Arteries of the spinal cord: scheme
PLATE 157 DORSU AND SPINAL CORD
SomatoEmotional Release°
SomatoEmotional Release is a term we have coined to describe a phenomenon that began
to occur with great regularity and became increasingly beneficial in the use of Cranial
Sacrotherapy and Energy Knot Release. SomatoEmotional Release includes the use of
body posture and energy transfer between the therapist and patient, and allows the release
of Energy Knots and tissue memory. The difference lies in the integrity of the approach
and the almost complete lack of direction on the part of the therapist.

In releasing Energy Knots and tissue memory, the therapist has a specific problem in mind
that usually presents itself as a complaint from the patient. Then, using assessment
techniques such as assessment of the cranial-sacral system and total body "bowing," the
therapist locates the Energy Knots and uses body posture and cranial-sacral rhythm cues
to release the Energy Knot. Energy. The goal is quite clear during the treatment session.
At this point I should somewhat calm your curiosity and briefly tell you that "arching" is a
method we have developed that makes use of the energetic activities of the patient's body.
We make use of these energies to locate the energy nodes. Our concept is analogous to
what is seen when a stone falls on the almost calm surface of a pool of water. These
waves on the surface of the water spread out in circles from the point where the stone
entered the water. The waves produced by the entry of the stone interfere with the normal
activity of the water in the pond. We find that the Energy Knots in the patient's body send
out similar waves of interference in an otherwise normal sea of energy. Cranial sacral
therapists can and do develop the perceptual capacity to discover these waves of
interference produced by Energy Knots. We then follow these circular waves to their
center, and there is the Energy Knot.
In SomatoEmotional release, the approach is quite different. Here we simply place our
hands on the patient. We then grant wordless permission for the patient's body to do
whatever it sees fit at that moment. We also offer to provide energy to the patient's body.
Before the reader is surprised by my "madness" when talking about this reality of "putting
energy into the patient's body", it must be understood that we have measured very strong
changes in body voltages, as well as changes in electrical resistance both in the therapist
as well as in the patient when this "energy" is offered by the therapist and accepted by the
patient. We have collected more and more documented measurements that relate to this
"energy transfer" phenomenon. When we have enough, we will present them to the
scientific community. The real madness would be to present our concepts and the data that
support them too soon, before the experimental foundations are rock solid.
Returning to SomatoEmotional release. We know that when the therapist presents an
attitude of true calm, the patient is encouraged on some non-conscious level. When we
combine the conductive attitude with the physically measurable energy I talked about
earlier, it only takes a few minutes for the patient to adopt the body posture of their
choice. I, as a therapist, do not suggest any specific goals. The choice of what to do during
this treatment session is made by the patient. I try to let you know, that I help you in your
choice and that I will facilitate or assist you in any way I can.
Once SomatoEmotional Release begins, the activity of the cranial-sacral system declines,
just as it does during the release of Energy Knots. However, the SomatoEmotional
Liberation process is more global. Body posture allows for a general release of pent-up
emotions. This release appears to come from the body's tissues. It is expressed more
frequently through the nervous system, the vocal apparatus, etc... There may be crying,
shaking, sweating, laughing, pain... almost anything you can imagine. It all depends on
what the patient has unconsciously decided to treat during the session. I strongly suspect
that there is an inner wisdom in the patient that takes into account the impression made on
him or her by the therapist's skill. With this in mind, the session is tailored to both the
needs of the patient and the skill and dedication of the therapist. I have felt questioned by
patients in terms of ability, sincerity and motivation during almost every
SomatoEmotional Release treatment session I have been in - and there have been
thousands of sessions during my professional career.
SomatoEmotional release, when effective, changes people's lives dramatically. It's as if it
offers an opportunity to objectively see what they are doing with their lives and how they
can change to improve them. It offers patients a recollection of experiences, traumas,
accidents, and the like that have lain beneath the surface of their knowledge for years.
Once these repressed experiences rise to the surface, the problems can be addressed and
resolved. When the problem remains repressed, it can cause disturbances, but the cause of
said disturbance is not known, not even the patient knows the reasons for his symptoms.

As an example of the power of the SomatoEmotional Liberation process, I will describe a

situation that occurred more than 10 years ago. It was a very unlikely event since the
patient was a psychiatrist. He volunteered before an audience of more than 200 therapists.
I was going to demonstrate the technique used to introduce the SomatoEmotional Release
process, and I needed a patient. I began by standing near the treatment table on a stage in
front of a large auditorium. I simply placed my hands on his hips as I knelt in front of him.
This is one of the techniques we use to begin the process. Almost immediately he began to
sway to his right side. I helped him lie down on the ground using my body to support him.
He began to scream and curse with a loud voice. To keep the process going, I simply
maintained contact with his left hand and wrist. He continued this "reprimanding"
performance for about 25 minutes. His body stiffened and relaxed like a fish out of water.
He didn't try to free his wrist or his left hand, which I had grabbed. As the process
continued, his voice rose in pitch and his screams and curses became more childish.
Finally he began to cry like a child while adopting a calm resting posture on the ground.
His knees were bent over his chest. I continued to hold his left hand and wrist. After he
had cried in this childish manner for about five minutes, his body suddenly relaxed. He
returned again to the place and time where we were. He saw around him all his friends
and associates who had witnessed this demonstration. He seemed a little embarrassed.
I asked him if he would like to lie down on the treatment table and allow me to perform
some Cranial Sacral Therapy relaxation techniques to end the session in a more balanced
way. He agreed. As he worked with his head, I asked him if he realized what had
happened. He nodded. He shared with us (the 200+ viewers) the fact that he had been
attending psychotherapy sessions for 10 years. He had also been a practicing psychiatrist
for more than 13 years. He had been "stuck" in his psychotherapeutic process for three
years. In this "jam", he had constantly felt very angry with his father. I hadn't been able to
find the reason for this anger until that day. During this demonstration session, he had re-
experienced the time when he was one year old and living in Washington, DC, where his
father worked for the federal government. He was in a baby stroller. His father was taking
him for a walk one bright Sunday morning. He could feel the sun shining warming him as
he lay happily in his stroller. Everything was going well. His father was with him and he
was the center of his father's attention. Then his father stopped to talk to an acquaintance
they met during their walk. The conversation between his father and the acquaintance
went on and on. The one-year-old baby, who would later become a psychiatrist, was no
longer the center of his father's attention. He began to feel rejected. After all, this was his
time with his father. Someone had taken it from him. That someone could divert his
father's attention away from him so easily was a very painful reality. He started making
childish noises. But dad didn't pay attention to him; He was immersed in a conversation.
The baby became frustrated because Dad continued talking and was not paying attention
to his movements or noises. Frustration led to anger. The baby began to cry in an
explosion of anger. His father approached the cart, grabbed his right wrist and said, "If
you don't shut up, I'll break your damn arm." It wasn't a very diplomatic phrase, but these
things happen sometimes.

Here and now, the volunteer for the demonstration could understand how his father could
have been immersed in an intense and perhaps very important conversation. He could also
understand that his father wanted to complete the conversation. The baby competed for
her attention more and more strongly. Finally his father lost patience, grabbed his son by
his left wrist and threatened to break his arm if he did not stay still. Put into context, his
father's threat to break his arm if he didn't shut up didn't seem so bad. This patient knew
that his father had never abused him physically or emotionally, so the psychiatrist was
more likely to accept the idea that his father simply lost his temper at that moment.
Certainly, his father's actions and words were undoubtedly cruel for a one-year-old child,
but his father was not perfect, nor was he excessively violent. He was just a human being.
The psychiatrist was able to accept that he now knew what had happened.
The memory of this incident had been suppressed by the patient's consciousness. It was
held on his left wrist. When meaningful contact of my hand with his wrist was made, the
memory of the experience was released. The patient was then able to resolve the issue that
had produced a prolonged feeling of hatred towards his father since the time of the
incident. In my opinion, years of psychotherapy identified the emotion of anger in the
present moment. Psychotherapy also identified the father as the focus of the anger.
However, after several years of work, the cause of the anger had not yet been identified. A
40-50 minute SomatoEmotional Release demonstration session in front of an audience of
over 200 colleagues was enough to define and resolve the rest of the problem.

I received a thank you letter from this man three months later stating that his feelings
toward his father had changed significantly for the better.

Another illustration of the power of the SomatoEmotional Liberation process occurred in

1979 in Paris. I was giving a lecture to an auditorium full of skeptical and rather
unfriendly French therapists. There were about 300 attendees. I was asked to demonstrate
how the SomatoEmotional Release process works in practice after talking about it for a
while. I finally agreed, although against my own will.

Immediately, a rather muscular and masculine middle-aged man approached the front of
the auditorium. It was obvious that I was going to prove it on him. My interpreter, who
was also my friend, warned me that this man was the most vociferous leader of the most
skeptical group in the audience, who said that this was all "hogwash." I found myself in a
difficult situation. I was discussing concepts that are rather intangible. I had an audience
that was complaining about what I was trying to present. And now I had to demonstrate
the practical application of SomatoEmotional Release on a huge male who was grumbling
that he would show me that nothing would happen to him.

I did not have a treatment table since I had no intention of proving anything. This was
going to be a morning educational exhibition. He came to the front of the room. We said
"bon jour" which was about fifty percent of my knowledge of the French language. He
looked at me defiantly, daring me with his eyes to be so presumptuous as to dream that
this SomatoEmotional liberation process could affect him in any way. I placed my hands
on the front of her pelvic bones. (For the anatomists, I clamped their iliac crests and
anterior superior iliac spines.) I fell to one knee as I glanced at the uniformity of her
pelvis. I said a little prayer begging for success. I silently affirmed my faith in the process
of SomatoEmotional liberation. I put energy into it. It was that kind of energy that is
offered for whatever use the patient deems appropriate at the moment.
It is a little difficult to estimate the time exactly because in this situation a minute seems
like an hour. But I could guess that within 30 seconds this defiant Frenchman would fall
forward onto my right side as if he thought I was going to take him somewhere. I followed
my intuition of what his body wanted to do. I lowered his body gently to the ground in
front of the auditorium. Feeling the ground, he assumed the fetal position. His knees were
on his chest and he was sucking his thumb. He was crying or sobbing rather sadly as if he
were a baby who was very sad and heartbroken. I let him do as much time as he wanted.
He seemed to be aware of the audience and his colleagues watching him, but as happens
in SomatoEmotional Release, this did not matter to him. His proud macho boasting had
lost importance at this point.

After about 15 minutes of pitiful sobbing and crying on the ground, he stopped abruptly.
His body relaxed. He acknowledged my presence and began speaking in French to the
interpreter. The gist of what he was saying was that he had realized that he felt abandoned
by his mother when he was a child. He had an older brother who was injured in a bicycle
accident. She had suddenly diverted her attention from him to her brother, who had been
unable to do so. He could forgive him now that he understood. Now he could stop feeling
sorry for himself. I never saw that man again, but I suspect he was much less macho after
this SomatoEmotional Liberation experience. His excessively macho personality was
probably an overcompensation for the feeling of abandonment and lack of affection from
his childhood. It must be difficult for a child to understand if suddenly the love and
attention they are accustomed to receiving are significantly reduced. The child would need
to protect himself from further harm. Many of us protect ourselves by becoming tough.

This demonstration further affirmed my faith in the SomatoEmotional Liberation process.

I knew that someone above me was taking care of me. Since this particular presentation,
my acceptance and reception as a teacher and lecturer in France has been much warmer
and friendlier. This macho Frenchman was very influential in the French physiotherapy
community.

What made these two prominent health professionals fall into a deep therapeutic process
with the risk of personal embarrassment and in front of hundreds of their colleagues?
Don't know. I can say it has happened time and time again. I do three or four
demonstrations during each SomatoEmotional release seminar I teach. There are between
40 and 50 students in each seminar, and I have been teaching about 10 seminars a year for
at least five years, and about five a year for the previous five years. It can be estimated
that I have given about 75 seminars with at least three demonstrations each. It is very
conservative to estimate 225 demonstrations in front of classes of 40 or 50 students. There
have since been at least 50 other demonstrations at conferences with much larger
audiences, many of them in foreign countries. Perhaps surprisingly, I can't cite any
demonstration in which something hasn't happened. I can only mention a few that left
something to be desired.

I remember when neither I nor the patient in the demonstration began to have any idea
what could happen. I certainly believe in the SomatoEmotional release process and I have
good reason to do so.

I think what happens is that we all live with a kind of "censor" within us that in a parental
way keeps certain memories and experiences out of our consciousness. The intention of
this censor is good. He believes he protects us. However, there is a permanent cost to
keeping these memories and experiences in the subconscious. This cost can manifest itself
as pain, disability, unhappiness, constant bad temper, irritability, lack of self-esteem, and
the like.

The "censor" considers it worth the cost of keeping these memories and experiences
buried. There is another part of us that we will tentatively call the "efficiency expert." The
efficiency expert dreams of what life would be like if all these censored memories could
be brought to the surface, addressed, and resolved. SomatoEmotional release makes the
body ready to help the efficiency expert. When we therapists align ourselves with the
efficiency expert (who wants to rid the patient of problems that are hidden below the
conscious level and/or stored in tissues and Energy Knots as memories and emotions), the
censor relaxes. , and a positive treatment effect is obtained. I suppose we could say that
our presence and energy help the part of the patient that wants to totally resolve the
problems instead of covering them up day after day.

I have described two kinds of sensational SomatoEmotional liberation experiences. I

would like to describe now how this process works on a day-to-day basis, with each of the
patients who come to the clinic.

I remember a young woman who was referred to me by an eminent psychiatrist because

he could not find any help for her. She was a highly ranked tennis professional who
suffered from "tennis elbow." She had pulled out of tournaments because the elbow
continued to disrupt her ability to play. The doctor who sent her had used every treatment
method he could think of without satisfactory results. She got some relief, but not enough
to allow her to return to the sport she "loved." (It may be so, as we will now see.)
During our first appointment (she was going to be with us for a week and was going to see
me four times during that week), I realized that there was a connection between her right
elbow and her pelvis. I mentioned this possibility to him. She became defensive and
denied any pelvic problems. I did not contradict her because normally the development of
an adverse patient-therapist situation is not therapeutically productive, unless said
situation is used to help the patient express his anger or something similar. I didn't want to
be her adversary yet, so I let her interpret my silence as agreement that the pelvis had
nothing to do with tennis elbow.

The second day I asked him to lie on his back so that I could measure the length of his
legs. She agreed after explaining that I had to work with the bases as well as the elbow.
This statement on my part allowed him to relax his defenses ("censor"). I'm sure your
"efficiency expert" also knew that there might be an opportunity to surface a suppressed
problem, express it, and perhaps resolve it. I always try to let the efficiency expert know
that I am a friend by the way I touch the patient and by my non-verbal behavior and
intentions.

As I placed my hands on the back of his pelvis and the small of his back, I could feel the
beginning of his forward lean. I was just touching, not pushing. I could sense his natural
defenses fighting against a front fall. I then asked her to bend forward, which she did. His
body seemed to like that position. Then I asked her to place her hands on the floor so that
she was "on all fours" on her feet and hands at the same time. His body liked that idea too.
When I asked him to get on his hands and knees, his cranial sacrosystem stopped beating.
He remained motionless as she was on her hands and knees. I had a very strong intuitive
feeling to place my right hand on the bone on the right side of his pelvis. (It is the bone we
sit on, called the ischium). As soon as I touched this bone, she started crying and sobbing.
Then he lay face down on the ground. I maintained my contact with his right ischium. She
cried and cried for a long time, fifteen or twenty minutes. Finally his body relaxed, and his
cranial-sacral system began its rhythmic activity again. She smiled at me through her teary
gaze as she lay examining her back and asked if she could get up.
I asked him to lie down on the treatment table and I began to apply some gentle and
relaxing Cranial Sacral Therapy techniques with the intention of gaining his trust and
friendship. Then I suggested that if she wanted to talk about something, I was there to
listen to her.

The story was this. About three years before tennis elbow took her out of the game, she
had been competing in a national tournament. She had won her game that day but had not
played well enough to please her coach. There was an argument between her and her
coach outside the tennis court, at night when no one was present. He was yelling and
reprimanding her very severely. She remembered (or thought she remembered) and
actually heard his exact words. She turned around and started walking towards the exit
door. He went after her and pushed her on the back so hard that she fell to her hands and
knees. He then kicked her so hard on her right buttock that it fractured her right ischium.

This fracture was interpreted by the doctor as a stress fracture. She was out of competition
and training for about a year. Under pressure from her coach, she returned to an intensive
training program and competing in major tournaments, she began to suffer from tennis
elbow, which simply got progressively worse. To this day, she honestly believed that
tennis elbow was a valid and distinct problem. Now he knew that tennis elbow had
appeared to prevent his return to high-level competition. She didn't want to find herself in
a similar situation again - a situation that made her coach so angry that he yelled, berated,
tackled and kicked him. I couldn't stand that one more time. The coach was her father,
who was trying to live a second life through her because he was never a champion. His
luck and frustration were due to her. From now on, she would live her own life.

In less than an hour, using the SomatoEmotional Liberation process, he realized all of this.
He gave up tennis. He found that he really didn't like it very much. It was her father who
was obsessed with being a champion, not her. During the next two sessions we released
many tissue memories and Energy Knots related to all that. We talked a lot about living
on her own and declaring herself independent from her father. We also talked about his
problems, and she felt a sense of empathy and compassion for him. Kind's feelings toward
his father began to replace the anger and resentment that surfaced during our work. In
short, it was an excellent therapeutic and self-actualization experience for her and me.
Your "efficiency expert" must have been extraordinarily happy as this event was
completed in four sessions of 45 minutes each.

Another extraordinary event of SomatoEmotional Liberation occurred in the form of a

young woman who had been involved in a serious traffic accident. She was not actually
disabled, but she had been in constant pain for eight months after the accident. He had
broken three ribs, broken his neck, and broken his pelvis. All the fractures had healed, but
she continued to have severe headaches almost daily that were only relieved with a few
morning drinks. The headaches occurred during the day when doing housework. His neck
hurt constantly, as did his lower back, below his ribcage. It was his older brother who was
driving when the accident occurred. Since she was not married and had never been
pregnant, she made no secret of the fact that she would like to have a lover at all times.
She almost seemed to brag about it.

I saw this young woman a few times and was determined to find some structural reason in
her bones, muscles and ligaments that would explain the severity of the constant pain and
the daily intermittent headaches. I found a few things we corrected, and felt some relief,
but not much. I removed the restrictions in his cranial-sacral system. This contributed to
great relief from his neck pain and the headache improved, but the persistent back pain
continued. I placed her in a sitting position on several occasions and tried without success
to induce a SomatoEmotional release process. She would just sit stiff and talk about how
bad the pain was. I repeated to myself week after week (I saw her once a week) my faith
in the process. I have since learned that in a case like this it is more effective to see the
patient several days in a row. It seems that an increase in the frequency of treatment
sessions inhibits the reorganization of defenses.

Anyway, during our tenth session I had her sitting on the treatment table with her back to
me. I kept one hand on the painful area of his back and the other on his head. I was
carefully testing the tenuous movements of his spine, and at the same time, pleading for
him to break into the SomatoEmotional Release process. My wishes were granted.
Suddenly she started pushing very hard with her back against my hand. The way we
respond to this kind of pressure from a patient is to push back with the same intensity. I
did it like that. The harder she pushed, the more resistance I put up, so that she couldn't
fall on her back.
 The holistic vision
The human body, at peace with itself, is more precious than the rarest of gems. Treasure
your body, which is only yours this once. The human form is gained with great difficulty,
and easy to lose.
All worldly things are brief, like lightning in the sky; You must know that this life is like
the small splash of a raindrop; something beautiful that disappears as soon as it comes into
being.
Therefore, set a goal, and use every day and night to achieve it.'
TSONG KHAPA

The origins of disorders

By focusing on smaller and smaller fragments of the body, modern medicine is possibly
losing sight of the patient as a complete human being, and by reducing health to
mechanical functioning it is no longer capable of producing the phenomenon of healing.

From the core of our bodies to the periphery, inertial patterns can restrict primary
respiratory movement, thus affecting our health. We can be influenced by causes as varied
as physical injuries, trauma, poor diet, environmental pollution, and genetic and
psychological factors. We are part of the process of life in body and soul, and we are
subject to its conditioning forces.
In this chapter we will examine the origins of the disease and continue to investigate the
important connection between body, mind and spirit.

physical trauma
Physical injuries are one of the causes that usually create inertial patterns in the body.
Incidents such as blows, cuts, falls and accidents create protective contractions in the
tissues that can remain there long after the original trauma has passed. To the extent that
our intrinsic resources are unable to deal with an injury, its effects stay with us. Scars
caused by tissue damage or surgical intervention are examples of such places of per
embarrassment. Scars can pull on surrounding tissues and consequently influence
movement in distant areas of the body.
Another common and significant cause of physical trauma is a difficult birth.
Impact of forces

All muscles, bones, fluids and organs in the body have a certain density. When a physical
force impacts, it encounters the resistance created by these tissues. When the biokinetic
energy of the incoming force meets resistance, its speed is reduced and it eventually stops
at a specific location (see Figure 8.1). If the force is very intense, the tissues may be
damaged or broken along their path. The point where the biokinetic energy of the physical
force stops is where it will remain lodged if the intrinsic forces of the body are unable to
eliminate it. This place where the energy is trapped is usually some distance from the
impact site. Sometimes powerful kinetic forces can pass through tissues forming an
organizational fulcrum outside the body.
Trapped Force Vector

If the incoming energy exceeds the body's ability to suppress it, that traumatic force is
treated as a foreign object. So the surrounding tissues contract to help enclose it. This
response minimizes its effect on nearby tissues. Over time, tissues permanently organize
in relation to the trapped biokinetic force, adopting a habitual contraction pattern. This
process is similar to the action of the lungs to isolate a bacterial tuberculosis infection by
forming a calcified cyst. Consequently, a separate biokinetic power area is created around
which the primary respiratory movement has to be organized.
This particular type of inertial fulcrum is called a trapped force vector or energy cyst.
The term "vector" refers to the path that the kinetic energy of trauma travels as it enters
the body (see Figure 8.1).
The path of that vector can follow a straight or curved line depending on the angle that the
force forms when entering the body.
And if the body moves while the traumatic accident is occurring (which is often the case),
the vector path
It tends to curve or twist as it passes through tissues.

If the incident force vector encounters something solid, such as a bone, it can sometimes
break up into different branches forming satellite energetic cysts. This can favor the
formation of several small inertial fulcrums (see Figure 8.1). A trapped force vector can
lead to the formation of tissue adhesions, alterations in fluid movement, poor circulation,
or accumulation of toxicity and nerve irritation.
Franklyn Sills notes: "These protective responses can be helpful at the beginning of the
experience, but they can become locked into the system in the form of deeply ingrained
protective patterns" 5. Numerous therapists have pointed out that there is
 a correspondence between the places where energy is trapped and the formation of
tumors.
Dr. Upledger observes:
The body adapts to a certain extent to the presence of energy cysts, but this process alters
the ideal function, producing waves of interference; The normal electrical conductivity of
the body tissues is reduced and the energy flow through the acupuncture meridians is
obstructed. All of this absorbs body energy creating pain and dysfunction 6

Figure 8.1 Formation of a trapped force vector

interference waves

The “interference waves” that Dr. Upledger refers to are three-dimensional energy
patterns that emanate from the area of an active disturbance. They are like the waves that
are produced when a stone is thrown into water. These waves can be felt by palpation as
arcs of energy radiating from where the force vector is trapped. They may register if the
therapist maintains a light and airy quality of perception. The closer they are to the
fulcrum of alteration, the stronger and faster these waves become. Therefore, by tracing
the pattern of interference waves back to their origin it is possible to locate the location of
the trapped force vector.

emotional association

If strong emotions are experienced at the time of trauma, they may become associated
with the trapped force vector. For example, if we experience fear or anger when the force
vector enters, that emotion can be retained in the body as part of the inertial pattern.
Emotions can be an important element within the organization and maintenance of an
inertial fulcrum

NUTRITION AND DIET

The food we eat provides us with the essential ingredients for tissues to develop healthily,
and is closely related to our vitality. Poor nutrition produces tissue weakness and
accumulation of toxins, which can affect the functioning of the primary respiratory
system. To fill the body's cells with health, it is not only necessary to eat a well-balanced
diet but also to have adequate absorption of nutrients through the digestive tract and to
eliminate waste products. It is imperative that the digestive organs express the primary
respiratory movement so that these functions - absorption of nutrients, elimination of
waste - are carried out effectively.

Toxicity accumulation

If the organs of elimination (mainly the intestines and skin) are overloaded, waste
products and toxins cannot be discharged properly. They are then stored in the body,
which can cause an accumulation of toxicity. For the body, this toxicity is another
biokinetic force that the intrinsic forces of health have to try to cope with. Some toxic
products can find their way into the connective tissues, joints, muscles and body fluids,
being stored there and producing lack of motility, tissue adhesions and developing
patterns.
inertial. The accumulation of toxicity in tissues can produce a wide variety of
degenerative diseases, such as arthritis, disorders of the digestive organs or cancer.' There
are also other factors that can cause toxicity buildup such as processed foods, chemical
additives, pesticides, medications ~ under or over cooking.
A lack of potency can often be detected in the tissues of the person who eats a lot of "junk
food", or who smokes or drinks heavily. In these cases, craniosacral movement is usually
congested or expressed lazily. When such an inertial pattern is resolved, toxic substances
stored in the body can be eliminated, and this process of elimination often produces a
healing crisis. In many of the cases I have treated, resolution of toxic inertial fulcrums was
followed by rashes, acute colds, fever, or diarrhea.

Medication effects

Medications are often a source of nutritional imbalances in the body. In addition to the
fact that many of the commonly prescribed medications destroy certain vitamins and
minerals, they are also a major source of toxicity. In fact, there is no medication that does
not have side effects. The body has to accommodate any substance that artificially
produces a specific effect in certain tissues or systems. And even if these side effects can
be tolerated or eliminated, the necessary readjustments can create considerable strain on
the intrinsic resources of the primary respiratory system.
Sometimes the effects of medications can be clearly palpable in the patient's expressions.
primary respiratory movement, especially in the quality of fluid fluctuation. Antibiotics
produce a vibrating, unstable quality in fluids, and antidepressants a lazy quality. The
continued use of painkillers produces dullness and general dissociation. Anesthetics can
be palpable in the fluids as a rapid tremor and coldness, qualities that often arise when
processing the effects of a surgical operation.
Recreational drugs can also have a profound effect. Cannabis, for example, alters the
ability of fluids to incorporate the ordering principle of the Breath of Life and gives the
primary respiratory movement a confused and disorganized quality. This is why it can be
difficult to treat people who take recreational drugs. In some of these cases, trying to build
up power is like trying to fill a leaky bucket with water. When the effect of drugs begins
to wear off from the tissues during treatment, the patient often experiences the
aforementioned qualities (e.g., disorganization). Sometimes it is possible to smell or taste
the drugs being removed.

A proper diet
Generally speaking, a healthy diet contains all the essential nutrients taken in the right
combinations. The most nutritious foods are those grown in uncontaminated soil, that
have the minimum possible amount of additives and chemicals, and that are lightly
processed. Ideally we should eat a high proportion of fresh foods. The recommended diet
is composed of mentally by whole grains, seeds, vegetables, nuts, fresh and sprouted
fruits, that is, foods rich in nutrients that contain abundant vital force that is the foundation
of health.
The details of what constitutes a healthy diet are beyond the scope of this book, but since
this is an individual matter the reader can expand his explorations simply by listening to
his own body. Let your body tell you what it needs and what it doesn't. Pay attention to
how you respond to what you eat. Take the time to feel the sensations created by the foods
you eat and let yourself be guided by those sensations. For example, do you feel
uncomfortable or full after meals? Can you you know easily? You can explore which type
of food is best for you by trying other foods. It is much better to rely on bodily wisdom
than to follow fixed rules or fads that are not always applicable to your individual
constituent characteristics.

ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

We are an integral part of the world we live in; Our state of health is closely related to the
conditions that surround us. Our internal and external worlds have to be in balance so that
we can have optimal health. But we may live in an environment where this balance is
difficult to find. Water, food and air can
have so many pollutants that devitalize our body. Those of us who live in a big city can go
a long time without seeing beyond the next building. In this case it is easy to lose sight of
our natural horizons, since a perceptual contraction is established and we forget the sense
of perspective. Wherever we are, we may be subject to the rush and chaos of modern life,
or to other stressors. environmental factors such as changes in weather or excess
ultraviolet or electromagnetic radiation. Additionally, other environmental influences such
as social pressure, family tensions, and relationship problems can also have an impact.

Build health

Usually, external stresses affect us more when our state of health is already precarious.
Although there is nothing better than living in a healthy environment, it is possible that
our internal resources are overstretched and we cannot offer much resistance to harmful
influences. It is important that we take responsibility for our diet, getting out into nature
when we can, exercising and resting.
properly. Craniosacral treatment, which gives us access to our inherent health resources,
can help us strengthen our constitution and benefit us even in adverse environmental
conditions. Fundamentally, our intrinsic health is available 24 hours a day, whatever the
circumstances.

HEREDITARY AND GENETIC FACTORS

Certain tendencies to have health problems can be transmitted from one generation to
another. We inherit these tendencies through the genetic "bricks" contained in our cells,
our DNA. But now that the human genetic map has been completed, it has been
discovered to be much less complex than previously believed. The human genetic code
shows that we carry little more genetic information than mice, and barely twice as much
as small fruit flies. Consequently, many scientists have concluded that genes are only
partially responsible for the display of our inherited tendencies.

Genetic predispositions do not necessarily mean that we have to suffer the same problems
as our ancestors. Our individuality is always a factor in the equation. According to Eastern
medicine systems, there are three nuclear energies that converge to form a human being at
the moment of conception: the life force of the mother, the life force of the father, and the
life force of the incarnated baby. The interrelation of these three energies influences the
constitution of the body. If our basic life force is expressed freely, it can overcome the
tendencies inherited from our parents.

Our options
Furthermore, life is not static; Even if we have inherited problems, we can strengthen the
expression of our essential energies. I have never encountered a case where there was no
room for improvement. The presence of our intrinsic health goes deeper than genetics9.
We can see genetics as a simple mechanism that allows the ordering principle of the
Breath of Life to unfold its activities. In this era of genetic manipulation it is easy to lose
sight of the action of this deeper intelligence.
Although certain inherent predispositions may be present, a series of conditions often
need to be met for them to manifest as a disease. For example, asthma (considered a
hereditary disease) generally only develops when inertial patterns affect the movement of
the lungs, chest or diaphragm, or when we are low on resources and lack bodily power.
Likewise, hay fever attacks usually occur when the nerves are irritated. Cranial vessels
that supply the sinuses and tear ducts. Craniosacral treatment is often able to resolve these
underlying conditions.

MENTAL AND EMOTIONAL INFLUENCES

In many traditional forms of medicine the body and mind are considered inseparable
aspects of being human. But modern Western medicine often falsely separates them and
treats them accordingly. If we take into account all the forces that condition our health,

The role of the psyche is the most powerful of all. It is the factor that governs our actions,
postures, tensions, diet and many of our responses to life's experiences. In the words of the
Dalai Lama: "At a deep level, mind and body are non-dual." The effects of physical
trauma, environmental stresses, and even hereditary predispositions can influence the
mind. Additionally, strong emotions or fixed attitudes can act as important fulcrums that
guide the way we function. These psychological fulcrums often underlie the physical
manifestation of inertia and are often critical factors that must be taken into account
during disease treatment. Treating the body without considering the role of the psyche is
like removing dents from a car without taking into account the skill of the driver.

Mind-body continuity
The mind is in control.
All things are manufactured by the mind. You are what you think, and you have become
what you thought.”
THE BUDDHA
Body and mind maintain an intimate and continuous relationship until the day we die.
"Our feelings and attitudes directly affect the way we feel, move, breathe and grow."
Consequently, the
Body clearly reflects the person who inhabits it. Its tone, posture, proportions, tensions,
motility, movements, rhythms and vitality express this relationship 13. We embody our
joys and sufferings.

The body tells a story

The body never lies; It is formed around the person we are inside. If we keep our heads
down, our shoulders slumped, our chests sunken, and we walk heavily, all of these traits
reflect feelings of weakness and resignation. On the other hand, if we hold our head high,
our shoulders are open and flexible, our chest breathes adequately, and we walk with a
jovial step, these traits indicate confidence and vitality 14. If our beliefs, fears, and
emotions determine our way of being in the world, the tissues themselves will assume a
shape that supports this state of mind.
Our physical and psychological traumas, as well as our thoughts, feelings and character,
are reflected in our structural patterns. The traces of any overwhelming experience are
recorded in the body in the form of inertia, which remains fixed due to our inability to
access the resources necessary to resolve it, thus affecting our intrinsic health. As Marilyn
Ferguson comments: "Over the years, our bodies become walking autobiographies that
tell everyone about the major and minor stresses of our lives." Our body language is the
true "universal mirror."
Rochester discovered that the response of the rats' immune system can be conditioned by
their previous experiences and expectations; somewhat similar to Pavlov's dogs. They
conducted a series of experiments in which they gave rats water containing saccharin
mixed with a drug that suppresses the activity of the immune system'9. To their surprise,
they discovered that if the rats were given After drinking only water with saccharin
(without the medication), their immune system's response was suppressed, as if they had
taken the medication. It is the so-called placebo effect, which indicates the powerful
influence of beliefs and expectations on the functioning of the immune system, and
therefore on the body's ability to respond to disease.
Another interesting investigation was carried out in the cardiovascular section of a major
North American hospital with patients suffering from angina pectoris. This disease causes
the arteries that supply the heart to become partially blocked, causing intense chest pain.
A medication called digitalis (derived from the foxglove plant) is known to relieve the
acute symptoms of an angina attack. Once administered, this medication usually works
quickly. In this experiment, 50 percent of the patients suffering from angina were given
digitalis and the other 50 percent were given a placebo. Despite taking sugar pills, a
significant proportion of the individuals in this second group responded favorably and
their symptoms disappeared.
But what's even more interesting is that half of the doctors who gave the placebo knew
they were doing it, while the other half believed they were giving their patients the real
drug. Surprisingly, patients who received the placebo from doctors who were under the
impression that they were giving the right medication responded much better than patients
who received it from doctors who knew they were giving placebo. So the patient's belief
influenced the type of response he gave, but it was also influenced by the doctor's
confidence.
These experiments indicate that patients do better when they receive treatment from
doctors who feel good about what they are doing than when doctors don't believe in what
they are doing. The mind is that powerful! In conventional medicine, the placebo effect is
often considered a statistical error, something inconvenient and negative. If we can
skillfully control the power of the mind within the therapeutic process, the possibilities of
healing increase enormously.

Experiences stay fixed

From an early age, the structural patterns of the body begin to form under the influence of
our emotional and mental states. Inertial tissue fulcrums are usually associated with fixed
psychological states. In turn, these same feelings can remain imprisoned in contracted
tissues, making them even more fixed. These psychosomatic patterns influence our
psychological functioning and are responsible for our identifiable personal characteristics,
both bodily and mental. Ida Rolf illustrates this point:
An individual who temporarily experiences fear, grief, or anger often carries in his body
an attitude that the world recognizes as an external manifestation of that particular
emotion. If he persists in this dramatization or if he continually reestablishes it until it
forms what is often called a "habitual pattern," the muscular structure becomes fixed. At a
specific material level, some muscles shorten and become thicker, others are invaded by
connective tissue and others remain immobilized due to the consolidation of the tissues
involved. Once this has occurred, the physical attitude is unchanged; it becomes
involuntary; It can no longer be changed by thinking about it or by mental suggestion.
Since it is not possible to restore free flow through the physical flesh, the subjective
emotional tone becomes progressively limited and tends to remain within a closed and
restricted area. Now, what that individual feels is no longer an emotion, a response to the
immediate situation; From that moment on he lives, moves and has his being in an
attitude.

an open mind
Research by Dr. Pritbin of Stanford University tells us that habits can create neural
grooves in the cortex
Cerebral. Their discoveries fill phrases such as “moving in a certain mental lane” or
“having fixed ideas” with meaning. Thought patterns literally become anatomical grooves
in the brain, which will likely also influence how the central nervous system expresses
motility. In my experience, an open mind is reflected in an open head; that is, relatively li
bre of resistances to the expressions of the primary respiratory movement.
You can often distinguish a tension in the cranial and facial movements of people who
have a fixed attitude and a closed mind. According to an old African proverb, everything
you have is written on your face.

Reflection in the tides

At a deep level of functioning, the rhythmic movements produced by the Breath of Life
are a clear and precise barometer of our mental and emotional processes. A lack of
primary respiratory movement in different parts of the body may reflect specific feelings
that have become associated with the function of those tissues. For example, the mouth is
related to our feelings around nutrition and the throat is related to our feelings around self-
expression. The lower back can be related to feelings of self-support, and the pelvis to
sexuality and the feeling of grounding. Dr. Upledger describes a tissue compression
pattern commonly found in patients suffering from depression: this pattern consists of a
triad of inertial tissues in the sphenobasilar joint, cranial base, and lumbosacral joint.'-' It
appears that when movement in these important joints is restricted the flow of life's
creative forces is markedly reduced.
When the patient feels peace, happiness and joy, a clear, vital and homogeneous quality
can be palpated in the phases of the primary respiratory movement. In many cases of
sadness, fear or discouragement, qualities of laziness, restriction or opacity can be
perceived. A lack of confidence can manifest as hesitation, anxiety or trembling. Some
therapists establish a correspondence between mental and emotional states and the way
the tissues express their rhythmic movements of flexion and extension. Craniosacral
flexion (with lateral expansion) can be associated with action and extroversion, while the
extension phase corresponds to passivity or introversion. Depending on the structure of
the body tissues, the person may be predominantly flexion type or extension type. The
predominance The influence of flexion or extension on the rhythms of craniosacral
movement may be associated with the corresponding mental state. On the other hand,
these broad generalizations do not necessarily reflect what happens to a specific
individual.

Circular feedback

Any fragmentation of the primary respiratory movement implies a fragmentation of the

physiological function that affects the entire person. Physiological patterns and emotional
experience perpetuate each other. The influence of mind on matter and matter on mind
appears to form a circular feedback loop in which both aspects affect each other.
Psychological experiences are embodied, and fixed bodily patterns then influence our
experience. What we call consciousness and our physical body are a continuity. Only
when this mind-emotion-body continuum is harmoniously aligned does the Breath of Life
manifest in a balanced and integrated manner, resulting in optimal health.

The emotional experience

We have previously pointed out that physical injuries can be associated with specific
emotions. Since we are not only physical beings, our way of responding to any life
experience also includes the mind. The mind participates in everything we do. If the
tissues contract in a protective response to tension or trauma, the thoughts and feelings we
have at that moment can become another element within that contraction. Specifically,
intense and overwhelming emotions, such as terror or despair, tend to actively contribute
to the development of inertia and may play a significant role in its maintenance. I lie. So a
fulcrum can encompass tissues, fluids and potencies that have become restricted along
with trapped emotions, shades of feelings, beliefs and visions of oneself.

Author: Michael Kern, extracted from the book: Complete Book of Craniosacral Therapy.
 The polarity

Human beings are integral parts of the cosmos and follow its natural laws with their rhythms
and cycles. Modern man, for the sake of progress, deviates more and more from this natural
rhythm, creating an artificial way of being and living that produces dysfunctions at all levels.
Cranio-Sacral Therapy is a delicate body work that restores psychosomatic balance and
enhances the self-healing power of our body.

Life is expressed as movement and there is a clear relationship between movement and
health. All tissues in the body move producing different rhythms that can be felt with
sensitive hands. We are all familiar with respiratory and cardiac rhythms, but not with the
rhythm called the Primary Respiratory Mechanism (PRM). The MRP is a deep internal
respiration, which comes into action before pulmonary respiration and is essential for the
entire body (it can be palpated for up to 15 minutes. postmortem). It is expressed with
different levels of perception: the cranio-sacral rhythm (or cranial rhythmic imposition), the
medium rhythm and the long tide.
Cranio-Sacral Therapy: beyond massage
Cranio-Sacral Therapy is a gentle, delicate and deep body work that restores psychosomatic
balance and enhances the self-healing power of our body. It is not a massage technique, but
rather a body and emotional work that accesses the cranio-sacral system through the
therapist's hands, which is in close relationship with the nervous, musculoskeletal, vascular,
endocrine and respiratory systems. The craniosacral therapist has learned to read and interpret
the rhythm in different parts of the body, receiving information about possible imbalances
and fulcrums of inertia of the system. In today's scientific research, it is Quantum Physics that
gives us the greatest basis for our work. Some experiments prove that particles are
interrelated, that they influence each other. Here are some of the observations made in
experiments with quantum (luminous particles): The observer influences what is observed,
and when two quantum particles are taken to opposite places in the Universe and one moves,
the other resonates accordingly. This gives us an idea that when we come into contact with
another and, especially when we are in a therapeutic act, we influence each other. As
practitioners we need to learn how to be neutral so that the system does not just respond to
our presence, but actually teaches us what is in the patient at that moment. Only in this way
can we cooperate with the deeper forces and help the system. It is evident that the therapy
will have a
different result depending on the consciousness of the therapist.
A little history
The first to investigate the "Primary Respiratory Mechanism" at the end of the last century
was Dr. W. Sutherland, disciple of the father of osteopathy, Dr. Taylor Still (1828-1917). Dr.
Still was one of the pioneers of holistic medicine. He sought throughout his life the
reharmonization of man with nature. His approach to healing rejected surgery and drugs, only
used as a last measure. He mainly relied on a system of body manipulation, which he called
osteopathy; physical exercises and lifestyle advice. He founded the first school, the American
School of Osteopathy, in Kirksville in 1892. The principles of this other medicine based on
natural laws revolutionized the medicine of its time. All his principles and experiences over
many years are collected in his two main works: Philosophie de l'ostéopathie and Practique
de l'ostéopathie. In summary, we will cite his four principles that constitute the pillars on
which his osteopathic medicine was based and that have influenced subsequent schools:
1 • Structure governs function: when the different parts that make up the human body are in
place, well related to each other, the whole works perfectly. If one of the parts is disturbed in
its structure, the different dysfunctions that we call diseases appear.
2 • The unity of the body and the power to find its balance.
3 • Self-healing: a new vision that allows us to understand the causes of diseases and the
power to cure them.
4 • The fourth principle: the rule of the artery is absolute. Dr. W. Sutherland (1873 1954)
seeing the sophisticated cranial anatomy had an intuition in the early 1900s, "the bones of the
skull must be built to allow respiratory movement." With this first inspiration in 1901, Dr. W.
Sutherland begins a life of search and research developing what is today called Cranio-Sacral
Therapy. His path was not easy since, like any pioneer who contributes new ideas, he had
many problems even within the field of osteopathy. He dedicated more than 30 years to
studying the anatomy of the skull and experimented in different ways, applying pressure to
specific bones of the skull and seeing the relationship they had with different dysfunctions
and emotional changes. He developed a system of examination and treatment of the bones of
the skull, achieving very good results, based on the idea that the bones are not solidly welded
but that there is a micro-movement or flexibility through the sutures in which the bones are
separated. In 1948, at the age of 75, Dr. Sutherland made a paradigm shift in the cranial
concept. It has a second inspiration and perhaps the most important.
He observed a problem that was released from within the client, without his force or pressure
but by the intrinsic power of the person. Until now I was prepared to look for the movement,
the axis of rotation, the restriction and the decompensation in the movement and help it (the
system) to move better. He now recognized that the movement was just the result of deeper
forces at play, and beneath the movement existed deeper states of well-being and calm.
The orientation of his work changes radically: he stops doing the protocols and tests for the
movement of bones and membranes, to begin to work and cooperate with the power of the
system as a conductor of the body's innate intelligence. He began to call the forces with
which he was in contact "the Vital Breath", a dynamic force that constantly creates the human
being. Later an important line of osteopaths safeguarded and developed these ideas. On the
other hand, there has been extensive development of this technique, supported by different
laboratory research works (especially between the years 1960 and 1980 in the United States),
which have confirmed and expanded Sutherland's discoveries.
In reality, the therapist does not impose anything on the person's body, but rather helps the
body's self-correcting power. That is why in the United States the craniosacral therapist is
called a facilitator. And it is also the reason why this gentle but effective therapy is safe and
convenient for people of all ages. From adults to children and babies, as well as after an
operation or in fragile conditions, complementing medical or psychological treatment. If there
is no specific pathology, therapy helps us eliminate tensions and blockages and live life more
fully, increasing bodily vitality.
Some pathologies in which the therapy is most commonly applied are: migraine or tension-
type headaches; back and musculoskeletal pain and problems; muscle tension; pain relief;
joint problems; hearing, vision or mouth problems; digestive problems; sinusitis and facial
neuralgia; stress, anxiety, chronic fatigue; childhood traumas, hyperactive children;
consequences of accidents; Emotional problems.
A basic part of the work is the "stillpoint" techniques, revitalizing manipulations of the
cranial system. They have a meditative, relaxing and activating effect on the body's self-
healing forces. In my recent DVD Cranio-Sacral Therapy (Mandala Ediciones 2006) I have
shown some basic therapy techniques.
 Sickle of the Brain

Dural Surface Lining

Internal of the Skull *—.

Dural Lining of the

Denda of the Inner Surface of the
Cerebellum Skull

Sickle Cerebellum

_ I* Cervical Vertebra (Atlas)

Magnum
2" Cervical Vertebra (Axis)
Foramen

T Vertebra Con ical

I* Thoracic Vertebra

Arachnoid

Nerve Root

Pia mater cover of the spinal cord

Dura mater

Nerve
 Dura mater

Nerve

12 * Thoracic Vertebra

if
1“ Lumbar Vertebra

Horse
Lumbar
tail
Plexus

Iliac

Sack Fund
Dural

Sacru
m Phylum Coccyx
Finish it
 Arteries of the spinal cord: scheme

VÍASC ALSO PLATE 131

Previous vision Rear view

Posterior cerebral artery Posterior interior cerebellar artery

superior cerebellar artery

basilar artery

Anterior interior Vertebral artery

cerebellar artery -

Artery c erebeksa Posterior segmental

lower back 9
medullary arteries
Anterior spinal artery
deep cervical arterla
Vertebral artery

Anterior segmental
■Ascending cervical artery
medullary arteries

ascending cervical
artery-------------------------
deep cervical subclavian anteria
arterla---------------
subclavian artery z
•Posterior segmental
anterior segmental medullary arteries
medullary artery

Intercostal artery,
posterior

pial plexus
. Vertebrae
intercostal arteries
thoracic
later
Greater anterior segmental
medullary artery (of
Adamkiewicz i —■—"

Posterior intercostal artery

Anterior spinal Posterior segmental

medullary artery medullary arteries

-Anastomotic loops for the

anterior spinal artery

Lumbar pain

lumbar arteries
Vertebrae
* lumbar 3

Anastomotic loops for the

,_____sacral arteries
posterior spiral arteries Yo lateral to medial)
Note all ralcei dr Ims nerins epirwes have
Horsetail arteries associated segmental root arferiarsi mrdularti
The very theory of these sak c posera attttiap
tadfkcularesíséaseLmata 158) Both types of
anrtrUf elsscurren ak laego de L» root; However,
Lateral sacral arteries
the radular arteries terminate before tktn/More
(or mechales) spinal arteries are rotated posteriorly, while the
Sacred < larger segnentariat spinal arteries are used to
supply a segment of the spinal arteries.

PLATE 157
DORSU AND SPINAL CORD
Ambiguous nucleus
-Cranial root of the accessory nerve (joins the nenium
vagus and via the recurrent laryngeal nerve
Vagus nerve (X) innervates muscles of the larynx, except the
cricothyroid)
Spinal root of
accessory nerve 1 L Jugular foramen

Great
foramen Superior Vagus
Nerve Ganglion

Accessory nenio (XI)

Internal branch of the accessory

nerve

inferior ganglion
of the vagus
nerve

Spinal neonium C1

Spinal nenium C2

External branch of the accessory

nerve (for the sternocleido-mastoid
and trapezius muscles)

-Sternomastoid muscle
(oooo)

C3 spinal nerve

C4 spinal nerve

trapezius muscle

efferent fibers

Proprioceptive fibers
Working with the core. Release life force
Craniosacral therapy
 Jordi Roure instructor of polarity therapy, and craniosacral therapy
jroure@institutodepolaridad.com www.terapiacraneosacral.es

We usually think that the universe is a set of planets, satellites and galaxies as dense or
solid bodies. For current physics, matter is essentially energy, focused energy.

The universe is energy, energy that creates substance.

Einstein

The universe is a large field of energy, and at the same time a large field of information
that is decoded and expressed in many different ways, vibrating at different levels and
different frequencies ( the universe is expressed through multiple factors and actors.
Stone) manifesting the imaginable and the unimaginable, the physical and the abstract, the
subtle and the dense.

The human being is the microcosmic reflection of a great universal truth, the macrocosm.
The whole is in the part and the part is an expression of the whole (as an example we can
see how from a single cell, its genetic material can give rise to a new complete being).
The human being as part of this universe is also energy (information in motion). Each cell,
each molecule of the organism is created and expressed by intelligent, homeostatic and
self-regulated energy. We are, not a body that expresses energy, but energy that is
expressed as a body or what is the same, in current language, information that is decoded
in a human being.

This is the way we consider the human body, an intelligent organism with intelligent
information, whose original matrix is expressed as health.
From these assumptions, polarity therapy as well as craniosacral therapy is a form of
treatment that relies on intelligence.
of the system, which supports the inner healer to maintain and express life in a wise and
effective way.
The breath of life as a vital force is the current that flows in all things and in all living
creatures. For these therapies there are no different parts, body, mind and soul form a
whole. Each part is in one way or another interconnected and interdependent.
“ Doctors who wish to understand the human being must consider them as a whole and
not as part of a patchwork. If it is detected that a part of the human body is sick, the cause
that produces its illness must be sought and not only the external effects that it produces.

Paracelsus
The body is organized and expressed in such a way that each cell has its own computer,
managing its own information and memory, being interconnected as a computer network
with its neighbors and the rest of the body. When one cell or a group of cells has a
problem, the rest know. In the same way, the vital breath or breath of life as a harmonious
order, flows throughout the body, nourishing it and giving life to all its cells.
We are a homeostatic and self-regulating system. We don't have to do anything to keep
our heart rate between 60 and 80, or think about breathing, or keep the pressure within the
correct range, and thus, thousands of functions that are carried out autonomously,
intelligently and in unison.
In the event of any problem, the system will try, using its resources, to return to the
original state or balanced primary configuration. If this is not possible, it will be adapted
to forms that generate less energy expenditure. The human body is not designed for
disease. When the immune system loses its balance and we catch an infection, antibodies
are quickly generated to defeat it. If we get a cut, the blood clots quickly to plug the
wound, and we could continue indefinitely.
The free flow of information is the basic condition for the free expression of life and we
call this health. Disease is only a restricted pattern of it, and it occurs when there is a
blockage or lack of balance of the polarities from which the vital force moves.

There are different causes that generate energy blockages and can prevent the free flow of
health.

- Bodily injuries. For example, a simple sprain in the foot can alter the external gravity
system, generating compensations and adaptations, which over time will affect the
internal gravity itself and the physical mechanism of the core, impairing its efficiency.
As an example, internal distension of the foot can stretch the calf, affecting the biceps
femoris, which will pull the pelvis forward, shortening the leg on this side. Different
adaptations will affect the iliac psoas, producing lumbar scoliosis, resulting in different
genitourinary or intestinal disorders.
In these cases, the structure must be worked on in its primary dysfunctions, to then be
integrated into the work in the nuclear centers.

- The current life systems that go against the natural needs of the body. The non-
regulation of the relationship between activity and rest. The lack of exercise. The
perception of life as stress.

-Exposure to heavy metals, toxins such as solvents or pesticides also have a powerful
influence.
-Inadequate diet, poor nutrition with a significant decrease in vital proteins or enzymes.
-Identification with the emotional patterns that we build every day and that influence
structural and functional disorders.
-Situations of brief or persistent “trauma” that have not been able to be processed in a
balanced way.

-Local or generalized infections. Teeth, gallbladder, chronic tonsillitis, arthritis, etc.

For a good practical therapeutic application of vital release, the above blockages should be
taken into account.

Correct peripheral and primary structural lesions.

Detoxification of toxic substances. Purifying diet.
Healing of any type of localized or chronic infection.
Regulation of periods between activity and rest.
Regulation of physical exercise. Also apply polarity yoga education.
Liberation of emotional patterns by educating in their disidentification.
Finding a meaning for life where the growth of a consciousness of union with the rest of
nature and other human beings is possible.

It is understood that each of the previous sections requires knowledge and skills that must
be acquired, but we believe that this small list should be taken into account by every good
therapist.

To more directly release the vital force and access the deep resources of the system, core
work is required through the craniosacral system, which for us represents the
physiological anatomical system of the core. Requires specific techniques

We are going to describe in this second part

Some simple, not simplistic, but powerful practices to connect and release life force.

Access the neutral state through the Jealous technique.

It is about uniting the reciprocal tensions of the system with the aspects of the body, mind
and soul, creating a space where the unity of all bodies is possible, just as the musical
instruments of an orchestra unite and merge into sound as music. .

It is possible then that the breath of life can interact with the client and any technique will
be able to resolve it more easily.
The hands will be placed on the skull or on any part of the body, with passive attention,
the therapist becoming an observer. Following any type of movement or dysfunction
should be avoided. Just watch and wait. There will come a time when the entire system
and its tensions are no longer perceived. Tissues, liquids and energy power are perceived
in an undifferentiated form or homogeneous mass where everything is integrated into a
unitary state, achieving the greatest state of balance possible at this moment.

Perceive the vital force as an expression of the client's health

Place yourself in your anchor system to find your own work center or the neutral state, the
best you can access.
Bring your attention to your hands, but do not focus on the sense of touch or pressure on
the pads of your fingers, but rather on the interosseous proprioceptive system of your
hands.
Listen to how the body's tissues move through the vital force, follow them through their
adaptations to their place of origin.
To do this, you can contact both the skull and any part of the body.
The therapist must always continue without interfering or producing any movement,
wherever the tissues move freely.
If you notice any restrictions, focus your attention on any perceptible movement, even
within the restriction itself. Above all, you should not actively participate or direct. Just
listen carefully, following the direction of the tissues back to their original source, and
wait. In an instant, the movement will no longer have a specific direction and will be
expressed as a rhythmic movement of expansion and contraction. You are sensing the
health of the system.

Palpation of vital force as an expression of system health

1st.- With a very sattvic contact connect with the client, but this time the connection will
be made with your entire body proprioceptive network system. Through our hands, we let
the information be transmitted to the entire body through all the senses. Direct your
attention to that part of the body where you perceive greater energy, movement, pulsation
or vitality. Listen there to the expression of health as the system prefers to show itself.

2nd.- In this second section, perception will be directed where the free flow encounters
some restriction, but that does not limit the entire movement; immobility or rigidity has
not yet crystallized. Right at this point the therapist helps the inherent power and its free
flow, since it is there where health can expand with relative ease, as a natural tendency.
The healing process must be carried out from the inside out, with the client directly
experiencing the flow of their health, becoming aware and taking responsibility for it. It is
not the therapist who treats, but rather he lets the strategy be taken by the client's internal
healer.

Still, the father of osteopathy, said that:

“The primary objective of the therapist should be to find health, since anyone can find
illness”
Still

It is essential for the palpation of health that the therapist contacts his own flow and
creative capacity, developing the ability to perceive with his entire system, to empathize,
to create a safe and close space, letting everything happen without intervening. If we are
able to establish this contact with ourselves and with the flow of the client, we can support
the body to eliminate its blockages and dysfunctions, allowing its own self-regulation.

Polarity therapy and craniosacral therapy revitalizes energies, helps cure diseases and is
an extraordinarily preventive treatment that provides tools for a better life. Restores the
balance of the polarities that the body has at birth. A holistic system that perceives the
human being as a whole and that supports internal wisdom in its constant search for
harmony and balance, in a continuous encounter with life. A microcosm and a macrocosm
of intelligent and living energy. Energy that flows in all things, that gives life and
maintains it, but that can be supported when the life process is blocked.
Jordi Roure director and instructor of the Institute of Polarity Studies
info@institutodepolaridad.com

Dr. Jim Jealous

There is a reason why people come from neighboring states to see Jim Jealous Doctor of
Osteopathy at his clinic in Vermont. It's the same reason students line up to take his
classes and why the University of New England School of Osteopathic Medicine founded
the Jim Jealous Scholarship for Excellence in Osteopathic Medicine in his name. Doctor
Jealous has dedicated his life to the natural world and its most essential, fundamental form
and it is this knowledge and resulting skill that makes him the most respected osteopathic
physician in America today.
Dr. Jealous graduated from Kirksville College of Osteopathy and Surgery in 1970 and is
certified by the American Osteopathic Corps for proficiency in osteopathic and
manipulative medicine. In private practice, since 1971, he has operated a clinic in Milton,
Vermont and is a clinical instructor at the University of New England College of
Osteopathic Medicine. Dr. Jealous is a member of the American Academy of Osteopathy,
the American Osteopathic Association, and the Cranial Academy and is a past president
of the Osteopathic Center for Children. in London, and a former member of the
Sutherland Cranial Teaching Foundation.

Alternative Therapies interviewed Dr. Jealous at his clinic in Milton, Vermont in the fall
of 1996.

Alternative Therapies: Our philosophy is that while conventional medicine is very

effective in many situations, it does not have all the answers. That's what we want to talk
about - the answers that conventional medicine doesn't have.

James Jealous: Let's look at the conditions in the education of doctors. The entire process
of becoming a doctor is highly contradictory to the principles of healing. Students are not
educated, encouraged to investigate, or communicated as companions on an incredibly
beautiful journey through the mountains of life. The art of healing became quite sterile,
and the biomolecular vision of healing has precise limits, limits that cut off the "subject."
This, of course, is a reflection of the educational ecosystem. The growth and development
of a physician must be nurtured by the most loving and perceptive environment humanly
possible. This is the most important thing to focus on a complete picture of the disease.
Osteopathy at its conception contained a philosophy as well as a science. Osteopaths were
asked to consider questions of the soul, death, transcendence and to use only their hands
in healing. The environment in which life occurs has meaning. I believe that any healing
art needs to help individuals find their way to a deeper reality than the biomolecular
model of health.
I find it interesting to see how many alternative medical models are slowly becoming
biomolecular. Many natural "cures" are actually biomolecular remedies and are used as
traditional medicine uses "drugs." From my point of view, that is not necessarily
alternative, because an alternative medical practice should be broader in vision and be
very individualized in its application. It would not have a remedy for every symptom or
disease, but it would have a unique option for the patient. The deeper questions about life
must enter the picture and must be part of the healing inquiry. We are simplifying the art
and losing the essence of what healing is. Holistic is not using a variety of "cures", it is
seeing the Spirit, Soul, Body as a Whole. Treatment is not subdivided, and, if it is, then
one must see one's position relative to a Whole and not try to "destroy the disease"
(allopathic) but to sustain the health of the Whole. This was the beginning of osteopathy;
and it barely remains alive, but is practiced by a few hundred Doctors of Osteopathy
The idea of the Whole, a unity, the undivided is foreign to our culture and is slowly fading
away as an aboriginal form, which the intellect sees as "primitive." Each of us faces
reality in ourselves and must first find responsibility, and then insight will follow. For our
culture it is a "deep" question; For the Aboriginal soul it is a natural state. We do not need
to focus so much on cause and effect, but rather on the priority of the Whole as it moves
in relation to the Great Mystery. Teaching requires an effort in the same direction, a vision
of the individual as a whole moving towards the dimensions of life. We need to protect
the ecoreceptive perception that is our natural state of being. This is slowly being cut back
and as a result, people are sicker than necessary. If they become ill, their inner balance
and "peace of mind" are not juxtaposed to the casual event, and as a result their suffering
increases. The same process is present during education.
If we are looking for an alternative health care system, then the training must reflect that
difference. Philosophy is not enough. We must try and live the principles. Doctors should
not, in their relationship with patients, prioritize time. This is a serious problem. A visit
for an acute illness requires at least half an hour.

AT: Not 7 minutes?

Jealous: I'm not bright enough to be able to practice medicine in 7 minutes. Taking more
time is necessary and prudent, and it is also economical. An osteopathic treatment is
usually applied once (for an acute illness), the patient has insight into why they became ill
and how it impacts their essential life goals, and recovers more quickly without
medications. Long-term patients begin to "control" their internal balance and learn about
staying healthy. All this requires much less health care. Healers are teachers, fellow
travelers, and explorers. Patients are in similar roles within the sphere of their lives. We
are here to free people from the need for routine health care, not to create dependency.
Short, quick visits leave patients frustrated and dependent; They either keep coming or
they abandon them and find their own way. Health care in the United States is herding
people like cows. People essentially have spirit and will find their way on their own.
Routine health care is becoming less and less sensitive.
Interesting.

AT: Is this type of thinking the foundation of osteopathic medicine?

Jealous: Fundamentally yes, but is it the status quo? No. Like all other schools of healing,
the deep essential heart is the least obvious. The individual is still the key answer, we
cannot blame anything for who we are. Some people just want to serve as much as
possible the Health in each of us; not fight diseases. Most Doctors of Osteopathy have
brought materiality and fear from the mainstream of the medical model. The exceptions
we find prove the potential of our philosophy. Only a small number of Doctors of
Osteopathy continue to explore our foundations.

AT: What are those fundamentals?

Jealous: Our goal is to learn about natural laws using the perceptual skills we develop
during our training and practice. The core of this work is perceptual; The concept grew
from repeated observation until the laws of nature became clearer. We learn to feel the
Whole. When one meets a patient one sees the Whole - a very rare and unique event in
our modern world. One does not divide life into soma/psyche/visceral, etc. This is an
event contained only in the moment one is living. It's extraordinary. Patients are much
more aware that very different care is present. They comment on that. It is not intellectual
or intuitive. It is aboriginal, instinctive. There is no immediate conclusion or diagnosis -
that comes much later. The moment is filled with the effort to be present with the Health
in the patient and the story as it unfolds toward its own response. This sometimes requires
a precise type of patient, slow observation without focusing on the need to conclude. The
process is strange at first, but after a while one finds it quite natural as it essentially is. We
learn our skills by learning something that has no name but that teaches us a lot. We learn
sensory perception without the conceptual layer, but it goes deeper than one can imagine.
Learning this is different and requires effort. Very few people are dedicated to this way of
life; His interests are other. That is why our profession is highly allopathic, and that is a
loss for everyone. We use our hands to diagnose, perceive and therapeutically - it is that
simple and profound. We do not listen to the symptoms but we do listen to a pre-
established priority in motion for the patient's Health. The founder of osteopathy, a
surgeon, had a vision and followed his insight. He trained doctors to use their hands to
heal, along with very simple, natural remedies - diet, rest, meditation and prayer - nothing
more was added than "hands on healing." Works!
AT: Tell us more about natural laws.

Jealous: Well, for starters, they're not man-made. They are not conceived by research
other than observation. Furthermore, we are aware that there are many laws operating in
healing of which we are completely unaware, and yet they enter deeply into the process.
The interesting thing is that our perception can sense the intention of natural laws, the
intention of Health at work, where priorities are being established. Generally, once this is
communicated, the patient is aware of this but may have dismissed the information. Our
motivation and our ability are to understand that intention of Health in the patient while
working without division in pursuing balance and harmony. As stated above, this is not
limited by terminal illnesses.
After being trained to feel this reality in the practice of using your hands one feels very
blessed to be an osteopath. Many people do not feel the beauty of this and use a more
mechanical model and align the structure to improve health by removing neuromuscular
barriers. This work is good but it does not hold the interest of many Doctors of
Osteopathy.
The natural world is endowed with consciousness that extends in all directions. Our
numbers are limited by time, interest and teachers. It takes years and then for some it is
really a way of life. My idea of alternative medicine is an alternative perception of the
world, not just of illness. Osteopathy has been alternative since 1874. And we are still
here. Alternative medicine, for me, is a very different vision of life, a much deeper and
more reverent informational beauty. Giving tea tree oil for nail fungus instead of a
potentially toxic chemical is a much more natural remedy, but it is still not an alternative
vision of healing. Any form of "mental structure" that pursues a disease to combat it is
only partially alternative. What sustains the Whole in its interface with the wisdom of the
natural world is alternative. Holds Health, the indivisible, the transcendent wisdom of life,
first. In common diseases, it is rarely more required. Approximately 80% of all common
illnesses will be healed with this approach, if the patient is able to let it work (i.e. time,
insight). Otherwise a more direct allopathic approach is required. Most alternative
healthcare is still refocusing on an allopathic model. The purity of tradition is dying
because too little time is being given to a deeper relationship with natural laws. We are
deceiving ourselves and in some cases we allow ourselves to be deceived by people
interested in financial gains who fly the flag of the alternative, but the depth and
commitment are not there. One must know for oneself.
Let me tell you a story about a patient who died, but was healed and was at peace -
healthy.
I had known John for 15 years. I was his family doctor in a small rural town. He was 52
years old and a workaholic. His wife and son were very anxious and chemically ill. For
years I saw him periodically.

At age 52, he developed lung cancer due to exposure to chemicals at work. We referred
him, as was his wish, to an oncologist. He was treated with chemotherapy and pain
medications (narcotics. He came to my office asking for treatment. I agreed. This request
was out of his nature. He came every week. I never pressured him or asked why, I just
treated him following the purity of health, not trying to compromise the illness, which
seemed to me to be far beyond cure. Over the next few months something felt different.
Remember that he was really "unreachable" before. Finally I asked him why he wanted
these treatments.
I could feel a big change under my hands, something emerged from the treatment. He told
me that without the treatment I needed a lot of pain pills, but with the treatment I didn't
need any. I was moved but not surprised. He went on to say that he was more at peace
after the treatments. Where did that change come from? We didn't send him to a
psychiatrist or a Zen monastery. Where did it flower from? He died easily and peacefully,
loving and with his relationships in balance.
He helped me understand what I had only felt before. Health in a patient cannot get sick
or die. You can't kill her. It is transcendent. All we need is to listen, use our hands
skillfully, be patient, have the time and follow Health. Then, natural laws, not "formulated
by the hands of men" will reveal to us our role at that moment. The intellect remains in
control. How the healing process happens is none of my business.

AT: Isn't it your business?

Jealous: All I can do is help life reach a balance as long as it tries. This is the key phrase:
to the extent that it tries. I saw John a few days before he died and it was like putting my
hands on the healthiest person. I know it sounds strange, but there was a beautiful balance
to it. I was happy.
Healing is not getting rid of symptoms. It is about the totality of the individual, that we
instinctively remember the moment we touch him. Treatments help us remember and
reintegrate what should not be learned. For some people, death is a door to the perception
that our culture has curtailed.
When a patient comes we are always beginning, every moment, just waiting and
perceiving the purity and feeling the health work. This requires years of training and a
love for the gift of our natural essence. We are listening with our hands to a story that
opens to the consciousness of each one. How many doctors are told the full story?

AT: What do you feel when you heal with your hands? Can you tell what that is like for
you?

Jealous: It's not easy to explain in a way other than what it is in itself, so I hope it won't be
confusing for people who aren't associated with the perception skill. It took me 20 years to
begin to understand. I still feel like a beginner. It is a lifelong journey through all possible
corners of living in relation to natural laws. I learn more all the time. Truly, we are
endowed with a profound life. Some new relationship is always expressing itself; This
comes during treatment. Patients bring knowledge with them. It is not said but our senses
know it clearly. A skill being developed is not a predictable event. New abilities arise
from direct association with the natural laws of healing. You learn completely unexpected
things, not found in books, not extensions of known skills, but new ones. I never know
what the next event will be. I fully trust that by following the principles of my training,
understanding will grow.
What happens when I put my hands on a patient is a profound question. My answer will
be personal. I cannot speak for my fellow osteopaths or my students. It is a matter of the
integrity of one's health and a deep relationship with the gift of living.

AT: Do you show what you are telling? You're not teaching how to move bones, are you?
Jealous: Yes, I teach about bones, but it's part of an ongoing medium. One must
understand and work with bones for a long time; It strengthens the senses and helps one
understand the disproportion and balance in the Whole. It is the primitive sensory model.
One learns all the techniques generally divided into manipulation, countertension,
myofacial relaxation, cranial, etc. And years of anatomy. Years of understanding
movement until one feels the normal unity of life. One begins to feel the forces of healing.
At first our minds are confused because it is not a mechanical or hydraulic model. Many
people stop here. I think it's very difficult to believe what you feel. We study embryology,
the laws of our formation, "without ever losing perfect proportion" as one embryologist
put it. We perceive the wisdom and precision it demands of us. We need a long training.
Some people believe in shortcuts, but life wants us Whole - not part of us, all of us. We
must have patience to tolerate our ignorance and not hide it. We must believe that we are
"special." I don't mean better, but a conscious creation of a higher Intelligence, like
anything beautiful. We are part of the art of nature. Teaching requires person-to-person
training and a real respect for the student's health. We are not teachers, but we are fellow
travelers on a path of choice, not slavery. I teach in the peace established by the student.
(This applies to all levels, those who have not yet graduated and many years after
graduating) It is heart-to-hands. The most difficult lesson to teach is to work at the pace of
Health. We do not mutilate the disease. You already know that waiting 3 minutes for
some people is torture. We need time, "free" time.
Students learn that they are already "skilled", perceptive. Very few teachers try to help us
see the dynamic life that we are. We allow what is natural to emerge; They surprise
themselves. We don't need to become enlightened, we are. We need to feel our wholeness,
we relax into the beauty and begin. Life itself is beautiful. I am not blinded by violence
and suffering. I see it and I see "another" thing that sustains us. That approach is lacking
in medicine. My experience with mainstream medicine is not pleasant because of its
approach. About 15 years ago I had a thyroid problem. I consulted several specialists and
they told me I had cancer. They were very nervous, excitable, disturbed, they lacked
internal vision and were afraid of my cancer. They painted a morbid picture of me. I was
terrified. I told them that I would not return, because I realized that, because of their fears,
I was afraid of dying. It surprised me because I thought I loved life enough to die without
fear. I decided that I should make peace with death and not exhaust myself with fear. The
doctors were angry. It was a question of integrity with the gift of living.
I didn't touch the growth for a year and a half. I did this because it really scared me to feel
it and think about death, cancer, and a "emptiness." I worked on not allowing myself to
forget how much I feared death. Then I would go to the day. Nothing else. I really tried to
see my fear and break through the misunderstanding. I fled. The growth disappeared and
never returned. I'm not saying I cured myself. I have no idea what happened or why. But I
had a choice between my spirit and fear. I am proud to be part of nature, I love nature. I'm
proud to be mixed with the trees, the sun and everything. This feeling of wholeness was
violated by fear. I couldn't stop loving what gave me shape and consciousness. I took the
fear with me and continued. We are enlightened, we know that we belong intimately to
life, and it is precious, it continues to give each of us 100% without reservation. It's
simply true.

AT: Does osteopathy have a definition for death?

Jealous: The founder, AT Still, a doctor, said "The body is a second placenta." I think the
best answer is to say that death does not exist. I do not impose my understanding on the
patient. I support all their decisions once they are clear about their healthcare choice. I
have patients of all types. My job is to stay alert to and support the "can't get sick" health
in them. Patients are skilled; It takes humility to come for help. When I put my hands on a
patient, I begin by feeling the whole, the transcendent, not as an idea or as an immortal
truth, but waiting until it is evident. I see the fear, I feel it in my hands, I feel the illness,
the injuries, the history and I wait. I am looking for what I do not know; not a diagnosis,
that comes later. Now, at this moment, Health is facing the disease. This priority must be
seen directly, not by deduction.

AT: How would our Health system change to accommodate this?

Jealous: If we look at whether or not we can change the healthcare system in this country,
we can't. We want things to change because we think differently than other people, but
certainly people who practice medicine have the right to do it their own way, and there are
patients who prefer different ways. I don't think it's our place to dictate what should be
done. We never have a safe, smart and effective haven for people who want to practice
holistic medicine. We need to give them recognition. Instead of triaging them because
they want to spend time with their patients we should say, "Okay." There needs to be
some kind of recognition. I don't think we are going to change the health system in this
country because it is not carried out by doctors. The Psyche, the metaphorical content
behind the health system is the same thing that happens in the movies and everywhere
else. It's fast food. People want action and they want it now.
I may be ignorant, but it is foolish to try to change something by decree. What makes
alternative medicine what it is, if it is to be anything, is the individuals. Instead of having
everyone recruiting other people, I would prefer to see them in their offices working. Let
the students come to them. Make them work. Because this is work. Stand in the center and
wait.

AT: Let's return to the topic of healing.

Jealous: Healing is the emergence of originality. Let's look at this sentence for a moment.
The Breath of Life comes to the body. We can feel various rhythms coming from it, and
we can perceive that the process is taking place. We are not interpolating it. We are not
analyzing it. We can actually perceive the Breath of Life reaching the body, reaching the
midline, generating different forms of rhythms in the bioelectric field, fluids and tissues.
Essentially, what happens is genesis. It never stops. Every moment we are building new
form and function. One feels this directly. When I was reading about embryology, I came
across research done by a German named Blechschmidt. He was a scientist in love with
embryos. His question was about the biodynamics and biokinetics of human development.
How does it work? What's happening? He never got the answer. He wrote that the cause
of the origin of the embryo is within the consciousness of the embryo itself. This is not a
direct quote, but there was a secret, a mystery that had to remain. One can feel that it is
genesis. It is the center of the Healing process.
Blechschmidt was fascinated with the fact that there was a force within the body's fluids
that did not come from the genetic field. This force within the genetic field actually
contains the idea of the form of the human body, whether its kidney or vertebra or eye and
makes it manifest. Genes modify it. Therefore we have genetic/cultural and race
modifications. It coexists throughout our lives. There is a moment when we are perfectly
contained in the matrix of a much finer Intention, the moment of healing. Blechschmidt
described six different ways that fluids will interact in the body. William Sutherland, who
is the creator and genius of osteopathy in the cranial field, perceived these forces in the
fluids but these two men never met or read things about each other. When I read that this
embryologist was describing the same forces in fluids as one of the great masters of
osteopathy, that was it.
Since then I spent a lot of time looking at photos of embryos in their first 6 weeks of life,
before the genetic field takes over. Many people will not agree with what I say, perhaps
they will misunderstand it, but these forces exist. Many ancient cultures recognize this.
How did they know? They knew it because it was something they perceived, directly, a
natural occurrence.
Now, are we taking a philosophical journey or is there some kind of practical knowledge
in the perception and understanding that there is a force breathing in the body 24 hours a
day? He is alert, working for the patient. You can't get sick. It's before that. All it does is
bring the original form to the person. And this is what emerged from the man who had
cancer when he knew he was dying. It's what he would call "his spirit." Why it came the
way it came at that time, we don't know. But it faces every moment of our lives. The
environmental pollution that enters our nose, the good thoughts we have, our hair, our
age, how much we should urinate. You face each moment and if you stopped being there,
you wouldn't die, you would dissolve. He would have no matrix for his consciousness,
even after death.
Let's say 3 years ago, you hit your head and have had dizziness ever since. He has taken
all kinds of remedies, and none of them worked. He still has vertigo. If you walked into
my office and I put my hands on you, I wouldn't look for the pattern of tension in your
body. I wouldn't look at his illness. I look at the Breath of Life, this force in the body that
is unchangeable, and see how it was trying to help him. His illness was precognitive. He
knew he was going to hit the wall before he did, not psychologically, but perceptually,
something known.

AT: Are you talking about premonitions?

Jealous: I'm not talking about premonitions. If you talk to many people who have been in
car accidents, just milliseconds before, they know this. I'm talking about how the body is
built to receive the impact, whether emotional, biochemical, genetic or physical.
Therefore, the treatment program is erected just before, and certainly during, the process
of traumatizing the body, or the spirit, or the soul.
The blueprint to make the patient get better is there, because what he did to the body is
what establishes the action plan. It creates compensation to maintain balance - what we
call homeostasis - for as long as possible. I know a doctor hearing this would say “that's
crazy.” Some ideas of health are extremely intolerant, which is why death is an insult to
the doctor. But it's much bigger than that. We can feel the movement of this force within
the body, unchanged in the adult from that in a newborn and for 2 or 3 days after death.
Then it seems to disappear. Now, I won't go into that, because that's reaching the limit and
there are a lot of things I don't know. But I think Elizabeth Kübler-Ross has done a great
service to humanity. It woke us up to the fact that there is more to life than what is
apparent. He put love at the forefront. It was not emotional love, it was an unconscious
knowledge of a union that exists between every human being even before knowing the
person. It is truly a reality.

AT: Tell me more about the practice of osteopathy.

Jealous: The patient comes to the office. He had hit his head and had vertigo. It's been like
this for three years. Therefore, if we put our hands on the patient's body, the first thing we
do is open our senses to the peripheral space in the room, and extend it to the horizon,
through its own force. Not intentionally. Many people like to use their intention, their
attention, and they like to visualize. I know enough about anatomy to know that if I tried
to visualize anatomy, I would be making a terrible mistake, because there is so much
variability. For me all those elements of intention, attention and visualization do not enter
into this therapeutic process. They have a place in other matters but not in this one.
Just as your lungs inhale and exhale, attention inhales and exhales. Do you know how you
can relax your abdomen so that you don't do upper breathing all the time?

What would happen if your mind was allowed to breathe?

Instead of working with the breath, or the air, we work with the Breath of Life. We let the
mind breathe. This takes a lot of work. Some people start crying after they do it for the
first time, because they realize that they were handmade, on purpose, by an artist who
loves his work. They feel completely embraced by life and achieve the magic. Then you
fight to get it back. That's when they fail because you have to let it go. The first step in
feeling this Breath of Life is not about palpation or feeling around for lesions. First you
are feeling the Health of the patient. You are feeling the Breath of Life as it enters that
living organism, that person, and you are feeling the body, soul and spirit as a complete
unit of function. One does not divide. If you divide the body, soul or spirit even
conceptually, under your hands, you are not doing what I say. He's doing something else.
I'm not talking about putting your hands on a person and saying, "This person is nervous,"
or having a bad day. That's intuition. This is a totally different thing. One feels the Breath
of Life enter the body and rise through the midline. The midline is a bioelectric line that is
the remnant of the notochord formed in the embryogenic plate. It is a primary line of
orientation for all spatial dynamics. The Breath of Life enters through that line and then
creates changes in the body. Create movements, fluids, fabrics, etc. We are sorry.
This Health in the patient has been trying to heal him since the disease took hold. So, in
the case of the person with vertigo, Health has been working for three years. You have the
action plan to heal it. The most common question I get from students is, Why doesn't this
cure the patient without our help?
AT: I was just about to ask you.

Jealous: When you fall into the vortex of the interface between the healing forces and the
warp, there could be 100 pounds per square inch of pressure maintained in the warp. The
force of the trauma established vectors in the body. I wouldn't wish it on anyone, but let's
say you saw your friend get hit by a car. How many pounds per square inch do you think
that impact impacts your body? A lot. Enough to lift a car off the ground if necessary.
Suppose that healing force can balance the 100 pounds per square inch in your body. If
you put a force of 100 pounds per square inch on your body, you will rupture every vein,
artery, and lymphatic vessel. If he generated the force necessary to heal him directly, his
own architecture would collapse.
Therefore there is no profit. In other words, it has to heal through transubstantiation,
which is changing physical force into another form of force that can handle it. At a certain
point of softening, very quickly, like the snap of a finger, it changes to another form of
energy. The information for that change comes from the Breath of Life. Therefore the
disproportion of the injury, damage or illness is surrounded on all sides. The disease
process is an intelligent decision made by the Breath of Life to protect the organism from
destruction as a whole. Illness is not the enemy. It is an intelligent, wise decision to
achieve balance.
Think about death. What do you demand from death?

AT: Your original form.

Jealous: Good. Your original form. It's amazing when you see it. Do you know how many
times, after a couple of treatments, a patient will say "I feel more like myself?" Then they
will say "I can see light moving across the surface of the leaves while it is raining." I say,
“This is always there. It is not a mystical perceptual field. It is normal. We are naturally
gifted.
What would happen if it reclaimed its original form? Wouldn't it be interesting to know
who you were? Wouldn't it be interesting to know what the Breath of Life's intention was
when it made you?

AT: Do you talk about these kinds of things with your patients?

Jealous: This conversation I'm having with you, on a less detailed level, happens with my
patients most of the time. I'm not trying to convince you. I can't say I love them in the
usual sense of the word, but I see something in them and I know it's showing up and I ask,
"Why not right now?" Why don't they all get better? It's just not the time. And that is the
only answer. The patient should not be blamed for not getting better. If standard doctors
make the mistake of not giving patients enough time to understand the body, soul and
spirit as a unit, alternative doctors make the same bad mistakes when they hold the patient
responsible for not being aware enough to to improve yourself. It is not the lack of one. It
has to do with tempo and "healing time."
People are not stupid. Most people are brilliant. Some doctors think they are smarter than
anyone else, but it is not true. We are all very human.

AT: How do you teach students to feel those forces?

Jealous: First I tell them that they can practice any way they want, as long as it's safe,
effective, and smart. You can choose not to practice the way I do. They see me treat
patients and I teach based on their questions. Eventually, they want to imitate what I do.
So they imitate it a couple of times and it works, and they think they have it, and then it
doesn't work anymore. Then they become self-critical and their level of self-confidence
declines. I try to convince them that they are already completely skilled. And I try to make
them discover that there is something extraordinary about them. It's just a matter of time.
If you let your minds relax and sit and listen to the patient the way I do, you will find the
answers. It takes them about two years to accept this before they try it with a patient. They
may see 700 or 800 patients on their own during this part of the training, but usually two
years later they will try it. Then they wait and begin to find Health.
Yesterday I received a letter from a student. I trained her for five years. He spent 400
hours on and off with me before going to a (conventional) family practice residency. She
had been assigned to a 92-year-old woman, who had been in good health until she
developed a growth on her neck, which was a squamous cell carcinoma.
My student wrote: "As (the patient's) physical condition rapidly deteriorated, she was
obviously nervous about what was happening to her, and so was her family." Now, here is
an intern in a hospital caring for a terminally ill patient with squamous cell cancer. I think
it is very good that you noticed that the patient and his family were afraid. Anyway, to
keep it short, she wrote: "I found myself alone with the patient, which was really a strange
moment, and as I listened to his heart, I realized what he was really trying to do. On one
level, he could feel the fear inside this woman, almost a buzzing inside her nervous
system. But beneath that was a sweet, formless feeling of certainty and health."
She later wrote: "While I was there I felt a huge change." (She was treating the patient)
That means the divide between fear and gentleness is gone. The autonomic,
parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous systems reached a balance, probably through
the effect of the treatment on his limbic system. She felt a change she couldn't describe.
He later wrote: "The patient seemed to relax, she had a quiet and peaceful night, which
was quite unusual, and when I checked on her that morning she seemed very comfortable.
He died a few hours later."
It is an extraordinary story. We don't know but there's a good chance the treatment
allowed it to slide easily. Didn't it speed up the death process? No. She helped the patient
balance, and then the system went in the direction it would have naturally gone. We did
not make that decision, and that is what makes osteopathy a natural science.

AT: There seems to be some magic in the moment when one perceives the sweetness, the
ineffable original force. That seems to be the key moment.

Jealous: It's the key moment. The recognition of Health is a moment that is always there.
You come to the conclusion of what the action plan is and what you're trying to do, and it
really helps you go in that direction. That can be a very subtle force.
One has to be exactly there at the interface, and one must have observed it, observed it,
observed it so that at the moment at that point where it is faced, one can be present with
the action of the action plan.

AT: Is it like a little push?

Jealous: When you read the action show, you read tone, texture, intent, intensity and
pacing as one thing. They have those five elements. When all are in balance, you
accentuate exactly what is there.

AT: Any final words?

Jealous: I want to summarize the things I think are important.
First, the whole is real. Holistic medicine does not mean that you do homeopathy,
acupuncture, and osteopathy, and give antibiotics. Holistic medicine means that the
patient is indivisible. You can't break a person. Holistic medicine means that you have the
ability to perceive the whole, and not divide it, which is a great responsibility.
We talk about the laws of generation and healing; healing as the emergence of originality,
and this can happen at any time.
Another thing is perceptual training. One has to possess the gift that was given to him. Sir
Laurens Van der Post wrote excellent books on perception. He is an extraordinary teacher.
If you want to understand instinctive perception, his work with the aborigines of Africa is
a great resource.
In David Abrams' book, The Spell of the Sensous, he talks to some men of medicine who
know about the six directions of perception. It is a good book to help a person explore
reality. Three years ago I gave a lecture on perception, about the importance of the
horizon in our perception. It was based entirely on my own experience. When I read
Abrams' book it was a good affirmation for me.
For me, the essential thing is to allow your attention to breathe over the edge of the
horizon, release it, and then wait for it to return on its own. Here is a perceptual bridge
that can be taught to people.
The other thing we talked about was that the treatment program for the patient is
prioritized by the forces that make up the body, so when the patient comes in the
treatment program is already established. We do not create the treatment process. We
have to find out. That's a great phrase and should be explored.
We talked about transmutation and how death is not a disease.
It is important not to limit the patient to your practice. If you don't feel like helping the
patient, ask for help. If the patient does not go anywhere else, then find out why he is
afraid. But continue to expand the influences on the patient's life, and do not cling to the
patient.
It is interesting how the natural healing community has embraced the allopathic approach
to medicine. The patient comes with symptoms and gets remedies for those symptoms. It's
like giving drugs that can be prescribed. They are trapped in an intellectual format and
they don't even realize that. Natural medicine is natural medicine. Now, what does that
word mean? Nature means everything that lives, breathes or exists. So starlight? I bet a lot
of people would get better if they walked at night and looked at the stars. All therapy is
unique to the conditions present, not to the disease.
What's the point of starting to give patients all kinds of things until we really understand
what the whole process is about? A true healer is not going to give exactly the same
remedy for the same disease twice. Therefore if we want to practice alternative medicine,
we have to get rid of the menus. We must see menus as a support system to save time, but
it is not the end of the road. And we don't all have the same times.
Traditional osteopathy is not about sporadic healthcare. It's a long-term relationship with
people wherever you practice. It takes years to know another human being. I have treated
some people for 30 years. I'm not scared of their illnesses and I think that's important.
The other important aspect is that the student-teacher relationship is also long-term. We
must accept responsibility for being taught. One of my great teachers was an old man that
I met one day in the river: I had gone fishing and a huge storm came. He got into his car
and returned home. Since I had nowhere to go, I asked him if I could come into his house.
The storm came and their mobile home shook everywhere. Wires were lying in the road
and there were sparks everywhere. Ambulances and cars came and went.
I sat at the table with the old man, and he never moved. We just sat there. We were sitting
in the RV while there was chaos outside. After 20 minutes everything calmed down. He
looked at me and said “I could never understand why people run to make life an
emergency.” Then he just sat there. Twenty minutes later he got up and started cooking.
He knew how to let the moment be the source and center of his temple, he was a living
memory.
Later, we became friends. That was a great moment because I realized that not only
osteopaths do this type of work and can understand what is happening in the moment or
be awake to that Breath of Life and that stillness. We are all aware of something bigger
and need to remember our Originality.
The organization of health maintenance that we all seek is what an embryo does. This
generates and maintains life.
I don't think there is anything wrong with focusing general practice on the totality of the
human being. Not everyone is going to be interested, and not everyone is going to think
you're doing a great job. But it's not about that. It's about whether there is a general pattern
that is useful for people and their well-being.
And one last thing in big letters – it is hard work. So, get ready to really live! Thank you.
Fibers. I Presynaptic ------------------------------ Sympathetic
(Postsynaptic----- somatic fibers -- Antidromic
Fibers I Presynaptic 'parasympathetic 1 Postsynaptic ----- driving
 intracranial lesions
Lili oculomotor nerve
Facial nerve IV111 - ciliary ganglion
Glossopharyngeal nerve <1X1 - —Pterygopalatine ganglion
Medulla oblongata — J
Vagus nerve (X) —4 3Lacrimal glands
-------------------------------------otic ganglion

parotid glands
___________________submandibular ganglion
<52 Subingual gland
/-M and submandibular
. facial glasses and

Larynx
*2 Trachea I
Bronchi r\ Lungs

—-Pulmonary plexus
Sweat gland
--------cardiac plexus

Heart

Perileric Payor ( Minor splic

blood vessels nerves celiac ganglion
I Imo ) _______ -J Stomach

—------------------aorticorenal ganglion
T Liver
Billiard vesicle J Bile ducts

Lumbar
splanchnic superior
Kidney glands mesenteric
nerves.
Kidneys
Erector I
smooth
muscle, of the
' Inferior mesenteric
hair follicle
ganglion
Plexus -----------------
Note: above 1 the intermesenteric
Bowels
structures are shown at
only level I, but they are
at all levels ----------------------------------Plexus
_. hypogastric
Nerves — m Colon . superior
Note: Blue shaded
hypogastric .5 descending
areas indicate CNS J Sigmoid colon
parasympathetic Straight
emergency zones. ------Plexus
inferior
hypogastri
• urinary c
Pelvic ear Prostate
Sacral nerve
splanchnic
nerve External genitalia

Sympathetic Presynaptic Fibers Presynaptic

Antidromic
J fibers Postsynaptic parasympathetic 1 Postsynaptic driving
 The CI spinal nerve exits
■C1
skull base above the C1 vertebra
-c2 -
C3 -
Cervical C4
intumescence---- ■es
■C6
The C8 spinal nerve exits
■ C7 below the C7 vertebra (there
C8 are 8 cervical nerves but only
7 cervical vertebrae l

A protrusion of a lumbar disc usually does not affect the

nerve that exits above the disc. Lateral protrusion at the
level of the L4-5 disc affects the 15th spinal nerve, not the
T8 L4 spinal nerve. Disc protrusion at the L5-S1 level affects
■ T9 - the SI spinal nerve. not the L5 spinal nerve
T10
TIO

Lumbar —Til
intumescence - T12
YOU
Conus medullaris (end of the
spinal cord)

Horse tail
Internal terminal filum (pial
portion)-------------------------

•Sacru
m
External terminal 53-----1
filum (dural portion)
-------------------------- -
•Termination of the dural
sac

coccine nerve

Coccy Coccygeal nerve

x
Cervical nerves
Thoracic nerves
lumbar nerves affects the
Medial protrusion at the level of the L+5 disc rarely

Sacral and coccygeal spinal nerve 14. but can affect the L5 spinal
nerves nerve and sometimes the S1-4 spinal nerves
 CRANIOSACRAL TECHNIQUES
THE ART OF PALPATION
The wonder of touch is the wonder of human kindness.
DIANNE M. CONNELLY
Corporal lenguage

Anatomy is the language of the body. Good anatomical knowledge allows the tera It is
important to understand the messages that the body communicates. Fluid, bone,
membrane and nervous tissue, each of them has its own "language" and transmits its state
of health in a particular way. Each of them can speak to the therapist through the patterns
and qualities of their primary respiratory movement.
A clear diagnosis is the springboard that allows effective treatment. Therefore, the
therapist must be able to accurately recognize the traces that experiences have left on the
body and appreciate the forces that organize its movement. During treatment, the
therapist's hands may have to reflect a specific pattern contained in the tissues before they
are ready to resolve that inertia. If a clear diagnosis is not made, treatment could be done
randomly.

Finger sensitivity

We can define palpation as feeling with the hands. This is a process in which information
is transmitted to the brain through nerve endings in the fingers, called proprioceptors.
These nerve endings transmit information about movements and positions. The fingers
contain the highest concentration of proprioceptors in the entire body, making them
acutely sensitive to even the smallest impulses.
Figure 6.3 is a kind of little man. It diagrammatically represents the proportional amount
of brain used to receive impulses originating in the different regions of the body. The
larger the body area in the drawing, the more “brain space” is dedicated to it. As
indicated, a significant proportion of the brain is dedicated to the hands, probably making
them the most sensitive parts of the body. They have much more reception and response
capacity than any machine in window, so our hands are the ideal instruments to feel subtle
movements and bodily changes.
According to Dr. Harold Magoun: "It has been said that the human hand is the greatest
diagnostic tool known to man. No matter how wonderful the advances of objective
science, nothing can take the place of an exploratory analysis of the tissues by a well-
trained palpatory sense in order to determine their present state, and also the best method
of modifying or remedying it. It is interesting to note that a few years ago extremely
sensitive instruments were invented to measure magnetic fields called superconducting
quantum interference (SQUID). For the first time, the magnetic fields surrounding the
human body could be measured and it was discovered that the hands have, by far, a more
intense field than any other part of the body.

Palpation of health

In craniosacral work the hands are used as "perceptual antennas" 32. The fingers learn to
"feel, think and see the patterns, qualities and nuances of the primary respiratory
movement" 33. The subtle rhythms of the Breath of Life are, in essence, expressions of
health that bring our original matrix of health into the body. Palpation of the primary
respiratory system therefore gives the therapist direct access to the underlying state of
health and any restrictions on its expression. It also allows the therapist to evaluate the
available bodily resources that can be used in treatment.

Awareness with the subtle senses

In addition to the sense of touch, the patient's physiological processes can sometimes
make themselves known through other sensory pathways. For example, a therapist may
“see” alterations in the form of visual images. The way we receive this information could
be similar to how sonar waves sweep across the ocean 3'. When an area of contraction or
condensation is found, an echo is produced that can be recorded by the therapist's
perceiving consciousness.
Sometimes the sense of smell gives the therapist valuable clinical information. Many
times I have been able to smell the anesthetics emanating from patients who were
accessing "tissue memories" of a surgical trauma. Some therapists have auditory
perceptions in which they hear impressions about their patients. Sometimes it is possible
to hear the subtle "buzz" emanating from someone who is in a state of nervous
excitement, even if they are not speaking. It seems that we can refine all our senses to
capture hues that fall outside our usual level of perception. Additionally, intuitive
impressions (sixth sense) can also be very revealing.
A few years ago, a young man in his early twenties came in for treatment of a shoulder
problem. As soon as he entered the office I felt a strange sensation, but I didn't know
exactly why. As I took his medical history I realized that there was something dark about
his manner that made me uncomfortable. This sensation continued when I began the
palpation process. During his second visit my feeling of discomfort was explained when
he revealed that he had participated in terrorist activities. He was still filled with
resentment and justified the use of violence to defend his cause. I began to think that
perhaps his shoulder problem was nature's way of telling him not to engage in further
violent actions. Given that, the last thing I wanted to do was help him mobilize his
shoulder. I had a clear feeling that, under the circumstances, there was nothing I could do
for him. I asked him to consider the messages his own body was sending him and
suggested he let nature take over for a while. Who knows where this type of information
comes from? Maybe this case was simply out of my league.

Tune in

At the beginning of each treatment session there is a time to tune into the client's system
in which the therapist "listens" through the fingers to the qualities of the primary
respiratory movement. Generally it is usually tuned from the skull, sacrum or feet, but it
can be done from any point on the body. Any disorder is marked by restrictions or
distortions in the symmetry, quality, rhythm or amplitude of the primary respiratory
movement. This can manifest as a lack of tissue motility and mobility, low fluid power or
“drive,” and specific inertial patterns. We will now consider some of these indicators of
physiological function.

Palpation of cranial rhythmic impulse

Before, we practiced an exercise to palpate the cranial rhythmic impulse in our own heads.
We place our hands gently on our cranial bones and direct our attention to the movements
of these "corks floating on the tide." We may have noticed the flexion/extension and
internal/external rotation movements of our cranial bones as they express their reciprocal
tension movement. Thus, we may have perceived movement patterns expressed at the
level of the cranial rhythmic impulse (CRI). Within the cranial rhythmic impulse the
rhythms can be felt mos of tissues and fluids with a frequency of between 8 and 12 cycles
per minute. Perceiving this level of physiological functioning reveals how tissues “ride”
the deeper tides. We may pay attention to the rhythmic movement of specific structures,
such as a cranial bone or membrane, or to the motility of the central nervous system.
Longitudinal fluctuation of cerebrospinal fluid can also be palpated to determine how this
powerful power carrier is functioning.

fluid boost
The quality of motion expressed by the longitudinal fluctuation of fluids is determined
primarily by the degree of power it expresses. The force of this motion is called the fluid
momentum of the system. If the underlying power is diminished or reduced in expression,
the fluid drive may weaken. This may be perceived as a feeling of dullness, congestion, or
lack of “spark” in the expression of longitudinal fluctuation. A weak fluid drive indicates
a deficiency of available healing resources. Lack of power affects the very foundations on
which our health is built and is usually found in states of chronic illness or exhaustion.
The therapeutic priority on these occasions is to increase the availability of vital healing
reserves.
Amplitude

If the quality of fluid impulse is diminished, or if inertial fulcrums create restrictions, the
degree of movement expressed by the tissues may be reduced. For example, it is possible
that a cranial bone is capable of expressing craniosacral movement in all normal
directions but that the range of motion is very small. We call the range of motion
amplitude.
Some therapists also place importance on measuring the frequency with which tissues
express craniosacral movement. This frequency can vary with circumstances, and is
therefore an indicator of the physiological changes that are taking place. However, in my
experience, measuring frequency provides less valuable clinical information than other
variables. Frequency gives us a number (so many cycles per minute), but the fluid drive
qualities and amplitude tell us the power available in the system, which can be important
for both diagnosis and cure.

Palpation of inertia

If the body contains resistance patterns, it is possible that the midline structures cannot
express their natural craniosacral flexion/extension movement, and that the paired
structures are inhibited in the expression of their external/internal rotation. Motility, the
internal respiration of tissues, may also be lost.
When we palpate the cranial rhythmic impulse we perceive inertia as particular
restrictions of the tissues that are organized around an inertial fulcrum. These inertial
patterns can be palpated as a loss of tissue motility, resistance, adhesions, compressions,
pulls, asymmetries, fluid congestion, and lateral fluid fluctuations. All of them indicate
some type of stressful experience that has been recorded in the body, producing a pattern
of conditioned craniosacral movement far from its natural fulcrums.
It is important for the therapist to find out the location of the inertial fulcrum that is at the
core of a particular pattern. This is done by finding out the places of stillness or stagnation
around which the pattern is organized. This place is like "the eye of the hurricane" that
contains all the power of the storm." The inertial fulcrum is where the key is that can open
the forces that maintain the pattern.

Lateral fluctuation

If the longitudinal fluctuation of the cerebrospinal fluid meets the resistance created by the
inertial fulcrum, various eccentric patterns of fluid movement occur. This resistance is
like a rock on a smooth, sandy beach. The water can no longer slide smoothly across the
sand and creates all kinds of whirlpools when it hits the stone. These lateral fluid
fluctuations are palpable in the body as eddies, currents, or congestion. When the therapist
notices that fluid movement is not expressed as natural longitudinal fluctuation, this
indicates that there is resistance in the system. If no resistance is present, the longitudinal
tidal movement is serene and balanced, and contains an impulse of quality fluids. Noting
the locations around which lateral fluid fluctuations occur can give the therapist a clear
sense of where the inertial fulcrums are.
Collapse

If the resources of the person's primary respiratory system are overwhelmed, their cranial
rhythmic drive may temporarily stop. What we call a collapse occurs. It is a physiological
self-protective reaction marked by an abrupt and sudden cessation of rhythmic movement.
Dr. Upledger has called these phenomena “signifier detectors” because they indicate that
an ex significant experience for patients 36. They reveal the presence of some type of
physical or emotional tension contained in the tissues, which often occurs when the body
is in the same position as when the trauma occurred. Collapses indicate that, for the
moment, the patient is unable to access the resources necessary to cope with the
remembered experiences.
It is worth noting here that collapse is different from the phenomenon known as stopping
point, which occurs at times of deep physiological rest (see Chapter 7). Although both
collapse and stopping point involve the cessation of cranial rhythmic impulse, they have
different qualities. During the stopping point there is a soft and delicate settling of the
rhythm, which gradually becomes walking until entering stillness. In the collapse, the
arrest is like a screech
.

ABILITY TO “CONVERSATE”
To work with living mechanisms in a living body we need living palpatory skills.
DOCTOR ROLLIN BECKER
Ask questions
In practice, craniosacral work essentially consists of listening to the patterns of primary
respiratory movement and facilitating their free expression. But it is also possible

"speak" to the body by entering into a "conversation" to clarify its history. The therapist
can ask questions through your fingers and then listen to the answers. In this way, the
body "responds", informing the therapist of what its priorities are. The therapist's
perceptual focus and his or her way of encountering the patient's system determine exactly
what can be palpated. As Dr. John Upledger points out: "What you 'know' seems to be
related to the questions you have in mind during the exam." 39 The therapist can engage
the tissues in concrete “conversations” by bringing specific questions to their hands
during palpation. This is done by introducing subtle suggestions through the fingers.

movement test

For example, you can check if a bone

,~ concrete prefers to express flexion or extension. At the beginning of the flexion phase
of craniosacral movement the therapist can make a subtle suggestion with his hands to
bring the bone into flexion. Below you can see how the bone incorporates that suggestion.
To evaluate extension, a subtle suggestion can be made at the beginning of the extension
phase. If the bone enters one phase of craniosacral movement more easily than the other
(or if there is any other asymmetry) it indicates the presence of inertia. If the bone moves
in flexion, but does not move as easily in extension, then
It has what is called a "bending pattern." Inertial patterns are named after your preferred
direction of motion. Thus, a flexion pattern describes tissues that are stuck in the flexion
phase, and therefore do not move in extension.
Engaging the body in a “conversation” to clarify how it contains patterns of experience
requires asking clear questions and being able to listen to the answers. This type of
inquiry is traditionally called a movement test. Like all tools of craniosacral work, the
movement test is done gently, giving space and respect for the limits of the patient's
system.

Dialogue with fluids

Previously we have seen that inertia creates eccentric movement patterns in fluids that we
call fluctuations.
-sides. Observing how fluids move around a resistance pattern can indicate the location of
the inertial organizing fulcrum. If any clarification is needed, subtle movements can be
suggested to the fluids to see how they behave. The therapist may suggest gentle pressure
in the direction of the lateral fluctuations with their hands placed on either side of the
body part being evaluated. It's like gently pushing a swing in its direction of motion, thus
helping to intensify or broaden its motion. On the other hand, if lateral fluctuations are not
evident they can be initiated delicately. The therapist will subtly carry the intention to
push the fluids first from one hand to the other and then in the other direction.
By tracking how the fluids incorporate their suggestions, the therapist can locate the
inertial fulcrum. For example, do the fluids echo the suggestion presented or is it absorbed
by the tissues? If the fluids find a place of inertia they will rebound when hitting the
resistance of the tissues, creating a return impulse that can be felt by the therapist's hands.
Observing the place around which lateral fluctuations, eddies or currents occur, helps
confirm the location. tion of the inertial fulcrum.

Rachel's story

Raquel, a woman in her early thirties, came to my office complaining of acute pain in her
lower back. His symptoms had started three weeks earlier, although he had noticed
discomfort since a car accident five years earlier. She had also suffered from intermittent
pelvic pain for some years and severe premenstrual tension. During the examination I
discovered that he had an acute spasm in the muscles of his lower back and that the
mobility of some of his lumbar vertebrae was reduced. When palpating the lower
abdomen, it showed a lot of sensitivity and the muscles were on guard, especially on the
left side. When I tuned into the tide of fluids from that region I could feel a very strong
echo that seemed to emanate from the left ovary. The movement of fluids felt quite
disorganized. I recommended Raquel undergo some more tests to discover the cause of
this finding. A couple of weeks later a pelvic scan revealed the presence of a benign tumor
on the left ovary.
I suggested that we could work on this problem with the craniosacral method and Raquel
agreed. We begin treatment by facilitating the expression of primary respiratory
movement in the tissues of the lower back and pelvis. My lower spine was very tense, and
there was a strong pull on the connective tissues of my pelvis that caused it to be twisted.
It seemed that this resulted in a compression of the left ovary, whose ability to take in the
Breath of Life was restricted. Some of these patterns relaxed after a few treatment
sessions.
I then attempted to restore potency expression in her left ovary. To do this, I gently
encouraged the fluid and power to move towards the left ovary, facilitating lateral
fluctuation between my hands, located on both sides of the belly, in front and behind
(lateral fluctuations can be suggested for both curative and diagnostic purposes). .
Meanwhile, Raquel felt a tug on the left side of her pelvis followed by a deep sensation of
relaxation and opening.
Two months later Raquel underwent tests again to evaluate the status of her tumor and
was told that it had shrunk considerably. She has continued to notice improvement in her
back problem and no longer suffers from the debilitating symptoms of premenstrual
tension.

Source: Michael Kern, Complete Book of Craniosacral Therapy.

THE V EXTENSION

It is an antalgic technique that at the moment has no scientific explanation, although it

does have a hypothesis. The V spread is a local pain reliever technique. It can be done
anywhere on the body.

First we will have to feel the flexion-extension movement in any part of the body and
locate the area where said movement does not exist and is surely painful.

It involves placing your hands in a V shape and tracing an opposite vector that passes
through the medial axis and in the opposite area of pain we place a finger and listen to
what we call a therapeutic pulse similar to a cardiac pulse. In the other area we will place
the index finger and the middle finger on both sides of the painful site, that is why it is
called a V spread, which in English translates to extending.

We will be there until the pulse in the other hand disappears and therefore the pain has
decreased. The hand has to merge with the patient's tissues energetically speaking.

We will ensure that the patient gives us a pain rating scale, for example between one and
ten.

We can apply some separation to the patient's fascial tissue with the hand placed in a V.
We can also put the opposite hand on the top of the skull and the other V on any part of
the body. We will ensure that our imagination connects both pulses marked by our
fingers, like a line that crosses those points. There will come a time when the pain point
will disappear.
The V extension is a direct mind over matter technique. We place both hands together as
indicated in the drawing in any hard tissue, in any suture or joint or organ. After a few
moments we will feel a pulsation that increases or decreases in intensity or rhythm, then
this will subside and we will notice a palpable softening of the tissue or an improvement
in the joint. You can also notice very satisfactory results by applying it to painful areas or
trigger points.

We will try to notice a current of energy flowing through our hands.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement

to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being
will be
performs automatically

Here in these links you can see some high quality photographs and anatomy drawings
 Listening to the cranial rhythmic
impulse
TECHNIQUES TO REGULATE CRANIAL RHYTHMIC IMPULSE

The first thing the therapist has to do is listen to the primary respiratory movement,
becoming in tune with this pulsation. This process is perhaps the most complicated due to
its subtlety and because we are not used to hearing it. However, the practice, perseverance
and sensitivity that we are gradually acquiring will bring us the easy and quick perception
of this primary respiratory movement. After listening to and following the primary
respiratory movement of the area we are treating for several breaths, We will have to
know the type of injury that exists and the part of the area that is not breathing, or that is
not breathing correctly. After this listening process will come by itself, or we can induce a
stopping point process. This is done by trying to avoid with our intention the next filling
of the cerebrospinal fluid.
 Craniosacral rhythm:
palpatory skills , written by John Upledger

Most of you have spent years studying science and have learned to rely heavily on reason
and the mind. You are probably convinced that the information that hands can provide is
not very secure. You may consider facts to be secure when they are printed on a
computer, projected on a screen, or read from the display of an electronic device. In order
to use our hands and begin to develop them as reliable instruments for diagnosis and
treatment, we must learn to trust them and the information they can provide us.
Learning to trust your hands is not an easy task. You have to learn to divert the conscious
and critical mind while subtle changes in the body being explored are appreciated through
palpation. An empirical attitude must be adopted to temporarily accept without hesitation
the perceptions that reach the brain from the hands. Although this attitude is unacceptable
to most scientists, testing is recommended. Once the skill of palpation has been
developed, what is appreciated with the hands can be subjected to criticism. If you
practice criticism before learning to palpate, you will never learn to use your hands
effectively as the highly sensitive diagnostic and therapeutic instruments that they are.
Recently, brain function has been divided for convenience into right- and left-hemisphere
activities. This division may be very simple, but it is useful for the purpose of developing
a conceptual model on which to base a comprehensible explanation.
The left side of the brain is considered to be the rational, reasoning and critical side; the
right side, the creative, fantasizing, imaginative and intuitive side. The educational
process that we are all subjected to, especially in the sciences, has supported the
development of the left side of the brain. The right side has been neglected except in art,
music and other creative activities. Creative studies are often considered of less value than
the sciences. As a result, the left side of the brain has grown to be hypercritical, self-
centered, omniscient, intimidating, and almost autonomous. On the other hand, the right
hemisphere is silent, reserved, shy, fearful and perhaps immature. This right hemisphere
is largely virgin, since when an idea arises from the right side of the brain and becomes
conscious, the left side immediately begins to tell why that idea is stupid and irrational. In
order to develop the skills to palpation and begin to perceive the physiological movements
of the craniosacral system, it is necessary to stop the arrival of information from the left
side of the brain for a while. You have to let the skills develop without listening to the
message from left-sided consciousness that insists that what you are feeling is not really
there, but is a figment of your imagination. Criticism must be ignored. Let the right side
of your brain have a chance to develop and increase your confidence. The talent and
information that is suppressed in the right hemisphere could leave you stunned. The right
hemisphere may have been intimidated for so long that it is now very shy, so the first
messages you consciously receive are likely to be very weak, experimental, and fleeting.
We have to give them space, give them an outlet, be favorable and considerate of our
intuition. He will develop quickly if you give him a chance. Once you have developed
your perceptions and sensations for a while, as an empiricist rather than a scientist, and
after your palpation and right hemisphere skills have developed and become more
confident, you will have all the time in the world to critically assimilate. the information
gathered by the senses. We don't mean to suggest that you completely stop the activity of
the left hemisphere, but rather that it rest while you give the rest of your brain a chance to
develop.
That's why we make this request at the beginning: consider what you feel as real. Don't
try to understand it in a rational way. Give yourself the opportunity to learn. The risk of
playing “I trust my hands” is minimal for the loser. The potential profit for those who
succeed is great, much greater than you can imagine now. Remember that humanity's
potential is limited only by its own concept of limits. Relax and let it happen. We usually
start by teaching people to feel the craniosacral rhythm starting from the most obvious
movements of the human body. One of these movements that you should already be
familiar with is the cardiovascular pulse. Take time. Be comfortable. If you are not
comfortable, the afferent stimulus from your own tense muscles and discomfort will
create a noise level that will cause interference with perception.
With the patient lying comfortably supine, the radial pulse is taken. Notice the obvious
peak of the pulsation. It also tunes in to the rise and fall of the pressure gradient. How
long does diastole last? What is the quality of the differential pressure rise after diastole?
Is it abrupt, gradual, smooth? How wide is the pressure peak? Does the pressure drop
quickly, gradually, smoothly, or sharply? It memorizes the patient's pulse perception to
reproduce it in the mind after breaking off actual physical contact with their body. Just as
you can sing a song after having heard it several times, you should also be able to
mentally reproduce the palpatory perception of the pulse once contact has been broken.
The patient's carotid pulse is now taken. Memorize its characteristics just as you did with
the radial pulse. Compare in memory the morphology of the radial pulse wave with the
morphology of the carotid pulse wave.
Now the radial and carotid pulses are taken at the same time, and compared. Is the ascent
of the slopes similar? Are the peaks the same? You are learning to compare the
characteristics of one pulse with those of the other. If you notice subtle differences, don't
worry about why or why those differences don't exist. For now it is enough to know that
they exist.
Try to remember the characteristics of the patient's pulses and compare them with the
pulses of another person. It is sometimes helpful to draw a graphic representation of the
morphology of the pulse wave to begin to make connections between palpation and
visualization of what you have felt (Figure 3.1). At first, you may feel more comfortable
visualizing than taking the pulse, because that is how you have been taught and prepared.
Palpatory perception may seem too intangible to be trusted.
she.
 CRANIOSACRAL RHYTHM: PALPATORY SKILLS

Illustration 3.3.
Palpation of the head.

After you have focused on the body's pulses in the radial and carotid areas, place your
hands on the subject's chest and palpate for cardiovascular activity.
Once you have focused on cardiovascular activity and have memorized its characteristics,
divert your attention to the respiratory movements of the chest. Memorize these
movements. Now focus on the cardiovascular activity, again on the respiratory activity
AND AGAIN ON THE CARDIOVASCULAR, REPEATING THE OPERATION
SEVERAL TIMES UNTIL YOU CAN APPRECIATE through the pulse only what you
want, keeping the other movements at an unconscious level as "background noise." ».
Remember, you must acquire the ability to focus on any part of the background
movement as desired.
Next, gently touch the patient's head (illustration 3.3). We use the word "touch" because
the degree of pressure between your hands and your head depends largely on the weight
of your head on your hands. Whether or not head weight is a factor, the feel should be
very soft: on the order of 5 grams or less. Place your hands yes metrically with the weight
of the occipital on the hypothenar and palmar regions of the hand, as well as on the ring
and little fingers. You must be comfortable (illustration 3.4). Close your eyes. While
supporting the weight of your head with your hands, try to feel the cardiovascular activity.
Notice the different arterial pulses as well as the generalized pulsation of the entire head
in rhythm with the pumping action of that person's heart.
Once familiar with the cardiovascular activity of the patient's head, focus attention on the
movement of the head in relation to respiratory activity. You will notice a subtle flexion
and extension of the neck that corresponds to the rhythmic activity of the subject's
breathing.
Keep your eyes closed. Once familiar with the head movements corresponding to the
subject's cardiovascular and respiratory activities, discard them from conscious
perception. Be aware of other movements unknown to you. Let the hands move with the
subject's head as if hands and head were welded together. The whole hand is used to
palpate and not just the fingers. Pay attention to what your hands do, being aware of the
messages from the proprioceptors in your arms. As this fusion of the hands with the
subject's head and with the eyes closed continues, it will begin to appear that the hands
become larger and the movements longer. Open your eyes and you will see that your
hands barely move, according to visual perception. When this happens, you will be
beginning to enhance your palpatory and proprioceptive senses.
As the examination continues into the domain of palpatory information, you will be aware
that the subject's head begins to widen and narrow slowly and rhythmically, about 6 to 12
cycles per minute. As the occipital widens, its base appears to move anteriorly, arching
about a transverse axis of motion about 5 cm anterior to the inion, the posterior occipital
protuberance. This widening movement, by arching anteriorly, constitutes the flexion
phase of the craniosacral rhythm. Once the occipital concludes the flexion phase of the
movement and returns to a neutral and relaxed position for a moment, the extension phase
of the movement cycle of the craniosacral system begins. It is perceived as a narrowing of
the transverse dimension of the occipital, with an arched movement inverse to that
perceived during flexion.
 Illustration 3.4.
Hand position during palpation
of the craniosacral rhythm in the occipital.

With the hands in the same position, the temporal and mastoid regions and part of the
posterior regions of the parietals can be palpated. During the extension phase of the
craniosacral rhythm, the transverse dimension of these bones narrows somewhat.
Furthermore, we can now begin to notice the symmetry of the phases of the flexion and
extension movements in the course of the cycles. The ideal state is perfect symmetrical
movement. This perfect symmetry is rarely found unless the subject has been successfully
treated using craniosacral techniques prior to examination.
You should also be aware that the occipital, temporal and parietal muscles move
independently of each other. The suture is the structure that allows this independent
movement.
 Illustration 3.5.
Hand position for self-examination.
Let your hands remain in place for a few minutes. Keep your eyes closed and remain
relaxed. Let your imagination fly. You have probably been taught that the movements you
feel do not exist, or that, if they do exist, they are impossible to perceive with instruments
as rudimentary as your hands.
If this is the case, what do you feel? Is it really your imagination? There will be time
ahead to decide. First, give the senses a chance to develop and gain confidence. It will
occur very quickly.
Once you have palpated (or imagined you have palpated) the gentle, subtle movements of
this person's craniosacral system, move on to exploring others. Repeat the procedures.
Learn to distinguish the different physiological movements of one person and then those
of others.
As you gain experience, you will begin to notice individual differences from one person
to another; Your brain will begin to store information about norms of perceived
physiological movements.
Once you have successfully experienced the palpatory perceptions created by
concentration on cardiovascular movements, respiratory movements, and movements of
the craniosacral system in one or more people, the question will arise whether what you
perceive are the physiological movements of those people or your own. To answer this
question you must practice on yourself and become familiar with the "per “ception” of the
rhythms of your own body.
Sit down. Lightly touch your head with your hands. Be aware of the physiological
movements of the cardiovascular, respiratory and craniosacral systems of your head. Get
familiar with these movements. Once you know them, you will not confuse the palpatory
sensations that come from the patient and those that come from your own body. If you
take the time to do this, you will gain the experience necessary to be able to perform
palpations with confidence (Figure 3.5).
Once you feel comfortable and confident that you have appreciated the movement of the
cardiovascular, respiratory, and craniosacral systems in the heads of several people, and
once you are able to vary your attention from one physiological movement to another, you
are ready to move on to other parts of the head and body.
It has been stated before that the flexion phase of the craniosacral rhythm is generally a
widening of the posterior portions of the head. The extension phase is of slight narrowing.
When describing the head as a whole, flexion appears to be a transverse widening of the
entire head that shortens in its anteroposterior dimension. Extension is just the opposite,
that is, a transverse narrowing accompanied by anteroposterior elongation. These changes
can be seen on palpation by placing the hands on various points of the head. The touch of
palpation is very soft: 5 grams of pressure would be excessive. Imagine trying to feel how
your hair moves (ILLUSTRATIONS 3.6A and
3.6B).
 Illustration 3.7B.
Sacral spines between the middle and ring
fingers.

The subject may be in the supine, lateral, or prone position. during

the examination of sacral movement (illustrations 3.8a, 3.8b and 3.8c).
During learning to palpate sacral movement, you must practice

Illustration 3.8A.
Exploration of the sacrum with the subject in the
supine position.
In
addition to the continuous shape change of the entire head along with the rhythmic
movement of the craniosacral system, the body also moves physiologically and
involuntarily.
along with the craniosacral rhythm.
During the flexion phase of the craniosacral rhythm, the body appears to rotate slightly
externally and widen. During the extension phase, the body appears to rotate internally
and narrow slightly. These movements can be easily palpated in the feet and ankles,
thighs, pelvis, chest, arms, neck and other parts of the body. The key to the discovery of
this type of body movement is the softness of the touch. If contact with the subject's body
generates any type of reflex stiffness response of the
muscles, the movement in question that you are trying to perceive will be inhibited. If
you, as the examiner, are not relaxed and comfortable, your own tension will inhibit your
ability to perceive.
Place your hands gently on the subject's body. Make your hands merge with that body,
and perceive the movements of your own hands through your proprioceptors. The next
area of movement of the craniosacral system that you need to become familiar with is the
sacrum, which inserts into the caudal end of the dural tube.
To palpate sacral movement, the sacrum is seated in the hand so that the apex of that
person's sacrum rests on the palm. The crest of the sacrum should be between the middle
and ring fingers. The fingertips usually extend cephalad above the base of the subject's
sacrum to the level of the IV or V lumbar vertebrae (Figures 3.7A and 3.7B).
As the craniosacral system enters the flexion phase of its movement, the apex of the
sacrum moves anteriorly. During the extension phase, the apex of the sacrum moves
posteriorly. These movements are subtle and may be in perfect synchrony with the
craniosacral rhythm of the head, or they may be delayed a second or two, depending on
the quality and quantity of restrictions that affect the free mobility of the sacrum.
Typically, novice examiners complain of numbness of the hand under the sacrum when
the subject is supine. However, this pressure paresthesia does not reduce proprioception;
in fact, it somewhat improves proprioceptive sensitivity by eliminating tactile noise.
When the subject's sacrum is supine on your hand, lean firmly on your elbow, close your
eyes, and let your hand merge with the sacrum. Feel what the hand is doing.
Another useful technique for becoming familiar with sacral movement is to feel through
palpation the synchrony of movement between the sacrum and the occipital, for which
one examiner palpates the occipital, while another palpates the sacrum, giving each other
verbal cues as to when it begins. and the flexion and extension phases end. It can also be
done by placing one hand on the sacrum and the other on the occipital of the subject in
order to simultaneously monitor the flexion and extension movements at both ends of the
dural tube.
Simultaneous palpation of the sacrum and occipital by a single examiner is easily
performed with the patient in the lateral decubitus position (Illustration 3.9). In this
position, the patient can have a pillow under the head so that the neck does not arch to one
side. Hunching or lateral flexion of the body can interfere with the synchrony of
movement between the occipital and sacral muscles. This interference manifests itself
when the subject presents extreme lateral flexion of the neck while the craniosacral
rhythm is palpated in the occipital and sacral bones.
 Illustration 3.8B.
Exploration of the sacrum with the subject in lateral
decubitus position.
With some experience, using living bodies as a learning aid, you will begin to see significant differences
in the range of motion, its symmetry, and the energy that motion generates from one person to another.
It stores all this data in memory. It stores information about what is normal in order to be aware of
variations from the norm. Finally, these variations will acquire a pathophysiological diagnostic meaning.
The paravertebral musculature is another area of palpation of diagnostic utility (illustration 3.10). With
the subject sitting or prone, the craniosacral rhythm is palpated in the paravertebral regions from the
occipital to the sacrum. The spinous processes between the fingers are maintained. Changes in the
craniosacral rhythm of the paravertebral regions can be used diagnostically to locate nerve root
compressions and spinal cord injuries. The denervated muscle presents a physiological movement of
between 20 and 30 cycles per minute. This information can be used during the differential diagnosis
between pain from somatic dysfunction and nerve root compression.
As with any skill, developing palpation sensitivity requires practice. The experience gained during
practice time in which several small groups of practitioners work together with an uncritical approach is
most productive.
To recap, don't let your intellect hinder the development of your palpation skills. Familiarize yourself
with this use of your hands. Once you know “in depth” what your hands can do, you will have plenty of
time to exercise intellectual criticism. It gives the “right brain” of the brain a chance to demonstrate its
capabilities without the “left brain” constantly being shocked saying “what's going on?” or"is it
possible?" Learn by practicing.
 Illustration 3.9.
Exploring the synchrony of movement between the occipital and sacral
 Illustration 3.10.
Palpation of the paravertebral muscles.

The CV4
Techniques for modifying the craniosacral rhythm

Until now, palpation of physiological movements and rhythms has been practiced, taking care not to
interfere with their normal activities. The purpose has been to study and learn about the body in its
natural state of rest but dynamic. We have learned that the practice of touch by the examiner (or rather
the "discoverer") confers security to the practitioner. There should be no threat to which the subject's
body can respond through reflexive rigidity of the muscles, whether conscious or unconscious.
You should now become familiar and experienced in using techniques that will modify the rhythmic
activity of the craniosacral system. The purposes are none other than discovery, diagnosis, treatment and
prognosis.
Compared to the palpation you have learned so far, techniques that modify the craniosacral rhythm can
seem quite invasive; However, compared to the manipulative techniques ordinarily employed by doctors
and therapists, these techniques are still very gentle. It's about tricking the craniosacral system, not
mistreating it, stunning it, or scaring it. You have to approach it as you would a shy child or an animal
that you want to gain the trust of. The craniosacral system should not be forced to make movements that
are not physiological. The objective is simply to prevent him from returning from an extreme movement
along the usual route, and to encourage him to find a new route. This covert discovery of new routes
introduces added mobility to the system and its reserve of movements.

THE CV4
This manipulation is of great importance and we will perform it two or three times in a craniosacral
therapy session, as it will be the first manipulation to be performed and the last in each session. It serves
to activate the movement of the spheno-basilar synchondrosis and therefore of the entire cranio-sacral
system and it is also useful for us to give a message at the end of the session to save all the new
physiological data that occurred in the session in memory. central of the brain.
Let's do the cranial CV4.
The occipital will fall on the triangle formed by the thumbs with the thenar eminences of our two hands
together as indicated in the drawing. It is important that the occipital falls perfectly in place. If we lean a
little more upwards we can pinch the two occipital sutures with the parietal sutures and we will not be
able to do CV4 correctly.
We also cannot have our hands very open, otherwise we will not be able to grasp the temporal bones.
You have to be very precise and the occipital remains in two points of support on the thenar eminences
of the thumbs, the rest is up in the air. The hand has to merge with the patient's tissues energetically
speaking.
We can also hear the cranial rhythm in the mastoids. Here I have to feel the movement of descent,
ascent (flexo-extension), but it also has a widening lateral opening movement, where the mastoids come
closer and apart. We can feel these movements in our elbows or triceps.
In flexion the head fills and grows on the sides and the occipital stretches laterally. Then when it is in
the emptying phase, at the end of this phase we block it, preventing filling. It is with intention and
concentration that we block the filling phase. The occipital, unable to fill, will begin the bubbling and
then will come the stopping point or point of stillness, or Still Point. After performing these steps the
rhythm will return with all its beauty and breadth. These steps can take us several minutes, from two or
three to ten or twenty, depending on the type of injury. We can also say that as we progress with the
patient, the sessions will be shorter and more effective.
Hand position for the occipital CV-4 technique

The quieting of the craniosacral rhythm is a natural process and occurs on its own as a self-regulatory
mechanism. For this reason, it is common in consultation to recognize how it stops spontaneously
without any intervention on the part of the facilitator. This system is so sensitive that it responds very
easily to interaction, since, often, it is enough to start thinking or feeling, that it might be appropriate to
invite a point of stillness, so that it occurs on its own.
CV4 is one of the classic shapes developed by Dr. Sutherland to promote a stopping point
To achieve this position, the client can be asked to raise the head slightly in order to place the hands in
the specified way under it.

It is advisable to pay attention to not relaxing your hands excessively during practice, otherwise they can
open due to the cranial weight and the support could shift from the occipital to the temporal, which
could be counterproductive.
From the position explained, pay attention to the movement of the occipital in response to the MRP and
gently accompany the extension, internal rotation, and exhalation phase, in which you can perceive how
the occipital narrows laterally, compressing the 4th ventricle. Each cycle of internal rotation is
accompanied to the limit of its movement. And, with the intention and the gentle pressure of the hands,
you are invited to a stilling at the end of it. If the occipital pushes towards external rotation, its
movement should be made difficult, inviting stillness again at the end of the next phase of lateral
narrowing, until its calming is perceived.
At this point it is common to notice how the client's breathing deepens and they enter a state of greater
relaxation at all levels, and they even often fall asleep. There may also be small positional adjustments
in the cranial bones or neck muscles as you move deeper into stillness.

From any part of the body you can request a stop of the MRP and after this it will return with better
quality and strength. The feeling of well-being can be noticed a few minutes after performing this
maneuver.

You can also consider any stopping or quieting as a neurological need for the circuit to reset and impose
the new improved reciprocal tensions on your biological software. We are similar to when a computer
crashes when installing new programs or requires turning it off and on again to internalize the new
changes.

Below we have Dr. John Upledger's explanation of CV4

THE CV-4 TECHNIQUE

The point of stillness achieved by applying the technique on the subject's occipital is traditionally called
the "CV-4" technique. CV-4 involves compression of the fourth ventricle. In this case, the fourth
ventricle is the ventricle of the brain. Dr. Sutherland, creator of this technique (SUTHERLAND, 1939),
believed that it was compressing the fourth ventricle of the brain and, therefore, influencing the vital
nerve centers located in it and in the walls of the ventricle.
The squama occiput allows accommodation to the changing pressure of intracranial fluid. The CV-4
technique significantly reduces the accommodation capacity of the scales. The hydraulic pressure of the
intracranial fluid therefore increases and is redirected along all other available pathways when the
movement of the occipital scale is extrinsically restricted. Consequently, the CV-4 technique favors the
movement of the liquid and its exchange. Improved fluid movement is always beneficial except in cases
of intracranial hemorrhage where thrombus formation is enhanced by stasis, and in cases of cerebral
aneurysm where changing intracranial pressure could cause a leak or rupture.
The CV-4 technique affects diaphragm activity and autonomic control of breathing, and appears to relax
the tone of the sympathetic nervous system to a significant degree. I have often used this technique to
reduce chronic sympathetic hypertonia in stressed patients. A vegetative functional improvement is
always expected as a result of the induction of the quiescent point. Clinically, this technique is
beneficial in cases where a lymphatic pumping technique is indicated (MAGOUN, 1978). The fever has
been reduced to 4" F in 30 60 minutes. It relaxes all the connective tissues of the body and is therefore
beneficial for acute and chronic musculoskeletal injuries. It is effective in degenerative arthritic
processes, both for cerebral and pulmonary congestion, to regulate labor pains and as a means to reduce
postural edema.
The CV-4 technique is a very simple shot treatment for a multitude of problems, because it improves
tissue and hydraulic movement, and restores the flexibility of the vegetative response.
As a therapist, cup your hands so that your thumbs form a V. The apex of the V formed by the thumbs
should be at the level of the spinous processes of the II and III cervical vertebrae. The thenar eminences
rest on the occipital scale, medial and completely avoiding the occipitomastoid sutures.
As the subject's occipital narrows during the extension phase of the craniosacral system cycle, this
movement is followed by the thenar eminences. When the subject's occiput tries to widen during the
flexion phase of the cranial cycle, you must resist this widening process. The hands remain motionless
and do not exert any pressure. As narrowing of the occiput occurs during the extension phase, the joint
limit will be reached following the narrowing of the occiput. pital. Resistance is again opposed to the
widening of the occipital during the flexion phase of movement of the craniosacral system. This
procedure is repeated until the cranial rhythm becomes reduced and disorganized, ending up stopping,
temporarily but completely.
When this arrest of the cranial rhythm occurs, the still point will have been induced. This will remain for
a variable number of seconds or minutes. The subject's breathing will change, and light perspiration will
often appear on the forehead. An appreciable relaxation of the body will be observed.
After a few minutes, you will notice that the subject's occipital is once again trying to dilate in the
flexion phase of the rhythmic cycle of the craniosacral system. When you notice a strong, concerted
bilateral movement, stop resisting. Follow this widening and evaluate the amplitude and symmetry of
the craniosacral rhythm.
A still point can also be induced anywhere on the subject's head by applying the same motion tracking
principles to its extent.
extreme, and resisting
the return to the neutral position until the rhythmic activity is temporarily interrupted.

Author: John Upledger

 The stopping point
STOP POINT OR STILL POINT

Almost the fundamental pillar of this therapy is the technique of forcing the fixed point or Still Point. To
force this point we will gently prevent the filling or expansion phase of the craniosacral rhythm. We will
make the stopping point with the intention, with our will and attempt to ensure that the cerebrospinal
fluid does not pulse, preventing it from breathing. This technique can be applied to any part of the body,
from the toe to the parietal muscles, in a suture or in a small muscle, in an organ, in a vertebra, it doesn't
matter, its benefits will be very important wherever let's do it. With this technique we help the CSF
circulate throughout the body with a good rhythm and symmetry, that is, it breathes correctly. The CSF
is greatly influenced by our mind. This highly specialized liquid circulates in a semi-closed field and
will be forced not to pulse, if we ask it to, which will create extra pressure in its circuit, which after its
release will serve to improve its circulation, and therefore the tissue. fascial will relax.
The fixed point is perceived as a blackout of the cranio-sacral rhythm and can be interpreted as a
neurological opportunity to process neurological changes in the area. That is, the patient's own CRI
when in contact with our hands and avoiding the next filling of the CRI will enter into its bubbling or
uncoiling process. The best thing about this is that the CSF is very influenced by our thinking and our
intent. So whenever we want we can put our mental intention and force a Still Point. So with our mind
we will travel through the tissues and maintain the stop of the cranial rhythmic impulse. In most cases a
bubbling may occur and within minutes the CSF will circulate again with greater force. It is like holding
the water of a stream for a while and then releasing it again, at this moment the water will come out with
greater force and due to its pressure it will be able to clean the stream of waste and thus be able to open
and widen the parts that were blocked or stuck. .Practicing the neurological stopping point strengthens
the fascia and therefore the organ or system in which it is located. If we practice this technique in any
part of the body where we feel pain or there is a disease, we will help the cerebrospinal fluid to circulate
inside it and therefore the entire central nervous system can connect with the area and make all the
necessary adjustments for its self-sufficiency. healing.

“Still point” technique with the inducer

This exercise is performed with a device called a still point inducer. It is an exercise for yourself with
enormous benefits.
The way to do it: We place ourselves comfortably on our backs on a surface that is neither very soft nor
very hard. We place the inductor under the head, contacting the middle area of the occipital bone
transversely, letting the weight of the head rest on it. Then we simply relax, between 10 or 15 minutes
(we can accompany ourselves with relaxing music).
What are the benefits?
During the "still point" a feeling of general relaxation is created: the entire connective tissue of the body
relaxes, stress is reduced, the efficiency of the immune system is improved, headaches and migraines
are relieved, arthritis and swollen limbs, and vitality is increased. Helps with morning nausea during
pregnancy, activates the body's self-healing forces (homeostasis), restores the flexibility of the
autonomic nervous system. This technique has no known side effects and is only contraindicated in
severe head trauma where it is not advisable to compress the skull or cause pressure changes within the
brain, such as in the case of a recent skull fracture, hemorrhage in the brain, large brain tumor,
aneurysm. intercranial and strokes.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement, to follow this energy
fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I kinesthetically perceive the energy knots or energy
cysts. Once this whirlwind of twisted energy is located and, which can take on different shapes and
sizes, it is dissolved and cleaned. Afterwards, you have to recharge the affected area of the aura and
perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that area of the aura correctly reflects
the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being is realized
automatically.

I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to be applied, truly amazing results are
obtained and that with any other manual therapy directly on the body, it seems like an arduous
task, if not impossible.
 NEUROLOGICAL STOP

After the bubbling or unwinding there will come a neurological stop, a stop of the cranial rhythmic
impulse, a silence, a tranquility after the stress of unwinding.

This can be interpreted as a moment of peace for the central nervous system and fascial tissue to
reorganize and balance for the new and improved CRI. After a few seconds or a few minutes, the cranial
rhythmic impulse will come with greater amplitude, symmetry and better rhythm. We will continue with
our light contact in the area until the cranial rhythmic impulse returns. Again, if it took a while for the
cranial rhythmic impulse to return, it would be indicative of the importance of the injury. By returning
the cranial rhythmic impulse throughout the body, we will ensure that the micro joints of the body, the
cranial sutures, the sacrum with the pelvis, etc. , recover their flexion-extension movement. This is a
beautiful moment where we can observe the subtle healing of the area, the return to normal of the CRI
in the area we are treating. The body, once this respiratory movement is established and therefore
pulsing its energy field, the central and peripheral nervous systems are once again better connected and
they will be in charge of bringing all the healing and health to the area.

The neurological and electrical communication in the area will work much better and the body will
know how to bring all chemical, motor or physiological activity to the area, for recovery. Of course,
thanks to the craniosacral flexion and extension movements, the blood circulation of the brain and the
entire body will be considerably improved, especially in the joints of the bones, tendons and ligaments.
For example, among the cranial sutures there are micro veins and fascial tissue that will regain their
health if we unblock the cranial sutures. The body is wise enough to rediscover its homeostasis.
To do this, the direction of greatest ease or amplitude that is being expressed is followed, or what is
similar, the direction of least resistance, until a point is found at which all the tensions that act on the
area mutually balance each other, and a what we call a point of balanced tension, a neutral or balance
point, in which it is easier for us to find a new balance, in which tensions are compensated and
dissipated.
Accompanying the movement in the direction of ease presents a natural limit in which it cannot go
further without adding tension on the part of the facilitator, because in that case it would already be the
technique of exaggeration.
At the limit of the facilitated natural movement, in which the forces balance each other, the facilitator
promotes waiting at that point of least tension, until the softening of tensions is perceived. This
development usually requires precise attention in order to facilitate and collaborate in the subtle
adjustment of that point. For example: in practice, when listening to the parietals, it is perceived that the
right one moves naturally and symmetrically and the left presents a wide and smooth external rotation
and a decreased internal rotation and with resistance.
To promote the left parietal to normalize, the direction of ease is followed, which would be that of
external rotation to the limit of its natural movement. Around that point we wait and help it stabilize at
the point of balanced tension. It is possible that the tensions will dissipate from that point, or that, from
there, you will need to adapt to the different forces that act on the area with small movements and stops,
which will be accompanied in any direction that is shown except in that of the the return
If after making the stop, the movement moves towards external rotation, we will accompany it. But if,
later on, the movement wants to return to internal rotation, we prevent it. If you want to move upwards
from there, we will accompany you. But if the movement later wants to go down, we will prevent it so
that all the adjustments that the organism needs can be provided without going back along the path
already advanced.

Exaggeration Exaggeration, like the point of balanced tension, is an indirect process to regain restricted
mobility and/or freedom of expression. For example, suppose the left parietal shows good mobility in
external rotation and limited mobility in internal rotation. To normalize it, it would not be about taking it
towards internal rotation, which is what is in dysfunction, but rather accompanying the facilitated
movement towards external rotation up to its natural limit, as was done in balanced tension. What
happens in exaggeration is that, once that balance point has been reached, it continues gently and
progressively, increasing the amplitude of movement in the direction of ease up to the physiological
barrier.

It goes without saying that the time and way in which the body makes these adjustments must be
respected. When performing this technique, it is also possible to feel how, once reaching the point of
balanced tension and exaggerating the facilitated movement, the tissue lengthens but retains the tension,
in a similar way to when you stretch a rubber band, an effect that can be used to Gently follow the
tension generated in the direction of correction.
Each time you loosen the fabric, you gain a little more travel in the direction of the exaggeration. At this
point, you wait until it softens again, repeating it as many times as necessary until you perceive that the
physiological movement has already reached its limit or that the retained tension has been released.
This should not be applied to acute trauma or when we fear that the symptoms may worsen. Nor should
it be applied to children under 8 years of age, since, as they do not yet have their physiological barriers
defined, it could go beyond what is necessary and increase the injury.
 Technique 5
ENERGY LINES
a) How to detect them

Follow the following steps: 1.- Try to locate a point of tension or energy blockage.
2 .- Keep your non-dominant hand (the one that "absorbs" energy) at that point until the energy flow
decreases.
3 .- Find another point close to the previous one and repeat the above.
4 .- You will see that there are a series of points that form a continuous line, an energy line.
5 .- Follow that line: it can continue along the body, around it, make one or many turns forming a
spiral, which can coil around the body, or in the space next to the body, where it can also form lines and
spirals.
6 .- Do practices following the energy lines through the body and the surrounding space until your hand
moves freely, as if it knew by itself the path they follow. Do it first with one hand and then with the
other.
UNWINDING OR UNSCREWING

After listening to the cranial respiratory movement and inducing the Stop Point or Still Point, an
unwinding process, also called unwinding, will almost certainly and spontaneously occur. Unwinding is
an inherent corrective physiological movement that can be induced from the nervous system, from our
will or intent. This is a very important technique of this therapy. That is, after the stop point or Still
Point it will come and we will feel how the system begins to rhythmically disorganize, a bubbling or
tremor begins in the area. With our hands we have to follow or accompany this natural unwinding that
the tissue carries out. Our hands will rotate in all directions, they will go up, down, turn in one direction
and in another, they will zigzag, they will separate from the body, they will approach again, they will
move faster, then slower, until the tissue is free of that tension that we are releasing in this process of
Unwinding or unwinding. At this moment is when the tiny fibrils of the fascial tissue find better
alignment and orient themselves in a new direction, ideal for the fascial tissue to relax and therefore
allow the CRI to enter its fibrils or form part of the expansion process. and contraction. Uncoiling is a
process that only comes when we place our hands on the body. Although this process is improved and
enhanced when we travel with our mind inside the tissues, when we put all our energy and attention
inside the parts we are treating, and even when we ask the tissue to relax or send it some type of of light
color that may favor you. This moment is of vital importance for this therapy, therefore it will depend
on the energy that the therapist has at that moment, his level of consciousness and his healing power.
We are full of small and large physical tensions, muscular, ligamentous, tendonous, fascial or of any
other nature. It is time to undo all the energy lines that surround that tension, and the more turns or
movements we have to do around the area of Tension will be indicative of the level or size of the injury.
If the fascial knot is large, the unwinding or kinetic diarrhea will be greater. Our hands will follow the
lines of tension, marking the speed and form that the type of injury indicates. It is very likely that when
dissolving a round tension shape, another elliptical shape will appear and then a line that takes us to
another part of the patient's body to unscrew another elliptical or linear shape or any type of tension line.
The energy lines that surround our body in the form of tension can be of many shapes or kinds, round,
elliptical, spiral, with different sizes, diameters and number of turns, square or triangular in shape, some
intertwine with others, etc. Almost in any part of the body we can have a contracted tissue that we will
improve its state by unloading it with energy through the technique of dissolving all the energy lines
around it. This can be done simply by stroking and massaging said contracted area. If we have healing
abilities, this uncoiling process will be very effective and salutary. This process is when the therapist
and the patient's trauma or tension become one and the therapist has to absorb said tension through him
or herself and make it transcend, elevate or make it disappear. Therefore, it is possible for the therapist
to make small movements or turns around himself, while moving his hands to create a spiral effect and
eliminate said tension more quickly and effectively. There is a deep exchange of energy at this moment
that may generate in the therapist or patient some small spasm, belching, trembling, accelerated
breathing, or any other involuntary movement that we will allow to happen, to promote uncoiling. All of
this is a very good sign that something is moving in both people and that the transfer and release of
energy is happening. Sometimes the unwinding is not noticeable and other times it is dramatic, with
gurgling in the tissues and kinesthetic diarrhea, that is, involuntary and violent movements. We have to
learn to listen to the body's tendency to move, bend or rotate and follow that therapeutic movement
spontaneous, to release tensions. We have to feel the energy in our hands and where we notice the
energy most strongly, where the blockage is, we will stay there for a while. If we continue to discharge
energy the blockage will be reduced and the energy flow will be restored. We will maintain contact with
this blocked energy point until we feel no difference with the surrounding area or until the cranial
rhythmic impulse returns. Then we will move our hands until we find another point of tension or energy
blockage. This unscrewing is one of the most effective techniques to relieve tensions or energy
blockages. The fact is that the unscrewing occurs in all the processes of this therapy, from the skull to
the pelvic diaphragm. The uncoiling always comes after placing our hands on the tissue, bone or suture
and after preventing with our intention the following process of expansion or filling of the CSF. The
tissue will stop breathing and then almost immediately there will be a process of bubbling or uncoiling
of the fascial tissue. On many occasions we have wanted to bend or rotate our arms or legs, to feel better
and adjust our body. This spontaneous uncoiling is a natural act that if we learn to use it will be of great
help in trying to release internal tensions in the fascial tissue. Even the typical yawning or stretching in
the morning can be considered as an uncoiling of the fascial tissue. An adjustment of this tissue is also
made in moments of crying or laughing, in belching or stomach or anal air, in chattering due to
nervousness or cold, in spasms or tetany, there are many natural reactions of the body that entail
inevitably to a release of bodily tension and therefore to a new and better adjustment of the fascial
tissue. Today there are several schools of body expression, free dance and others that use principles
similar to this unwinding. We do allow ourselves to be carried away by the spontaneity and naturalness
of the body, after a blow or injury our instinct is to place our hands on the affected area and even caress
it or make circles around the traumatized area. In the same way, if our stomach or any other organ or
joint hurts, our instinct will be to place our hands nearby and move them to relieve the pain. We circle
around the injured area with our hands, caress the area in many ways and In the end, the hands must
remain still in the painful area for a long time. You can also use the technique of placing your left hand
to absorb tension or psychic energy and purify it through the love in our heart. The right hand is the one
that will give new and healthy energy. We can also consider this as an uncoiling of the fascial tissue that
will help the internal tension improve and become relaxed fascial tissue, open for the rhythmic impulse
to circulate through it. cranial. In the neurological stop that is carried out on its own after the uncoiling
process and that after this stop, the respiratory movement will come with greater strength and balance. It
is perceived as a CRI blackout and an opportunity to process neurological changes. If we do this
technique on all the tissues that hurt or are tense, our health and general vitality will undoubtedly
improve. The entire body is a fascia in perfect communication between it and the central and peripheral
nervous system. We have to ensure that all our fasciae are relaxed and the CRI can circulate through it.
This will be our work in this therapy. What usually happens to us is that we get tired before we can see
and observe the results. If we uncoil one part of the body, it will improve, but surely we have more
fibers or internal tissues that require us to do this technique, the fact is that the entire body is a fascia
and many of these are sclerotized and need to be repaired. our care.If we heal a small part of the fascial
tissue, our total Being will hardly notice the change on a general scale, although we will be able to
perceive it through touch. We will notice the general improvement if we are perceptible to our Being or
our general health and after several therapeutic sessions. If the CSF pulses normally through the interior
of the fascia, it is almost impossible for this tissue and its surroundings to be tense or with problems. .
The problem is that the CSF does not circulate, because the fascia tenses very easily, mainly for
psychological or psychic reasons, such as stress, emotional or mental disorders, emotional shocks such
as fear, blows or injuries, etc Over time I am realizing that I can easily follow the lines of tension
through the human energy field and observe the tensions or twisted lines existing in the aura of people.
These lines of energy twist, forming swirls and circles and many more shapes. They are the causes of
the lack or deviation of the cranial rhythmic impulse or primary respiratory movement. They also pull
on the fascial tissue, forming energy knots and energy cysts and tensions, stiffness and other problems.
As we already know, tension is not noticeable or does almost nothing to you, but one after another, it
eats up your energy and tenses you up in such a way that it can seem like a slow and unconscious death.
These twisted lines are faults in the aura, which are usually occupied by an unhealthy emotion or energy
and therefore of low vibration. They can be found at any distance from the body and take different
shapes and designs. At first, to dissolve these twisted lines of force, once discovered, I followed them
with my left hand and my right hand above my head. This generates a polarity of energy-light, which by
moving my left hand a lot and even my entire body, depending on the type of energy knot, in different
ways, following the lines of force, with a few seconds or minutes I managed to dissolve said energy
cyst. Afterwards I realized that by using a ray of light above my head, the Violet Flame, this knot of
energy dissolved more quickly, although the movements of my hand became stronger and more violent.
Another technique that I have used is to wrap a spider web or net of light around the energetic knot and
then carry an explosion in its center that will suddenly dissolve the cyst or energetic knot. Afterwards I
usually put many rays of Light inside it, for example many small Violet Flames throughout the space
that that unhealthy energy occupied. Over time, several years, I am realizing that once I am located in a
knot of energy, I perform an act of awareness of the matter and I send a ray of light from between the
eyebrows and the energy cyst quickly disappears or dissolves. I usually count radioesthetically the
amount of positive energy that that area has, then the negative and when I perform that act of
consciousness I already observe the problem and that's it, it disappears. Awareness is something
magical, although then I accompany it with a ray of light from between the eyebrows and my hands
come together sending light to the cyst, pushing it, like the cartoons of children who take a ball of light
with both hands and hold it. They send the opponent and he explodes. In short, there must be many
techniques to dissolve energy knots, including calling Ascended Masters, Jesus Christ, conjuring him
with Christ energy or any religion related to us. Energy knots are in all of us, in the physical body they
can be notice muscle tension, stiffness in the tissues or fascia, lack of energy in an organ, part of the
body, acupuncture line or lack of mobility. If one wanted to meditate from silence and body perception,
one could realize the small and subtle changes that are made after a session by untying knots of energy.
Everything is perceptible, you just have to want and be able to. Of course, the more brutalized a person
is, the more materialistic they are, or even if they do not have the most subtle and elevated energy
bodies well developed, the less they will be able to realize all these issues and changes that occur. They
are carried out after the therapeutic sessions. Energy knots are often emotions, feelings or repressed and
blocked energies, and in most cases they are very low vibration. On other occasions they are physical
trauma, due to blows or accidents of any kind, which still maintain the kinetic energy of the blow in the
form of muscular and fascial contracture. Although it seems easy for me to identify and dissolve the
energy knots (relatively), it is not I want to say that it is a simple and quick job, since behind a knot of
energy comes another, and then another and so on, it seems that the treatment takes too long to be able
to perceive improvements. This is like this for two reasons, one because the patient has many blockages,
a lot of blocked energy and the work becomes arduous and hard. The other circumstance is that when
dissolving an energy knot, the fascial tissue relaxes and the energy flows, until the next contractured
fascial tissue retains it and the pain has moved and it is necessary to do the same again in another body
part. Well, maybe these two issues are directly related. For example, we all know about acupuncture
lines and the fascial tissue that goes from one distal part of the body to another. That is, on the right
costal side, the fascias go from the right ear and right parietal to the right foot in its lateral area. On the
other side the same, in front of the body a little right the same, a little left the same. The same thing
happens on the back of the body, from the head on the right side the fascial tissue goes down to the feet
on the right side, the same on the left side. Well, if a person has been blocking their right side of the
body almost their entire life, body that is energy-giving, more active and masculine, or has simply had a
more or less strong blow or trauma that contracted, for example, the right hip or the coxofemoral joint
and broke some muscle fibers. Over time, your entire right side will be affected, from your feet to your
head, even if it is just a few millimeters. The energy of that entire acupuncture line is depressed.
decreases and does not circulate naturally. This has psychological and physical repercussions, but they
go unnoticed due to lack of awareness. Well, an osteopath and a chiropractor could perceive a slight
shortening in one foot or another, look for the cause that caused it and try to solve it. An energy
therapist like me, It would unleash a knot of energy in an area, for example in the right leg, in the knee.
Then that movement of released energy would lead him to untie another knot of energy on his hip, then
he would do the same on his right foot. I would continue to do the same on the right costal side, freeing
the diaphragm and costal breathing a little more. After this energy knot it is possible that it will lead to a
contracture in the right shoulder. will untie this energy knot, which will lead to another energy knot in
the right temporal, right occipital area and right parietal. After all this the patient will have an energy
line or acupuncture line released from the foot to the head, his global energy improves, and the primary
respiratory movement throughout your head is transformed into a new and better pulsation. After
changing your cranial pulsation, it is possible that a new energy line will appear that needs revision and
energy knots will appear again that You have to release in other parts than the previous one. I smile
when I tell these things, but that's how they seem to me to be, from my own experience. When I was
young, those who played the most and those who least played hard and risky sports, with their
respective blows, after blows. These contractures in many parts of the body, carried unconsciously for
many years, make our fascial tissue, which is a very interconnected, structural and protective tissue, full
of tensions and energy knots. Therefore, all physical traumas, accompanied by emotional traumas and
bad habits, over time take their toll on the body and your body energy is seriously affected. This is the
time to make a big change and start doing therapies, healing and bringing awareness to your life. It is
never too late to start. The cranial rhythmic impulse (CRI) or primary respiratory movement records and
tells us how our physical-mental-emotional-spiritual health is being expressed. We can make this
perception an accurate and anticipated barometer of our health. Stress, anxiety, repressed emotions,
mental conflicts, fear, anger, etc. They are energy and vibration activities that instantly affect the CRI.
The energy of the human field and its impact on health inevitably passes through the fascial tissue and
the CRI. After healing the physical body, it is very likely that you will realize that the emotional, mental
and spiritual body are also the same piece of your physical body and you will want to do comprehensive
work and improve from all aspects of the Being. Now you are on a good path to raise your vibration
levels and become an evolved and evolving Being. I am convinced that with craniosacral therapy all
these changes can be made in a deep and integrative way. Of course, everything costs effort and work
and the reward is so gradual and from within that it can go unnoticed. Simply over time you become
more of yourself, you feel better in all aspects, your life goes much better, despite the changes, since
your inner Being, your Higher Being, is much more connected with your person and personality. It's like
being with
God more undo, with all the positive virtues, forming part of you naturally. You can attract new
energies into your life, the energy flows much better, your personal power increases and your
psychological defects disappear.

After the bubbling or unwinding will come a neurological stop, a stop of the cranial rhythmic impulse, a
silence, a tranquility after the stress of unwinding. This can be interpreted as a moment of peace for the
central nervous system and fascial tissue to reorganize and balance for the new and improved IRC. After
a few seconds or a few minutes, the cranial rhythmic impulse will come with greater amplitude,
symmetry and better rhythm. We will continue with our light contact in the area until the cranial
rhythmic impulse returns. Again, if it took a while for the cranial rhythmic impulse to return, it would be
indicative of the importance of the injury. By returning the cranial rhythmic impulse throughout the
body, we will ensure that the micro joints of the body, the cranial sutures, the sacrum with the pelvis,
etc. , recover their flexion-extension movement. This is a beautiful moment where we can observe the
subtle healing of the area, the return to normal of the CRI in the area we are treating. The body, once
this respiratory movement is established and therefore pulsing its energy field, the central and peripheral
nervous systems are once again better connected and they will be in charge of bringing all the healing
and health to the area. The neurological and electrical communication in the area will work much better
and the body will know how to bring all chemical, motor or physiological activity to the area, for
recovery. Of course, thanks to the cranio-sacral flexion and extension movements, the blood circulation
of the brain and the entire organism will be considerably improved, especially in the joints of the bones,
tendons and ligaments. For example, among the cranial sutures there are micro veins and fascial tissue
that will regain their health if we unblock the cranial sutures. The body is wise enough to rediscover its
homeostasis. At many times of the day our body reacts and becomes tense due to various emotional,
mental, or of any other nature. Our personal work lies in knowing how to release tension in due time and
correctly assimilate all situations. A saying that can help us is that we should not worry about problems,
but simply take care of them. We also have to take into account the situations that are stressing us and
try to avoid them. Of course, the more focused we have our lives, as well as organized and in harmony,
the much less likely we will be to enter a routine of anxiety and stress.

Decompress the Atlas vertebra

TDOAA TECHNIQUE OR OCCIPITO-ATLA-AXIOID DECOMPRESSION.

Here we try to let the weight of the head sink into our fingers, then we will feel the posterior arch of the
atlas. With the little finger we will palpate the external crest of the occipital and gently and with
intention we will try to divide the occipital and separate it from the neck. Atlas traction and occipital
traction. In any cranial disorder such as a headache, etc. TDOAA is advised
OAA decompression

With your head in the air, we will let the six fingers rest on top of the occipital protuberances and the
direction of the fingers will go towards the eye sockets. The head will remain in the air, on the
fingertips. The head sinks little by little and the effect is viscoelastic. From here we can reach the
posterior arch of the atlas when the fingers sink. It is easy to touch the transverse of the atlas but it is
very difficult to touch the posterior arch of the atlas. When this happens, the two little fingers begin to
work with a small traction and the occipital begins to separate from the atlas. The sensation is of depth
and viscoelastic traction and little by little the fibers give way and the occipital bone gradually separates
from the arch of the atlas.

Here we do a mental induction looking for the vertebra or segment that we want to work on, the rest is
the unscrewing of the dural tube, the body will only do it. Here it is a sense of depth and traction.

If we want the fluid to go down from the third to the fourth ventricle and from here to the spinal cord,
then we have to soften this area.

OAA DECOMPRESSION

DURAL TUBE TRACTION.

DECOMPRESSIO S1 SPINE L5.
N

WE ARE GOING TO IMPROVE

THE PRIMARY RESPIRATORY MOVEMENT OF THE
HYOID

The hyoid muscles are the muscles of the neck, under the chin and therefore are closely related to the
release of the expression pathway. We will remove the chains or necklaces from the neck.
We will divide the area into three sections: the upper one is the suprahyoid, the middle is the hyoid and
the lower is the infrahyoid. We will observe the two insertion tendons of the sternocleidomastoid and
between them and above the fork of the sternum, we will place the thumb and index finger or thumb or
middle finger here in the infrahyoid muscles, making a kind of grip or clamp. We can place the other
hand on the sphenoid to perceive the movement of expansion and contraction and thus join it towards
the hyoid muscles.
With the minimum possible contact we are going to listen to the cranial respiratory movement in the
infrahyoid, hyoid and suprahyoid. Therefore, contact in the area is minimal and we will wait until we
feel the cranial rhythmic impulse. First in the infrahyoid, we listen to the rhythm, at the moment of
bubbling or turbulence we follow it in all directions, we accompany it in its uncoiling process, until we
find the moment when the pulse stops. Soon your cranial rhythm will return, its pulsation with greater
symmetry, strength and rhythm.
We will do the same with the hyoid muscles one or two centimeters above and with the suprahyoid also
one or two centimeters above the latter.
Through the technique of kinesiology we know that the hyoid moves in eight
 Possible directions, up, down, left, right, in front, behind, in one direction of rotation, in the other. This
tells us that it is the cranial rhythmic impulse that moves the hyoid complex muscle in all directions.
We will also do the clavicular diaphragm and CV4 to reinforce the session.

Compression and decompression of the

sphenoid

We grab the occipital with the fingers of both hands and the wings of the sphenoid with the thumbs.
 The first thing we do is listen for several breaths. We will locate the
type of injury, to see which wing of the sphenoid has greater restriction or greater movement
distorted. We can have one greater wing more anterior, or higher than the other, etc.
We will find out which side is the pathological one.
The second thing is that we will follow the distortion movement, the pathological one, we will carry the
sphenoid a little more towards the side of the injury, with our intention we are going to push
the sphenoid towards the pathological side, and then unwinding.
Here we will accompany our hands in all the directions that the unscrewing takes us. Let's see where it
wants to go, up, down, sideways, it doesn't matter, the hand is going to move in its freedom of
distortion. Suddenly the sphenoid will return to its ideal position.
The third thing we do is relax and allow normal respiratory movement of the sphenoid again. When we
feel that the sphenoid is in extension, this is where we are going to fix the wings of the sphenoid and we
are going to take them to even more extension or compression, this is the moment of emptying of the
CSF.
Here we will prevent the sphenoid from filling, with our intention we will prevent the sphenoid from
continuing to breathe, to do a Still Point and an Unwinding. Now we have carried out the compression
process of the sphenoid.
We will also do the same in the sphenoid decompression process, that is why
We call compression and decompression.
Let's remember the movements that the occipital and sphenoid perform, if the occipital flexes
posteriorly the sphenoid flexes anteriorly. The flexion movements are giving the filling and the
extension movements are the emptying. When both bones reach their maximum emptying, we fix the
wings, our intention is to fix the wings. Then we will have the multidirectional swing, we will maintain
it. Then he will give us a stop, and then give us a movement of more flexion and more extension.
Totally, the third point is compression in extension and will begin its rebellion or bubbling.
The fourth point is flexion decompression. It is carried out at maximum filling and then
we push it more in filling, more down, more in flexion or filling and
keep it there. Then I will go back to him and observe the changes that happened between the
end of flexion and end of extension everything we have gained in the
sphenoid movement. That's what it's about, freeing the movement of the body as much as possible.
sphenoid.
The movement of the sphenoid is very important and complex.
This cranial bone is of vital importance, since the optic chiasm rests on the wings of the sphenoid and it
controls part of the tension of the membranes of the brain and, therefore, a twist in its movement will
affect a twist in the membranes of the brain. brain. In turn, the membranes will twist the vascular
sinuses, both the sagittal sinus and the straight sinus, which is what feeds the optic nerves. If we release
the sphenoid from its torsion we will be innervating the vascular vessels of the head, that is, improving
circulatory irrigation. Any distortion of the sphenoid is a distortion of the vertical membrane and the
horizontal membrane.
In summary:
1- LISTEN TO THE IRC, WE FOLLOW THEIR MOVEMENT.
2- IN THE EXTENSION PHASE WE DO COMPRESSION
IT WE HOLD AND PREVENT HIM FROM CONTINUING TO BREATH.
3- BUBBLE, UNSCREW AND STOP.
4- NOW IN THE FLEXION PHASE WE DO THE DECOMPRESSION.
5- WE KEEP THERE. BUBBLE.STOP
6- RETURN OF THE RHYTHM WITH GREATER AMPLITUDE

Occipital

Click on the Click on the photo

photo
Sphenobasilar
synchondrosis

Spheroids

Hole basilar portion of the occipital

great

To follow the movement of the rhythm we will have contact with the skin of grams with our thumb and
in an ocular direction towards the eyes.
We can rub our thumbs strongly to increase the temperature of the receptors and improve the sensitivity
of our fingers, since the movement of the sphenoid is more subtle than that of the other bones of the
skull.
The wings of the sphenoid are outside the acupuncture points. When our head hurts we usually massage
the temples, where the wings of the sphenoid are, finding temporary relief.
But by not putting in the technique and intention we do not release the movement of the sphenoid in all
its perfection.
As an anecdote, some ancient philosophers said that the angelic part of the human being is through the
wings that are hidden inside the head. The movement of this bone that connects with the frontal bone,
the temporal bones, the zygomatic bones, the parietal bones, the occipital bone, and the bones of the
face is of vital importance. Any modification of the sphenoid due to impact on the skull at any site will
cause different membranous adaptations that will cause mobility restrictions in some places and
increased mobility in others, to compensate for the trauma. This is what we call reciprocal tensions.
We have seen that the frontal bone and the parietal bone and the compression and decompression of the
sphenoid work on the vertical membrane, the falx cerebri.
 DO THE CV4 AGAIN

After doing the cranial bones and the jaw we will have to do a CV4 again, that is, stop and adjust the
occipital again.
We stop the rhythm of the occipital at the moment of emptying, and we prevent the filling and then
there will be an even greater bubbling than the previous ones. A stop will come and the new rhythm will
return with more amplitude and symmetry.
Performing the CV4 at the end of the session is like making a backup copy to a computer. We ask the
body not to forget the work we have done. We perform this technique again so that after having made
the different adjustments of the cranial membranes, that is, after having relaxed the cranial or TMJ
tensions, at the end of the session we will have a new cranial stability and therefore we will have to
return to synchondrosis. spheno-basilar to make a new adjustment based on the new general coupling of
the entire head. Therefore we will carry out a CV4, even if we have a good rhythm in the CV4 we will
have to make a stop so that a new program enters memory.
Surely now we notice a good rhythm in the occipital and even the mastoid.

Dural tube traction

TECHNIQUE OF CORDIAL COURSE OR DURAL TUBE TRACTION

You have to do it with your imagination.

With the head poised and the fingers sunk in the occipital region we will notice a viscous elastic
sensation in our fingers, like butter. Next we drag the occipital a little towards us, we close our eyes and
each time we produce a little more traction of the spinal cord and with our mind we imagine this route
through the cervical vertebrae, from there to the dorsal, lumbar, until we finish in the sacrum.

We will perceive which part of the spinal cord is stuck through a slimy sensation. Here we will make a
stop, go back a little bit and make it free. It is at this moment that we feel a gurgling or trembling in the
marrow and we stop waiting for it to adjust. Once this is achieved, we will continue our journey through
the spinal tube, fractioning a little more each time. If we felt resistance in this traction again, we would
perform the operation described above again.

With this manipulation we also release tension in the occiput, atlas and axis.

From here we make the imaginative journey where the decompression of the dural tube occurs until we
reach the sacrum, or what is the same, we make the journey down the spinal cord, segment by segment.
The sensation is like that of a rubber band that stretches little by little. When it stops, there is a blockage.

We only do a spatial induction, the body unscrews the dural tube alone.

The fingertips are going to burn, which is synonymous with the discharge of the cervical extensor
muscles.

Posterolateral hernias are treatable. However, in cranial strokes this technique is discouraged.

The spinal cord is always in up and down movement and with it the spinal pairs, which is why the
conjunction foramina are so large.

Craniosacral balancing
We ask the patient to lie on his side and one hand will look for the occipital bone and the other will be
placed on the sacrum. Here we have to regulate, equalize and restore the general natural rhythm of the
skull and the entire dural system, up to the sacrum.
We listen in the skull and the sacrum. We feel the flexion and extension movements in both parts.
Both the sacrum and the occipital should rise in extension and fall in flexion, this is a good rhythm.
It may be that a patient has a flexion movement in the sacrum and another extension movement in the
occipital. That is, the occipital lowers and the sacrum rises, in this case we will have a distortion of the
dural sac.
It will be the sacrum that is normally injured, since the occipital is the one that will send the movement
to the sacrum through the fibridal communication of the fascia or meninges, of the spinal canal.
To adjust the sacrum we block it at the moment of flexion, emptying the IRC and let it bubble and
uncoil. Then comes silence and after this the sacrum will begin the rhythm in the same directional
direction as the skull.
If we feel the rhythm in the skull and sacrum, it will surely be in the entire dural tube. When the
occipital fills, at the moment the occipital opens, the sacrum will make the retroversion or nutation
movement, it is at this moment when the lower tip of the coccyx rises a little upwards in front and the
base of the sacrum lowers backwards, this is the moment of filling of the cerebrospinal fluid or
craniosacral extension. This retroversion or nutation movement of the pelvis is the typical one
recommended by some yoga exercises, or in muscle chain stretching, there are even many osteopaths
and chiropractors who recommend it to relieve the exaggerated pressure that sometimes exists in the
lower back area.
And the opposite will happen, when the occipital closes, the coccyx leans back while it goes up a little
and the base of the sacrum leans forward while it goes down a little, this is the counternutation
movement. or contraversion. This is the moment of flexion of the craniosacral system. This is the body
position that causes us to stick our butts back, so typical in some women and that forces and pinches
some nerves in the lumbar area, causing in many cases sciatica and lower back pain and problems in the
legs, in the reproductive, excretory and digestive system.
Coccygeal muscle

dural tube

Sacru
m
Occipital

Coccygeal hypertonia that induces flexion of the craniosacral

system.
INDUCTION OF THE STILL POINT IN THE SACRULE
To induce a point of stillness in the sacrum, the therapist's hand rests on it. Sacral movement is followed
during the flexion or extension phase, whichever seems to offer the greatest excursion. The patient's
sacrum attempts to return to its normal position is resisted for several cycles until the inherent motion of
the craniosacral system ceases. The still point has already been induced.
Several factors can be taken into account when selecting the point on the patient's body at which to
induce the still point. Selection may be based on convenience when e.g. For example, the therapist is
holding the sacrum or feet and does not want to alter the patient's body by changing position. Perhaps it
is also based on a desire to control the effect of the still point induced on a given part of the body.
Manual contact with painful body parts is unnecessary because, with practice, still points are induced
almost anywhere on the patient's body. Movement may be palpated in a region of the body with a
restriction when the therapist wants to evaluate the effect of a still point on the restriction of that area.
The most convenient method to monitor this effect is to place your hand or hands over the area in
question during the procedure.
The induction of a still point in the extremities when, e.g. For example, attempting to evaluate and treat
an uncooperative pediatric patient is an excellent means of obtaining his or her cooperation. The still
point experience is pleasant for patients. The child soon learns to associate touch with the pleasurable
experience of the still point. Cooperation is ensured with this partnership and the scope is created to
initiate a mutually beneficial therapeutic process. It is beneficial for the therapist, due to the satisfaction
it brings and the training experience. Once trust and cooperation is achieved, a more specific and
effective treatment can be applied. We recommend
especially this method to develop understanding and cooperation with autistic children.

Illustration 3.9.
Exploration of the synchrony of movement between the occipital
and sacral.
Description of the position Inviting stillness Listening techniques and/or modification of the
craniosacral rhythm promote homeostasis and the free flow of fluids, which develops an increase in
power and favors states of bodily, emotional, mental and even stillness. spiritual, depending on the level
at which it is accessed and from which it is heard.
The technique can be applied anywhere in the body using the same principles of implementation,
although it usually responds more quickly and powerfully from the skull or sacrum.
Inducing a point of stillness consists of: delicately placing your hands on the area where you want to
perform and paying attention to the symmetry, amplitude and ease of the movement. The easiest
movement is accompanied to the maximum of its travel and its return is made more difficult. In the next
cycle, the facilitated movement is followed again to its limit and its return is prevented again, until after
several cycles the organism stops at the end of said movement. This is when a point of global stillness
occurs. During this point of stillness, you will wait until movement arises again on its own. At this
moment it will be retuned to the previous parameters that led to its execution and it will be assessed
whether to carry out the same operation again, or whether to move on to another point.
It is common that shortly before entering a point of stillness the body responds with small vibrations,
pulls, pulsations, increased pain or its resurgence in old injuries or tensions. Connecting with contained
emotional patterns can also occur. All of this usually stops once there is stillness, in which you can
recognize a deepening of breathing, a decrease in muscle tone, sighing, sleep, sometimes a slight
perspiration at the beginning and often a sensory disconnection.
If this sensory disconnection is maintained for a while, there is usually a reduction in temperature and a
different perception of oneself, in which thoughts, emotions and sensations similar to contemplative
states are reduced.
Induce a point of stillness from the feet: the facilitator's hands are placed on, laterally or below the feet,
and proceed according to the previous explanation. The facilitated movement is accompanied, for
example external rotation, and its return (internal rotation) is made difficult until it stops.
Induce a point of stillness from the sacrum: with the facilitator's hand under the sacrum, its flexion-
extension is assessed and the facilitated movement is accompanied, making its return difficult for
several cycles until it stops.
EV4 consists of facilitating a stopping point in Expansion of the 4th Ventricle (EV4), which corresponds
to the inhalation-flexion-external rotation phase. In EV4, a widening and filling of the ventricles occurs
(the opposite of CV4). At the same time, the fluids and power accumulated in the lower pole of the
system rise from the lumbar area.
EV4 from the sacrum: Tune into flexion-extension, which in the sacrum is perceived when the client is
lying down, as a rise of the vertex and coccyx towards the ceiling and a descent of the base of the
sacrum towards the floor in flexion .

Facilitate flexion, hinder extension until it calms down in flexion

 Illustration 3.8B.
Exploration of the sacrum with the subject in lateral decubitus position.

Illustration 3.8C.
Exploration of the sacrum with the subject in a prone position.
 The cranial rhythmic impulse in the legs
LISTENING IN THE FEET AND LEGS

We gently place our hands on the back of the feet and prepare to listen to the fluidic rhythm of
the CSF in the feet. The movement is one of expansion and contraction, as well as there is a
component of internal rotation in the contraction and external rotation in the expansion. It is very
likely that we will not feel any cranial rhythmic impulse in the legs and that therefore we will
have to unscrew and eliminate a large number of tensions or energy blockages in the entire leg
and even in the hips and sacrum. We will untie the lines of tension along the legs, stopping in the
areas that require it to keep us there in a transmission of energy that releases the blockage.
Afterwards we will notice that the cranial rhythmic impulse returns in that area. If the area is
problematic and we are interested in going deeper into it, we will induce a stop of the cranial
rhythmic impulse to once again encounter an unwinding of the lines of tension, effecting healing
in the deepest tissues. Our intention or the mind's eye is what is projected into the patient's body.
When we have managed to press the legs a little, we will be able to notice how there is an
imbalance between the right or left leg. We can notice how one leg pulses and the other does not
pulse. In this case we will induce a stop to the leg that is pulsating by bringing the cerebrospinal
fluid towards the leg that is not pulsating with our intention. When we get the weaker leg to
pulse, we will maintain and accompany this pulsation for several cycles. Then we will stop
inducing the stopping point to the other leg, allowing both legs to carry out the primary
respiratory movement. Now we will most likely find that each leg pulses at a different rate than
the other. Now will be the moment in which we will force a stop or Still Point on one leg and
then on the other. We will maintain this stop with its unwinding or unwinding for as long as
necessary until neurological silence comes and the primary respiratory movement returns. Now
we will pay close attention to perceiving the symmetry of rhythm in both legs. If this is not the
case, it will be time to repeat the entire process or craniosacral technique again. This rhythm
exists in any part of the body. We will also hear it in the knees, thighs and iliac muscles. Written
below Author: John Upledger One of the easiest ways to learn to gently modify the rhythm of the
craniosacral system is to start with the feet. As you rest your heels on your moving hands, you
“tune in” to external rotation (the flexion phase of the craniosacral rhythm), return to neutral,
excursion into internal rotation (craniosacral extension), etc., as you go. that the rhythm repeats.
While you discover this movement, answer these questions. Does the movement seem
symmetrical? Do your feet rotate externally or internally more easily? As an example, let's say
that the left foot rotates outward more than the right, and that neither foot rotates internally as
easily or as far as they do externally. To change this anything but perfect situation, accompany
both feet to the extreme range of motion that they can reach with maximum ease.

In our example, this means that you accompany both feet during external rotation. When your
feet have moved as far as possible in external rotation (in this case, the left foot externally rotates
more than the right), resist returning to neutral by stopping the movement with your hands. Do
not use more force in external rotation; Only resist the return to the neutral position of the feet
located in extreme positions of external rotation.
While resisting the return to the neutral position by applying gentle force to the subject's feet,
another examiner, monitoring the head, will feel a subtle resistance to the return of the skull
bones to the neutral position.
neutral position and to the extension phase of the craniosacral rhythm. The return to the neutral
position and the extension movement will occur in the head, but with less ease. This perceptible
change in the head is due to the resistance exerted when manipulating the subject's feet. As the
craniosacral system returns to the flexion phase, you will notice added movement in external
rotation in one or both feet. This external rotation is followed very closely. The joint limit is
reached carefully, just as if you kept a fishing line taut when pulling a fish out of the water, or
like you would keep the front bumper of a car against the rear bumper of a car you are pushing.
When the external rotation reaches the limit of its new range of motion and attempts to return to
the neutral position, the therapist's hands once again become immovable. The rest of the
craniosacral system will reluctantly return to the neutral position. Then, faced with the new
increased resistance, you will move into the extension phase. This process can be witnessed by an
examiner who controls the activity located at the subject's head.

Each time the feet rotate a little more externally, the joint limit is carefully reached and resistance
is resisted to internal rotation. After a few repetitions (the number will differ, usually between 5
and 20), the entire movement of the craniosacral system will stop, completely immobile. This is
called the still point.
The still point has been induced by the resistance that the therapist exerts to the physiological
movement in the subject's feet. It usually announces itself with macroscopic irregularities in the
craniosacral rhythm that manifest throughout the system. The craniosacral system may quiver,
pulsate, or rock. As the therapist continues to resist the return to the neutral position of the
physiological movement of the feet, the activity of the craniosacral system will eventually stop.
We have electrically recorded the still point during some of our work with Dr. Zvi Karni
(APPENDIX c). As we approach the point of stillness, the subject experiences several changes.
In our hypothetical subject, the excursion of the left leg in external rotation was greater than that
of the right. Both turned externally more than they did internally. Therefore, it could be deduced
that there is a somatic dysfunction in the right sacroiliac joint. There is probably a restriction in a
flexion position with the apex of the anterior sacrum. As the arrival of the still point becomes
imminent, the subject is likely to experience an exacerbation of the pain present in the affected
lumbar area, or the recurrence of a known and old pain, now latent. The subject will also
experience changes in breathing patterns, and probably some perspiration. Continue exerting
resistance until the body makes a harmonious and concerted effort against the action of the hands
(in this case, until the feet externally rotate).
During the still point, everything relaxes. The pain mentioned before disappears. Somatic
sacroiliac dysfunction may correct spontaneously, sometimes with a noticeable "pop." Breathing
becomes very relaxed, and all muscle tension seems to disappear.
The still point can last from a few seconds to a few minutes. When it concludes, the craniosacral
system resumes its movement, usually with better symmetry and greater amplitude.
Once the still point is induced, you just have to watch. It notices any change in the quality and
range of movement of the feet. If the excursions in internal and external rotation are restored to
equality, and if the left-right symmetry of the movement improves, nothing further is required. If,
in your opinion, the movement is not satisfactory, perhaps repeat the procedure until you reach
another point of stillness. Each repetition will return the abnormality a little more to normal and
will be beneficial to the patient.
We have never exceeded more than ten repetitions with the still point during the same treatment
session. However, we are not aware of any side effects other than extreme relaxation and
drowsiness.
The still point is contraindicated in cases of intracranial hemorrhage and aneurysm, because
changes in intracranial fluid pressure can be harmful to the patient.
With practice, the technique described for inducing a still point using the feet can be applied
anywhere on the body. It is a matter of determining the direction of greatest ease and amplitude
of physiological craniosacral rhythm. Follow this movement to its point of physiological stillness,
and resist its return. It reaches the joint limit with each cycle until reaching a point of quiescence
in the function of the craniosacral system. Once the quiescent point is passed and the enhanced
activity of the craniosacral system resumes, the therapist will monitor and evaluate the new
physiological movement patterns.
The still point is induced in most cases in the head and sacrum. Techniques applied to these
anatomical parts tend to be effective more quickly than when applied to other parts of the body.
The objective is simply to modify the activity of the craniosacral system. Author: John Upledger

Client position: Lying on the table in a supine position.

Therapist's position: For listening from the feet: A) Sitting, with the ankles or heels of the feet on
the hands. Stand, leaving your hands on or on the side of both feet. To listen from the sacrum:
Sitting on the side of the table with your hand under the sacrum.
Hand position: For listening from your feet:
-The hands rest on or on the side of both feet. Hands are placed under the ankles or heels
of the feet and they rest on them.
To listen from the sacrum: One hand is placed longitudinally under the sacrum, pointing the
fingers towards the head, so that the spinous processes are in the center, between the middle and
ring fingers.
Movement: The feet respond to MRP as external rotation and dorsiflexion on inhalation and
internal rotation and plantarflexion on exhalation. The sacrum performs flexion and extension.

The cranial rhythmic impulse in the

jaw
The jaw, like the entire body, receives a cranial respiratory impulse that can be seen and
understood as an expansion of the jaw, opening of its condyles, then an anteriorization of the jaw
and in contraction the jaw returns to its position. The movement is simple, in flexion the condyles
or joint with the skull are separated a little and anteriorized and in extension the same movement
but opposite, returning to its neutral position.

The movement of the jaw can be considered very important due to the amount of stress that can
affect the mandibular complex. Things that have not been said, unexpressed anger and many
other repressed emotions can become somatized in the mandibular complex. This, like many
other craniosacral tensions, goes unnoticed and is of low importance and difficult to solve for the
current medical system.

We can all have tensions in the jaw that in the movement of expansion and contraction a
dissynchrony is perceived between the right and left sides, or the right side of the jaw does make
its correct movement and the left does it in the opposite direction, or the movement is non-
existent on one side or both, etc.

The correction is carried out as always, first perceive the primary respiratory movement for
several breaths, do an analysis of the movement, untie the energy knot that exists in the jaw and
its surroundings, then there will be a stop of the primary respiratory movement, we keep our
hands there performing an energy transmission, the MRP It will return after a few seconds or
minutes. Receive that MRP and repeat as many times as necessary. In many cases you can send
the energy from the MRP from one side of the jaw to the other through your intention and thus
help balance the symmetrical movement of the jaw.

Obviously tensions in the gums of the teeth or in the meninges or fascias of the skull and even
tensions or injuries in the legs and hips can affect the MRP. of the jaw, through fibridal
communication.

Tensions in the jaw are the cause of bursism and therefore premature wear of the jaw joint and
teeth.

The cranial rhythmic impulse in the bones

cranial
The technique to unblock the parietal bones.
We know that the elevation of the frontal and parietal and the compression and decompression of
the sphenoid act on the vertical membrane, that is, the falx cerebri and the falx cerebellum.
Through lifting the frontal we are lifting the falx cerebri frontally or in its anterior area. Lifting
the parietal muscles, we raise the sickle in an upward direction. Or when doing CV4 we also
affect this sagittal membrane. The parietals have two stages in their movement: first elevation
and then separation.
We place the three fingers, the index, middle and ring fingers on the parietal prominences.
Crossed thumbs placed on either side of the sagittal suture. The movement is: go up, then open
the sagittal suture, then close the sagittal suture and then go down. This is your functional
rhythm, two rhythms rise and open and close and fall.
Our job will be to equalize symmetries between both parietal muscles, both in rhythm, intensity
and openness.
It may take us several tries, several Still Points and unwinding, but we will be there until we get
it.
Again we will have to perform the eight steps that we have previously described in the parietal
adjustment.
The contact is soft and we have to notice the sensation that the bone is magnetized and sticks to
the fingers in the most prominent part of the parietal. Following the central line of the nose we
will be in the sagittal suture, and we will never cover this suture with our fingers, to allow its
opening and closing.
Again, we can also apply a slight physical force to separate the parietal muscles on their sagittal
suture if the injury is very strong and persistent. In any case in which we use osteopathic work on
a suture we will do it soft, progressive and maintained for a few minutes. A little force
maintained for five minutes is better than a lot of force in a few seconds. We will also set the
intention so that the cerebrospinal fluid goes towards the suture that we are separating with a
gentle but effective touch. This work is safe and effective. It is about sending the cerebrospinal
fluid with will to go towards the side of the suture that we are opening slightly with our hands.
By doing this we avoid damaging the fascia that is inside the sutures. It is a thin membrane of
fascia, through which cerebrospinal fluid circulates.

Adjust the palatine bones The palatine bones, like the vomer, can be touched. We will very
gently place two fingers at the bottom of the buccal vault, the hard palate, and the palatine bones
will be on each side of the vomer. If the mouth is small like that of For a child, we will then do it
with just one finger on one palatine and then the other palatine with one finger. We will feel the
respiratory movement of the palatines in cranial flexion, how they perform an external rotation
and in extension they do an internal rotation. Or we will notice how they descend and lateralize.
Here we have the finger in the notch of the vomer, on each side of the vomer are the palatines.
We will observe how the movement of the sphenoid influences the descent of the palatines,
especially through the pterygoid processes. It's like a lever. Then we will notice in the fingers a
descent and an opening, a rise and a closing. Flexion external rotation extension internal rotation.
The palatal injury can be like that of the vomer, each palatine can rotate on its axis, as they are
individual, or in lateral translation, these rotations are pathological movements. Other pathologies
that can cause mechanical alteration of the palatines along with the vomer are: auditory
pathologies, the trigeminal nerve, tinnitus, upper respiratory allergies, swallowing disorders,
vocal cord disorders, defects in vocalization, throat or gum infections, etc. It seems that the
palatines act as a sounding board, when we speak the palatines are vibrating, moving. Here we
will perform the test with two fingers but when treating we will perform it with only one finger
on the side of the injury due to lack of mobility.
We will take the injured palatine bone to further injury and then accompany it to its place and its
physiological respiratory movement. First enhance the injury to do the unscrewing there, then he
will only return to his place and that is when we stop in the emptying of the two palatines
together. We prevent the filling and another unwinding will come, we turn with our intention and
with the mind's eye the unwinding in all the senses that the fabric takes us. It is like following the
area to be treated with your eyes. Then the neurological arrest will come and soon the improved
cranial rhythmic impulse will return. Carrying out the entire process several times will help
improve this important area. We will try to put all the energy possible inside the patient to, with
the mind's eye, dissolve possible tensions in the palatal sutures and thus return primary
respiratory movement in the area. with a good rhythm and symmetry. A process that happens
with children born by cesarean section is that the ossification of the palatines happens very
prematurely so that the palate tends to calcify. These children may have problems with
adaptation, learning or maturation. Since the palatines are paired with the vomer and if there is
resistance in the palatines due to ossification, the sphenoid will be seriously affected. Working
with children is the best for them and their future.
At birth the baby must go through the experience of overlapping fontanelles and an enormous
approach of the palatines. Totally everything is compressed to open again. If the baby is born by
cesarean section, he or she cannot live this experience and everything will tend to ossify much
sooner. The cranial sutures are welded much earlier and the skull is hardened well in advance.
Our job is to release the tensions in the membranes.

TECHNIQUES FOR THE RELEASE OF THE NASAL BONES

We will repeat the craniosacral techniques in the nasion suture or in the internalal suture. We will
gently force a stop of the primary respiratory movement in the spheno-basilar extension phase.
We untwist the facial knot and then allow your enhanced breathing movement to return. We can
do it both at the top in the nasion and in the internal sal suture.
Another technique that we can do is to traction the nasion suture and hold it while unwinding or
unwinding in all directions, holding it up there. This work is so that the retronasal fascia begins to
stretch and we have more amplitude in the nasal turbinates and we have more air entry space in
the nasal turbinates.
We have two techniques: one to dissociate the frontal glabella from the nasal bones and the
second technique is to dissociate the nasal bones from the nasal cartilage. The fingers do the
same thing, what changes is the height of support. First, feel how the nasal glabella breathes and
the second is between the nasal bone and the cartilage. Everything breathes.
The nasal bones have a rotation movement similar to that of the vomer, that is, they have a
horizontal axis of rotation that runs through them. We will notice how in the extension phase they
rise and fall and in the flexion or filling phase the nasal bones rise and then fall. To free the nasal
bones from the frontal, my thumb will rest on the glabella of the frontal bone while the other, in
the form of a pincer, will clamp the two nasal bones.
We can observe our lung respiratory capacity before work and after performing these techniques,
we will have a better perception of the air we breathe and greater capacity.
In any suture or bone we can feel the primary respiratory movement and if not
 has it with our hands we will unscrew the fascial tissue. Our mind's eye will travel through the
interior of the fabric, penetrating the tension and asking it to relax and unwind. Meanwhile our
hands will be turning and moving in all the directions required. Then it will come or we will
force a neurological stop for a few seconds until respiratory movement in the area returns.
 Metopic suture of the frontal bone (usually fused in
the adult)

Superior orbital fissure

optic foramen

Nasal bone

Sagittal suture

coronal suture
parietal bone

Frontal bone

Greater wing of the

sphenoid

Temporal bone

ethmoid bone

Sphenoid bone

tear bone

Bone

Branch of Ja Vomer

I Body of the mandible

Palatine bone
 Inferior orbital fissure

superior shell of ethmoid

Middle shell of the mold is

Perpendicular plate of the ethmoid bone

Turbinate-bottom shell

TECHNIQUE TO ADJUST AND BALANCE THE FRONT

If I perceive that the frontal bone has an axis of rotation, then there will be a fixation where the
movement is less. We will then notice that one side of the front rises much higher than the other
side. Our hands will go towards the part that does not move, towards where there seems to be a
knot, here we will hold it until we can soften that knot. My intention will be to release, therefore
my censors will notice this reaction and my fingers will touch and absorb the tensions in the
blocked suture.
In other words and using the craniosacral technique we will do the following:

• Listen to the cranial rhythmic impulse and feel it for several cycles. Feel the reciprocal
tension of the mother dura membrane throughout the skull.
• Locate the type of head injury, understand the existing reciprocal tension and mentally
prepare to do the treatment.
• It pushes the energy towards the lesion or pathological side to further increase the lesion,
an effect that will help to immediately place the bone in its position. Now we can also
stop the side with more movement to help the side with less movement and make it pulse
and breathe.
• Check again the primary respiratory movement of the frontal. And observe your
improvement.
• Now we will most likely find asymmetry in the primary respiratory movement on both
sides of the frontal.
• Make a stop during emptying and continue unscrewing there.
• Guide the hands to untie the fascial knot and allow the internal tissues to bubble or pulse.
Keep there until the new fibrid adjustment is completed.
 • Now a silence will come so that in due time it will be reestablished in cranial rhythmic
impulse with greater amplitude and better symmetry.

THE FRONT BONE

In most pathological cases there is always one side of the frontal that does not move, then we will
get them to move but they will be asymmetrical and in the third treatment of the technique we
will get them to open in a symmetrical and harmonious way.
To improve and enhance the technique we will do the same as always, we will travel into the
tissues and visualize the cranial sutures to encourage, with our intention, the opening of the
sutures that we need at all times . It is about seeing with the mind's eye how the sutures and
membranes make the adjustment as we wish, of course for the patient's improvement. That is
why a correct diagnosis is of vital importance.
It is important to release the sutural fixations of the entire skull, so if we notice any cranial region
that is much more blocked, we are going to use the functional release that osteopathy has
inherited from us. We can do light sustained mechanical traction and help keep all cranial sutures
free of load and let the CSF and the tension of the internal membranes work on the hydrodynamic
pressure of the brain and on the sutures.
After the release of this frontal bone, the falx cerebellum will look more relaxed and in turn the
large vein that circulates through its lower part will be able to transport much more blood and all
the surrounding areas will benefit.
 . I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement
to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.
If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being will be
performed automatically.
I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to apply you will obtain
truly amazing results and, than with any other manual therapy
directly into the body, it seems like an arduous task, if not impossible.
 WE ARE GOING TO ADJUST AND BALANCE THE TEMPORAL BONE
The design of the temporals and the beveled sutures like the gills of a fish, provided to William
G. Sutherland the original idea of the concept of cranial bone movement.
Between the membranes, both vertical and horizontal, and the cerebrospinal fluid, the brain is in
a constant state of floating. This serves so that any traumatic impact can absorb the impact
without damaging the brain itself, due to being padded in an aquatic environment.
Everything we do in the temporalis and TMJ will have an impact on the horizontal membrane, in
the tentorium, on the tentorium of the brain, where the brain sits. We enter the horizontal
membrane through the temporal.
Temporaries have a complex movement. It has an antero-posterior rotation movement and then a
separation movement, all very united. It seems that the temporals open first in their lower part, in
the mastoids, and then in their upper part. It is like a wobble that will make it close at the bottom
while opening at the top. It is like the opening of fish scales but with rotation, anterior and
posterior rotation. All accompanied by its movement of expansion and contraction.
We place the patient in a supine position and we place ourselves behind his head.
To listen to the respiratory movement of the temporalis we will place the middle finger in the ear,
the index finger in the temporo-mandibular and the ring finger in the mastoid. The thenar part of
my hands makes contact with my head behind my ears.
Here we will maintain calm and inner silence to feel and perceive the primary respiratory
movement of the temporals for several cycles.
Listening to the primary respiratory movement in any part of the body, we can use the form or
technique that best suits us. Since it is something that is very subtle and particular to each one. I
use my kinesthetic ability to perceive the primary respiratory movement as an energetic pulsation
that directs my hands, without contact with the body, marking me in the movement existing in
said area.
To help in the respiratory movement of this bone we have three techniques: a rocking technique,
an antero-posterior rotation mechanism and the last temporal decompression or ear pull.

Balancing technique.
This is when the storms begin to adjust.
We do it through the mastoid processes.
He listens to her first.
Second follow the movement. The mastoid processes are going to move in a kind of figure eight.
We will observe which of them has the most movement, to go to the one with the least movement
to return the wobble movement. To do this, I brake the wobble of the one with the most
movement, I brake it with intention on one side and accelerate the other. Then I let go of both of
them and he will recover alone.
Once I have the movement of both equally, I brake them both equally at the moment of emptying
and we will obtain the stop or Still Point. Then there will be a bubbling or unscrewing that we
will accompany for as long as it lasts. Afterwards we will have the neurological stop, a moment
that the body uses to reorganize its pulse. And at the end the flexion-extension rhythm will
reappear again, with much better quality and rhythm. When the mastoid opens, the fourth
ventricle of the skull fills with cerebrospinal fluid. Third temporary rotation.
The temporalis makes lateral opening and antero-posterior movement of flexion and extension.
Flexion, opening of mastoids, closing and extension.
For the mastoids to open there must be an axis of rotation. It is worked with the middle finger
which acts as a pivot axis of rotation inside the ear. The index goes to the upper part of the
temporal and the ring finger at the level of the mastoid.
First we notice the movement, then we exaggerate the injury, first to one side, then to the other,
in the direction of the injury. After the bubbling, it stops and works again in flexion-extension.
As in almost all therapy, it is a work with intention, with our energy, will and love.
Third, the slap on the wrist.
It is the third technique to adjust the temps.
We hold the ears horizontally very gently and stretch. We will feel that the guts, the sutures, will
give way. Or it is very possible that one gives way and the other stays fixed. We will ask with the
intention of the one that remains fixed to be released. We will do a horizontal and slightly oblique
pull downwards, towards the shoulders. Here we stretch the brain store. Our consciousness will
travel through the interior of the temporal sutures, unscrewing the
possible fascial knot and visualizing its correct opening. This ear pull is to open the anterior
scale.
Around the outer ear there are many acupuncture lines or energy meridians. Hearing is one of the
most important senses, because within it is the balance system.
We can use some other osteopathic or energy technique to release any suture, ligament, joint or
muscle. Our practice and corroboration of the different techniques that we can use will tell us
how effective and healthy they can be.
The path to research is open and the experience acquired to date, as well as the scientific research
carried out, are scarce.
ADJUST THE TEAR BONE
To perceive and improve all your respiratory movement we will use the same technique as in
other cases.
We place the thumb on one half of the nasal bone and the index finger on the unguis bone, with
very gentle support. We will try to perceive its expansion or opening movement in flexion and a
closing or contraction in extension. It is the same movement as the zygomatic bone. We will look
for the movement of the restriction, if it is closed we will try to close it a little more and unscrew
the fascial knot, put all our concentration in that area and wait for it to return with its opening and
closing movement.
This bone is what forms the tear duct and we have to release its tensions. We can also release
both tear ducts or unguis at the same time. We will feel its movement and if one is breathing and
the other is not, we can block the one that has the correct physiological movement and bring that
force or attention to the pathological unguis, until it is freed. Accompany several breathing
movements and release to feel the CRI in both toes. Pathologies of the unguis bone are
pathologies of nasal dehydration, dryness of the tear ducts, eye infections, dehydration of the
eyeball, chronic conjunctivitis, etc. With such a simple technique we can make a great help for
this entire area.
Then we have to work on the zygomatic, nasal and unguis bones.
This way we have the entire face almost done.
After working the entire hard palate we will have to work again on the temporo-mandibular,
temporal and sphenoid joints, to fit everything together perfectly. We will notice how after
working on the hard palate the TMJ will have much greater range of motion, since we have
worked the entire temporo-mandibular crossroads, through the vomer, the palatines and through
the temporal.
We have to work the hard palate: upper jaw, vomer, palatine, sphenoid, temporal and TMJ. We
will use the three temporary techniques, wobble, rotation and ear pulling.
It is important to connect the hard palate with the sphenoid and with the temporal and TMJ, to
connect everything.

DO THE CV4 AGAIN

After doing the cranial bones and the jaw we will have to do a CV4 again, that is, stop and adjust
the occipital again.
We stop the rhythm of the occipital at the moment of emptying, and we prevent the filling and
then there will be an even greater bubbling than the previous ones. A stop will come and the new
rhythm will return with more amplitude and symmetry.
Performing the CV4 at the end of the session is like making a backup copy to a computer. We ask
the body not to forget the work we have done. We perform this technique again so that after
having made the different adjustments of the cranial membranes, that is, after having relaxed the
cranial or TMJ tensions, at the end of the session we will have a new cranial stability and
therefore we will have to return to synchondrosis. sphenobasilar to make a new adjustment based
on the new general fit of the entire head. Therefore we will carry out a CV4, even if we have a
good rhythm in the CV4 we will have to make a stop so that a new program enters memory.
Surely now we notice a good rhythm in the occipital and even the mastoid.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement

to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
 affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being will be
performed automatically.

I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to apply you will obtain
truly amazing results and, than with any other manual therapy
directly into the body, it seems like an arduous task, if not impossible.

So I, Juan Carlos, would say that the medicine of tomorrow will be based on healing and
cleanse the human energy field and let the body-soul-spirit perform the
necessary adjustments in the physical body.
 Therapist and Patient Resources
There are resources that we must familiarize ourselves with in order to do a good job as therapists
and not go to possible extremes with patients. We have to ensure that the patient has healthy
resources and not cause a healing crisis in someone who does not have their own resources to
overcome. The patient has to understand that here and now we are fine and if a healing crisis
were to occur, it is not real or is part of the past and not the present. Never become obsessed with
this sensation, forget it and live in the present, breathe calmly, observe the body here and now as
it breathes, expands and contracts, etc. Being totally present and with our body allows us to
experience the sensations of the past without being influenced by it.
The therapist also has to be delicate, if he sees that the issue is overflowing, to go little by little
and stop when he sees it appropriate. We can sometimes perceive this signal because a collapse
occurs in the craniosacral system, and the primary respiratory movement stops, as if due to a
blockage. It is time to stop and help the patient accumulate energy and own resources, until the
craniosacral rhythm come back.

Staying in the body and bodily sensations helps us prevent dissociation and obsession with
emotion.

When difficult moments arise, we have an obligation or need to go towards the body, towards the
bodily sensations, to be with the breath, as the body expands and contracts. Relocate ourselves in
our back, in the vertebrae, in the shoulder blades, etc.

You can ask the patient how they feel and if they want us to continue. Taking slow, deep breaths
from time to time as well as swallowing saliva can help us in difficult situations.

As long as we stay in contact with the felt sensation, the process of transformation of traumatic
events will progress naturally.
There are schools that are based or based on past regressions and to do so they relive traumatic
circumstances, but in my case based on Reiki and craniosacral therapy, I do not see it as
necessary.

We work from the present, for the present and rather we perceive energy, a more or less dense
energetic plasma that is released.
If we have to make an effort to remember patterns, we have to do it when we get angry about
things that are not important, because inside there is almost certainly a pattern of distorted and
traumatic energy that makes us always fall into the same pattern of behavior, there yes. It is
necessary to remember that this behavior sounds familiar to you, it reminds you of other similar
ones. That work of remembering that since you were little, this or the other has been bothering
you, observing why and doing a work of consciousness and transformation so that every time it
reappears, let go of it, do not enter, see and clean, talk to your inner teacher. or with divine light
so that it is cleansed and purified forever. This is being reborn and doing consciousness work.
This can also be done to eliminate old and unhealthy habits, such as smoking and so on.

Over time I am realizing that I can easily follow the lines of tension through the human energy
field and observe the tensions or twisted lines existing in people's auras.
These twisted energy lines, which form swirls and circles and many more configurations, are
responsible for the lack or deviation of the cranial rhythmic impulse or primary respiratory
movement. They also pull on the fascial tissue, forming energy knots and energy cysts and
tensions, stiffness and other problems. My intention is to say and assure that there are many
direct relationships between emotional and mental energy and the egregores or energetic parasites
that are in our aura or human energy field. Parasites or energy cysts are micro entities that live in
our aura, feeding on our emotional and mental energy. We are the ones who have opened the
doors to them and sometimes we look for them and knock in such a subtle way that it is difficult
for us to realize it. These energy parasites attach and detach from our aura with tremendous ease.
We are talking about a reality that is in another dimension of the person, now still a little
unknown. They are lower astral energies that appear and disappear according to patterns that we
generate and do not realize. Almost all of us have 2 to 4 of these astral lows and they usually
appear 10 to 20 percent of the time in our lives. Obviously the purer, cleaner and brighter our
lives are, the much less likely we are to attract these negative entities.
Once again, a path of consciousness is fundamental for the integral development of the human
being and, of course, for craniosacral health. This point reminds us that in addition to craniosacral
treatment, we must carry out psychological and awareness work, so as not to continue attracting
such low-vibration entities that feed on our auric energy. The primary respiratory movement is a
pulsation of energy that is greatly influenced by those energy cysts that must be located and
cleaned. With tactile perception and following that cranial rhythmic impulse through the aura, it
is easy to locate those energetic parasites that have twisted shapes, forming tangles, circles,
spirals, etc. Craniosacral therapists call them untying energy knots. I perceive it in several ways,
for example I put my hands on the body and follow the energy fluctuation of the CRI, I separate
my hands from the body a few centimeters, until the twisted energy line appears. I dissolve this
with my left hand, placing the right hand above my head. My body or the patient's body may
need to rotate in some direction to enhance the dissolution of the energy. We can call this
kinesthetic diarrhea or small catharses of vibration and movement. When locating that energy
knot 10 centimeters from the body or 20, there are times when you send a ray of light from
between the eyebrows and it happens that the hands instantly stick to the body and a neurological
stop or Stil point automatically occurs. I understand this as that energy parasite that was attached
to the aura disappears instantly, it stops sucking energy from the aura and an IRC stop happens
automatically in that area, the hands remain attached to the body to recharge the energy, This can
last several minutes and again the IRC returns with all its brilliance and beauty.
These parasites, cysts or energy knots suck our energy, divert and twist the CRI, in turn pulling
on the fascial tissue, which in turn deforms the natural morphology of the body, twisting the
habitat of the organs, veins, nerves. , the musculoskeletal system, the nervous system and
everything in general. For me, there is the battlefield for comprehensive and deep health. This
health includes the emotional, mental and spiritual world of the person and if our aura is filled
with energetic parasites, the first symptoms that can be perceived are on the emotional, mental
and spiritual levels of the person. We can call this personal growth and the future for a clean and
authentic society, without all that trash from the lower astral.
Depending on where the energy knot is located, it will mainly affect an area of the body and a
layer of the aura. This means that after dissolving the energy knot, the space of the aura where the
energy knot was located must be recharged with new and luminous energy. Several sessions or
several days may be necessary to achieve good and stable results.

As we already know, tension is not noticeable and does almost nothing to you, but one after
another, it eats up your energy and makes you tense in such a way that it can seem like a slow
and unconscious death.

These twisted lines are faults in the aura, which are usually occupied by an unhealthy emotion or
energy and therefore of low vibration. They can be found at any distance from the body and take
different shapes and designs.

At first, to dissolve these twisted lines of force, once discovered, I followed them with my left
hand and my right hand above my head. This generates a polarity of energy-light, which by
moving my left hand a lot and even my entire body, depending on the type of energetic knot, in
different ways, following the lines of force, with a few seconds or minutes I managed to dissolve
said energetic cyst.

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THERAPIST AND PATIENT

The therapist does not cure but helps the body to proceed with its self-healing. The performance
of the body for its regeneration in the face of the small intervention carried out by the therapist is
amazing.

The craniosacral therapist acts as a facilitator of the patient's holistic health.

The therapist uses his body, his mind, his spirit to help the patient restore his health.

Our treatments will be more effective if we use our full potential as human beings with body,
soul and spirit, made in the image and likeness of God.

Always remembering the non-intrusive nature of this therapy, we will apply gentle contact to
obtain a maximum response. It is no longer the harder the better, the more pain the better, but
quite the opposite.

Another important aspect in this type of therapy is that the therapist makes the patient take
responsibility for their own healing process by establishing a healing plan.

The patient will tune in to his inner wisdom and bodily intelligence and the therapist will mediate
solely as a facilitator of this process. In this way, the therapist will try to have a labor agreement
with the patient, where the therapist will have some clauses and the patient others, and if any of
its members fails to comply with its clauses, the contract may be closed.

If we perform a good facilitating treatment, the patient can see how their physical, emotional,
mental and even spiritual problems are solved.

This type of relationship between patient and therapist creates a bond of trust and love between
both that generally leads to a resolution of problems and their causes.
In traditional Western medicine the (passive) patient waits for healing from the doctor.

In craniosacral therapy there is a fundamental change in the approach to healing since the patient
must take an active and committed role in their own self-healing process and go to the therapist
mainly to ask for guidance and help to carry out this process. .

After these treatments, the patient sees his immune system strengthened, his emotional and
mental stability and in many cases he deepens his spiritual world.

Without even realizing it, the patient regains his balance and mental health, feeling subtly but
effectively better, with peace and security. This suggests to us that this craniosacral healing
technique brings objective science closer to spiritual healing. I trust that future studies can
explain this proximity.

It is fascinating to think that all of this work is done within the confines of an anatomically
defined physiological system: the pulsatile movement of the cerebrospinal fluid.

Our body, mind and spirit are in an intimate relationship, hence true health must be understood in
terms of holistic globality.

Motor skills, sensitivity and chemistry are the three pillars of our health that we find in the blood
tissue and the nervous tissue, that is, where the sensory system and motor system are regulated.

The relationship between therapist and patient changes.

With craniosacral therapy we are going to be facilitators, so that with the minimum possible
expression we achieve the best results. Strength never has to replace technique. Here the principle
of “small stimulus, maximum response” occurs. It is a non-intrusive and comprehensive therapy.

It seems that manual therapies progressively move from denser to more subtle techniques.

We are going to a point where neither the patient nor the therapist know about the pain, but it is
the body itself that regulates itself: homeostasis.

The therapist in the craniosacral sessions induces a state of immediate relaxation in the patient
and thus the patient can be aware of the emotional or mental problems or circumstances, as well
as their scenarios, that have produced a physical blockage and as a consequence has disturbed the
free circulation of fluids in your body. When performing craniosacral therapy, a somato-
emotional release can be triggered in some cases (a technique that reciprocally influences
physiological and psychological processes).

We are facing a psychosomatic technique, real and authentic.

POLARITY THERAPY PART 1.

SACRO-CRANIAL THERAPY
What does it consist of?
Cranial sacral therapy consists of the treatment of the tissues and bones of the skull based on
cranial osteopathy. Its applications range from senile dementia, stress, insomnia or vertigo. In
addition to its virtues as a deep therapy for pain and illness, it produces a spectacular effect on
wrinkles and the muscles of the face, which appears more relaxed as a result of the internal
relaxation that occurs. It is performed by gently touching directly on the head and skull bones.
Cranio-Sacral Therapy is a very subtle manual technique that will help you detect any physical or
mental imbalance. It is based on gentle energetic touch with the sole objective of balancing the
cranial-sacral system.
Story of a discovery
The founder of Craniosacral Osteopathy, Dr. Sutherland, discovered through a real case that the
sutures of the skull move. While walking along the shore of a lake, he discovered a drowned
man. His respiratory vital signs, as well as his heart rate, had stopped. However, when Sutherland
placed his hands on his head, he felt that the Primary Breath was still present. He then applied a
technique to encourage the restart of the

Primary Respiratory Drive, and in a short period of time, this man's heart and breathing began to
function again. The man saved his life and Sutherland continued working on the development of
this therapy until reaching the Somato-Emotional Liberation technique, where body-mind and
soul are integrated.

We are more than just chemistry, our emotional component can be the cause of many diseases
and with this type of therapies we can cure ourselves very easily.
Feeling the problems
The therapist's fingers make the diagnosis and undo the areas traumatized by blockages. Simple
palpation releases the points of restriction and finally an internal dialogue is established, which is
what starts the patient's self-healing process.
For whom?
It is indicated in cases in which it is necessary to relieve any painful process, such as headaches,
migraines, cervical discomfort, lumbago, etc. It helps release childhood trauma and can be
applied from children to the elderly as the therapist's hands work with the intelligent movement
patterns of each person.

The professional's intention will never be to "repair" something, but rather to stimulate new
levels of order and balance in the mind and body. The human body has the ability to regain
balance on its own: this is called homeostasis. Therefore, the professional understands that the
symptoms and dysfunctions are warnings from the body to observe further.
 Be focused

s Be focused Diagnostic Protocol and

TMJ and soft palate Diaphragms Sacrum and dural tube Line
legs

Stay focused
If we want to help another person find their health, we ourselves have to be in touch with our
own balance and perspective. Therapists use various methods to find this balance, and each
individual may have their own way of doing it. Some therapists take slow, deep breaths to help
them center, or simply sit quietly for a few moments before making physical contact. The
important thing is not so much the way to do it but the fact of clearing the ground from which to
feel and listen.
A method commonly used by craniosacral therapists to center is to establish what are called
"therapist's fulcrums." As we have noted previously, a fulero is a place that guides movement. A
therapist's fulero is a reference point around which the therapist can orient himself so as not to
get lost while listening. Simple visualizations are used to establish these reference points, helping
the therapist feel grounded and allowing them to establish a clear relationship with their patient.
This ability to be centered is of great importance for craniosacral work... and more. It is a vital
skill that helps us remember who we are and where we are. My own experience tells me that
establishing these fulcrums helps maintain stability despite the turbulence that may occur around
us.

Establish the therapist's fulcrums

Sit down, find a comfortable position, and take a minute to bring your attention to your spine.
Imagine a line running from the base of your spine (tailbone) to a point on the ground below
you, as if your spine extended until it touched the ground (see Figure 6.1). Drawing this line is
like dropping an anchor into the ground from the base of the spine. It provides you with a
reference point on the ground. Imagine that this anchor or anchor is also capable of moving, so
that it does not fix your position. Notice how it moves as you lean forward and then back. When
you lean forward, the fulero moves backwards on the ground, and when you lean back the fulero
moves forward. Establishing this grounding can be a valuable help when we have to face
confusing or intense experiences because it helps us feel rooted.
Another useful fulcrum can be established by imagining a line starting from the back of your
head and descending diagonally toward the ground behind you (Figure 6.1). This line is like an
extension of the straight sinus along which the "Sutherland fuller" is located. Imagine this line
descending diagonally toward the ground at an angle of approximately 30 degrees from the
external occipital protuberance: a bulge at the back of the occipital bone. The occipital
protuberance is two and a half centimeters above the concavity where the top of the neck meets
the skull.
This connection to the ground behind you helps you orient yourself anteroposteriorly. It can give
the therapist a sense of physical and energetic distance between him and the patient. This is also
a mobile fulero. If you move forward and then back you will notice how the angle of this line
changes. Awareness of this whole can help us find the right balance in our posture (and quality
of intention) when we begin treatment. Furthermore, establishing it prevents the craniosacral
therapist from leaning too close to his patient. When this occurs, the patient's primary respiratory
system may feel pressured. Alternatively, if attention is not paid to this fulcrum, the therapist's
contact may be too remote or distant.
Some therapists also like to set lateral fulcrums left and right, so they visualize lines coming out
of the sides of your head and descending diagonally toward the floor on both sides. These lines
are like the guylines of a tent. There are also therapists who establish the "fulcrum in the sky" by
visualizing a line rising from the top of the head towards the sky. This fulcrum can make us
aware of the space above us and around us. Additionally, if the therapist relies on his elbows on
the table, these points can be important fulcrums for his palpating hands.

Orient

Being aware of these fulcrums helps us feel where we are, especially if the boundaries between
us and the other person are blurred. Since much of the craniosacral work is done while sitting
and not moving for many minutes at a time, it is easy for the therapist to feel sleepy; it is easy to
lose these boundaries when maintaining deep contact with another person. If we are not aware of
this fact, we may become too absorbed in the patient's affairs. So it is possible that we cannot see
the forest for the trees.
Touch is a powerful therapeutic tool, but for touch to be deeply healing it must be free of
intentions that alter the patient's natural process. Personal needs, even the emotional need to help
someone, can create a loss of boundaries, and therefore a loss of clarity. When this occurs, there
can be confusion as to which sensations belong to the therapist and which belong to the patient."
For example: "Does what I feel come from you or me?" or "Do I feel better/worse for you or for
me?" These discussions can be exhausting and disrupt the feeling of security and support during
treatment.
Clear boundaries allow each person to appreciate what is truly theirs and enable them to access
healing from within. When boundaries are clear, the therapist can maintain a sense of himself
and his patient so that any experiences within that relationship do not become blurred. On the
other hand, limits should not become barriers. The presence of truly caring and compassionate
touch provides enormous benefits.

Therapist neutrality

The mental state that best adapts to craniosacral palpation is called the therapist's neutrality. It is
a neutral and equanimous listening in which we do not put any personal intention. Although this
is easy to say, it is not always easy to practice, as we can all be clouded by our opinions,
emotional needs and expectations. Therefore, this work requires a commitment on the part of
therapists to work on their own projections, expectations and needs. This will prevent the
therapist's personal issues from interfering with the patient's natural healing process. As Dr. John
Upledger states: "We therapists must always remember the tremendous power that our intention,
attitude, and expectations have over the patient and their response to treatment." Craniosacral
palpation is more accurate and effective when performed without expectations. This requires the
therapist's "ability to reach out to the patient and meet him where he is, not where he would like
him to be."
Expectations
There is a beautiful story that reveals some Jewish wisdom about the need to let go of
expectations. The story is set in tsarist Russia at the beginning of the 19th century. During this
time, the local Jewish population was being persecuted and many of them were forced to leave
their homes to seek a new life. In a small town, a rabbi used to cross the square on his way to the
synagogue; He had been passing by it every day at the same time for the last forty years. One
morning, as the rabbi passed by, some police officers were watching him from the stairs of the
police station that presided over the square. They had drunk too much the night before and still
had a bit of a "hangover." They decided to tease the rabbi. The police had seen the rabbi pass by
the same place every morning for his entire life. And on this occasion, one of the policemen
shouted at him in a mocking tone: "Hey, rabbi, where are you going?" The rabbi turned around,
looked at the policeman, shrugged his shoulders and said, "I don't know."
This was not what the policeman expected to hear, so he shouted again, this time a little louder:
“Rabbi, where are you going?” Again he heard the same answer: "I don't know." The response
left the police officer frustrated because he saw that, like every morning, the rabbi was heading
to the synagogue. The policeman ran down the stairs, grabbed the rabbi by the lapels and
shouted, "Where are you going?" The rabbi shrugged his shoulders and replied again: "I don't
know." The policeman got angry. He grabbed the rabbi and took him to the police station,
arresting him for such insolence. At the top of the stairs the rabbi turned to the policeman and
said, "You see, you never know!"
be calm

In craniosacral work you may not know what has to happen to the patient, but the intelligence of
the patient's system knows. The therapist has to "accompany you on your journey" 27, following
and trusting in the ordering principle of the Breath of Life and how you choose to work.
Therefore, it is of great importance to find the point of neutrality from which to practice in order
to support the patient's self-healing forces without intruding.
Finding the neutral state of the therapist requires the development of a quality of attention
capable of remaining calm.
Paradoxically, being calm requires practice because distractions and stimuli are all around us.
The specter of violence captures our attention on the evening news, our emotional lives are
staged on drama series, and hot battles are waged to get us to buy things that promise to make us
happy. But the real problem is that all this bombardment makes us lose sight of ourselves.
Normally these stimuli take our attention away from ourselves, so we are left without contact
with ourselves. We lose our sense of being. Then we crave more stimuli to be able to feel
anything.
Accessing the neutrality of the therapist means developing an attention that is not distracted by
external stimuli or preoccupied with its own affairs. It requires us to find a place where our
attention does not go back and forth, but rests somewhere neutral in between. The ability to find
this place of stillness from which to listen is another foundation of clear craniosacral palpation.

Beginner's mind

Remaining neutral also means listening with a sense of curiosity and enchantment, as well as
having no judgment or expectations.

You're going with what we can find. It requires accompanying the other person from a feeling of
"not knowing." This can be scary at first, until we let go of what we thought we knew and enter
into deep listening. This type of attention is called "beginner's mind" in Zen Buddhism 28. It
involves seeing things as if we were seeing them for the first time. As Confucius said: “Whoever
turns away from innocence, where does he go?” Children naturally have a beginner's mind, but
as adults we are encouraged to lose it.
When I was about three years old, I had an imaginary friend named "Goggog." One day I told
my parents that Gog-gog took care of me. He showed up at special times and we had fantastic
adventures together. Sometimes we would fly out of my bedroom window and walk around the
garden and the neighborhood houses to look around. When I told my parents about these
adventures, they laughed, and I felt hurt. I realized that Goggog was ridiculed and it was better
not to talk about him. So I put it out of my mind until many years later, while leafing through a
book on Celtic mythology, I saw two ancient spirits who care for the children of our area.
 They are called Gog and Magog. There are even two old trees in the east of England named
after these great spirits who protect children.
Most of us are told to discard these childhood perceptions, so from early on we learn to accept
only the thoughts and feelings that fit the prevailing view of the world (for example, the view of
our parents or our teachers). ). Consequently, we may live our lives within a narrow but accepted
level of perception. And it is also possible that we are intellectually intelligent, but that we have
lost the ability to trust what we feel. Intellectual knowledge does not encompass the realm of our
inner wisdom, and it is not enough to reconnect us with our source of health. In order to truly
appreciate our deep intelligence we have to make a change in perception.

Source: Michael Kern, Complete Book of Craniosacral Therapy.

Craniosacral diagnosis

s Be focused Diagnostic Protocol and

TMJ and soft palate Diaphragms Sacrum and dural tube Line
CRANIOSACRAL DIAGNOSIS legs
We will begin with general inspection and palpation of the patient's skull and sacrum. We will
examine the symmetry of the skull in the anterior, superior, posterior and lateral views. We will
observe the symmetry of the protuberances on the front, in the eye sockets, in the nose, in the
cheekbones, in the jaw, in the ears and especially in the cranial contour.
Any imbalance between the double parts of the face of just a few millimeters will indicate a
major injury to the internal bone and membranous structures.
Now we have to do a more detailed examination by palpating the contour of the skull in all
directions and especially palpating all the sutures, looking for opening, narrowing, tension or
pain in them.
With palpation we will determine the elasticity and texture of the entire cranial contour. We will
find out the hardness and flexibility of the bones.
If there is a blockage in a suture, flexibility will be lost due to restricted mobility.
A useful test may be bimanual lifting of both temporalis. We take the temporalis with both hands
and place the middle finger on the external auditory meatus. The thumb and index finger are
located on the superior and inferior surfaces of the zygomatic process.
The mastoid process is left between the ring finger and little finger. With the patient on the table
in a supine position, the therapist pulls both temporalis in the direction of the vertex. Then relax
and observe the range of mobility of each of the temporal bones. Due to the spheno-squamosal
sutures and the occipito-mastoid suture that are beveled so that the temporal bone sits on the
sphenoid and occipital bones. This way we check the presence or absence of mobility of the
temporal bones. The shape of this suture is a fact that the current discoverer(s) of cranial
osteopathy have always realized and helped their theories.
In the sacrum we check the anterior and posterior nutation movements between the iliacus.
The therapist makes contact with the palm of the hand cupped over the sacrum and assesses the
movement of the sacrum and its relationship with the cranial rhythm.
The sacrum has antero-posterior pitching movements that are symmetrical in rhythm and
amplitude. If the movements are irregular, exaggerated or decreased, it will be necessary to
adjust these rhythms using the craniosacral technique.
The craniosacral therapist observes and sees with the mind's eye the number of pulsations, the
rhythm and the symmetry. One feels that it has to be symmetrical on the right side and on the
left. If not, it gives the impression that the head has an axis of rotation. So the intracranial
membranes are pulled more on one side than the other.
 Lateral Aspect of the Skull
Temporo-mandibular joint

Coronal
Temporoparietal
Suture
Suture
Frontal bone

Sphenoid bone

Parietal bone

> Suture
Lambdoidea

igomatic

Maxilla
Occipital bone
ry
Occipito-Mastoid Suture
W Temporomandibular Joint
Jaw M

The human skull has to be symmetrical.

In order to perceive this rhythm, touch is minimal; if the pressure is very strong, we
will not perceive it well. We have to put only 1 or 2 grams of pressure per finger, so
that
It is the Paccini corpuscles that act, since they are the receptors for light touch. If our pressure is
greater, the Meissner corpuscles will be activated.
We have to feel the rhythm with the intention more than with the action and wait long enough to
connect with this rhythm.
We have to ensure that it is the bone or the skin that adheres to our fingers, maintaining minimal
touch.
Now let's feel the respiratory movements of the bones of the skull.
PALPATION OF THE RCS IN ONESELF
FORMER FORMER
We do the same as if we were going to perceive the rhythm of a patient, we put ourselves in
an attitude of rest for the entire organism, including thoughts, emotions and feelings.
Of course it is advisable to wash your hands, both physically and psychologically, to enjoy
the process of washing your hands.
We sit comfortably and raise our arms. We place our hands with open fingers on the head,
with a very gentle contact. We have the thumbs below the base of the occipital bone and the
little fingers lightly touch the sides of the frontal bone. We relax and prepare to listen and feel
the movement or pulsation that occurs in our head. The word listening implies the passivity
of action.
If we want, we can first listen to the respiratory movement of the lungs, which will make the
head move like a seesaw, due to the rocking effect that occurs in the occipital condyles on the
atlas. We clear our concentration of this movement and prepare to listen to the arterial
movement in the scalp. We will be listening to the pulsating movement of the heart. Again
we clean our concentration of this pulse and lighten the contact so that now we can hear the
movement or pulsation of the CSF. We will listen to our own craniosacral rhythm. We will
feel its breadth and symmetry. If we feel it we will believe with certainty that we feel it. Since
the sensation is new, we will try not to judge or doubt our ability.
We can clear our concentration and try to feel it again.
We will try to look for and feel patterns of fluid waves, pulsations, pressure and membranous
tensions. It is possible that the hands want to move to different places, as if they do not want
to align themselves in a balanced way. It is possible that this data wants to tell us something,
perhaps the internal membranes also have a tension similar to what the hands want to tell us.
We will begin to have some hypersensitivity in our hands, kinesthetic sensitivity. We will
observe all possibilities of reciprocal tension and check all possible injuries to the cranial
bones, especially the occipital and sphenoid bones.

FIGURE 3.1 External and internal rotation of the parietal bones

THE THERAPIST'S HAND POSITIONS

At first it may be a little difficult, since it is a new attitude in us, but with constant trying we
will learn to feel this CRI.

Here we will analyze the positions of the hands and all the steps we must follow to do a
craniosacral therapy session. As there are many steps to follow, as well as the bones and areas
to be treated, we will not be able to do all the steps in a single session but will need three to
five sessions to do all the steps.
We will make short protocols for each session that will take us between 40 minutes and 90
minutes.
This manipulation is of great importance and we will perform it two or three times in a
craniosacral therapy session, as it will be the first manipulation to be performed and the last
in each session. It serves to activate the movement of the spheno-basilar synchondrosis and
therefore of the entire cranio-sacral system and it is also useful for us to give a message at the
end of the session to save all the new physiological data that occurred in the session in
memory. central of the brain.
Let's do the cranial CV4.
The occipital will fall on the triangle formed by the thumbs with the thenar eminences of our
two hands together as indicated in the drawing. It is important that the occipital falls perfectly
in place. If we lean a little more upwards we can pinch the two occipital sutures with the
parietal sutures and we will not be able to do CV4 correctly.
We also cannot have our hands very open, otherwise we will not be able to grasp the
temporal bones. You have to be very precise and the occipital remains in two points of
support on the thenar eminences of the thumbs, the rest is up in the air. The hand has to
merge with the patient's tissues energetically speaking.
We can also hear the cranial rhythm in the mastoids. Here I have to feel the movement of
descent, ascent (flexo-extension), but it also has a widening lateral opening movement, where
the mastoids come closer and apart. We can feel these movements in our elbows or triceps.
In flexion the head fills and grows on the sides and the occipital stretches laterally. Then
when it is in the emptying phase, at the end of this phase we block it, preventing filling. It is
with intention and concentration that we block the filling phase. The occipital, unable to fill,
will begin the bubbling and then will come the stopping point or point of stillness, or Still
Point. After performing these steps the rhythm will return with all its beauty and breadth.
These steps can take us several minutes, from two or three to ten or twenty, depending on the
type of injury. We can also say that as we progress with the patient, the sessions will be
shorter and more effective.
The diagnosis and treatment in classical Osteopathy focuses on fragmented parts, areas in
"injury" (reduced movements, blockages, joint dysfunctions...), these are evaluated under the
concept of "normal" and are brought to normality with maneuvers. more or less gentle
manipulatives.
The practice and principles of Biodynamic Craniosacral Osteopathy gives rise to a very
interesting and different treatment process. Instead of focusing on fragmented parts or
injuries, we listen to the whole . We listen to the depths of the craniosacral system, we do not
go to do anything, we do not look for evil, we simply sit and listen to the tissues, we observe
in the present the movement at the heart of inertia, we do not look for barriers or restrictions.
Instead of focusing our attention on illness, we listen to health, the health that is never lost,
that is always present in the perfect blueprint within us from the moment of conception.
Health directs the treatment, we listen to the primary rhythmic impulse and the tides that arise
from the dynamic calm. This dynamic calm is the reference point, the fulcrum (axis) of the
therapeutic process. In dynamic calm is the power of the Breath of Life (vital force, Chi for
Chinese medicine, Prana in India...)
True transmutation or transformation is preceded by calm. With our listening we refer to
calm and reestablish the patient's relationship with the tides, the primary rhythmic impulse
through the midline returning the alignment of the body-mind-spirit. In this way we will
touch "the miraculous" and create the possibility for healing to take place.
"Finding health should be the goal of the doctor, illness can be found by anyone."
Dr. A.T.Still
How a session is developed
Although the principles of Biodynamic Craniosacral Osteopathy are based on the same laws,
each therapist is unique. Treatment styles can be as varied as the signature. Although
intended to restore fluid continuity, balance and freedom remain universal.
The patient lies face up on the table (no need to remove clothing), the therapist standing or
sitting next to the patient gently rests his hands on different parts of the body (only a little
force is used). The therapist supports and allows the tissue to untwist and show its inertia of
movement.
We focus on the body's inherent movement, rhythms, fluids and tissues. These will show us
restrictions or inertia due to tension patterns due to physical, environmental, nutritional,
emotional trauma or even from birth.
The body is constantly seeking balance for itself, we simply support the natural process. This
is more than a participatory relationship in which the patient's needs constantly set priority.

"The patient is the doctor and the teacher"

Dr. Rollin Becker
This is our priority, to listen and learn, to support and allow so that the optimal state of health
and balance can be.
"Allow the physiological function within to manifest its own infallible power rather than
applying blind force from without."
OBSERVING THE HEADS OF PEOPLE

Now we will have to pay more attention in children and the elderly to the level of deformity
of the facial feature and observe the deformed axis just by looking at their face. If when
looking at your eyes, that is, at the axis of ocular floatation, we find one eye lower than the
other or more set in than the other, this will indicate the type of sphenoid torsion. It is very
important to look at the features of the face and observe if there is an asymmetry in the eye
line, in the nasal axis or in the buccal axis and know how the sphenoid is rotated and is
dragging all the other articular components with it. There are people with a total asymmetry
between the right face and the left face. And others with a lot of voluptuousness in the frontal
lobe and little maxillary travel or on the contrary with little forehead and a lot of maxillary
travel, this indicates a compacted sphenoid in superiority or inferiority. This can come from
the moment of birth, since when the child is delivered, it is always rotated slightly at the time
of delivery and the normal axis of the sphenoid can be altered. This is very important to be
able to see and hear it. What moves is not the bone, but the direction of the fluid. What
interests us is the rhythm of the cerebrospinal fluid, which is 6 to 12 pulses per minute. If our
pressure were a little excessive we would notice the respiratory rhythm or the cardiovascular
rhythm. In extension the skull empties of cerebrospinal fluid, lengthening antero-posteriorly
and shortening on the sides.
This is a hydromechanical system and its slight movements are microns of millimeters. I
personally observe it with my tactile perception as a filling of
energy in the aura and then an emptying of energy in the auric field. I understand that this
is so, because I make my brain tune into that frequency and thus I perceive with greater
ease and security the cranial rhythmic impulse or primary respiratory movement. In
flexion the sacrum also fills and flexes. Extension in the skull implies extension in the
sacrum. Both open and descend or close and ascend. The craniosacral rhythm moves in
the "spheno-basilar synchondrosis" (axis of flexo-extension movement of the skull),
cranial diastole/systole. It works more like arcology than bending. This is the heart of the
brain. This joint is a joint with a connection by cartilage and the tentorium membrane or
tentorium of the cerebellum acts as the diaphragm for this movement. A stop point or
STILL POINT is often applied to the craniosacral rhythm. This is the most powerful tool
of this craniosacral therapy. When the rhythm is not right, we have to reorganize it. When
there is a distortion of the direction of the fluid, we have to stop it. At this moment the
body rebels against this because it does not want to stop. . There will be a struggle
between the help given and the reorganization of the patient's own body, this at the level
of fibers and membranes. Between the perception of the rhythm and the stop there will be
a lot of oscillation called borborismo, which amounts to a bubbling where the distortion
will increase much longer before stopping completely. This quieting may take seconds or
minutes. Later the rhythm will reappear reorganized and with greater strength and vitality.
An increase in energy flow will occur before neurological stop. There may be an increase
in blinking, teeth grinding, or any other compulsive or spontaneous movement such as the
need to turn or shake some part of the body, etc. When we do the cranial protocol, we will
always do the Still Point first in the occipital, two or three times, until we observe perfect
symmetry. Each time we do it we will be reorganizing the fascial fibers and the nervous
system. This way we manage to relax the muscles or internal organs. (There is a technique
of tennis balls placed on the occipital to improve something about the Sylvian Aqueduct
and that in the fourth ventricle we will perceive a greater rhythm of the cranial rhythmic
impulse.) Any Still Point will improve the hydrodynamic pressure of the skull.

Craniosacral protocol

Protocol CV4
TMJ and soft palate and

Resources
Diaphragms Sacrum and
legs
dural tube Line
Be focused Diagnostic
The ten-step protocol was developed by John Upledger for basic education. It covers a lot
of territory and is an effective basic treatment procedure, as they teach themselves to work
with the cranial sacrosystem. As you develop your skill, and naturally abandon these ten
steps in favor of a more intuitive treatment, these elements will always remain at your
disposal.
The basis of the ten-step protocol is palpation. Sit down. Put your hands on your station
and listen.
1. Stop point induction
2. Release of the transverse diaphragms:
a) Release of the pelvic diaphragm
b) Thoracic diaphragm release
c) Rib cage release
d) Occipital decompression and dural tube traction 3. Front lift
4. parietal lift
5. Temporary ear pull
6. Rock the storm
7. Sphenoid Lift
8. mandibular decompression
9. Decompression of the sacrum and traction of the dural tube 10. Stop point induction

COMPLETE TREATMENT WITH ALL ITS STEPS

A good way to do therapeutic sessions may be to do a couple of exocranial therapy

sessions before starting the intracranial sessions, which can take up two or more sessions.
We do the general listening grip, which is not therapeutic, but assessment. Place the index
finger on the sphenoid, the middle finger on the TMJ, the ring fingers on the mastoid, the
little finger on the occipital, and the thumbs on the fronto-parietal.
We listen to the three major parameters that interest us, amplitude, rhythm and symmetry.
The three vital parameters for what the craniosacral rhythm is. This gives us an
assessment of how the subject is, how the respiratory movement of all the articular
systems of the skull is. This is a global way to see how all the articular systems of the
skull are doing. If we notice a cranial asymmetry we will have a torsion mechanism in the
sacrum. The flexion-extension axis of the sacrum will be distorted.
Another technique consists of testing only the sphenobasilar system.

Let's do the cranial CV4. The occipital will fall on the triangle formed by the thumbs and
the thenar eminences. It is important that the occipital falls perfectly in place. If we lean a
little more upwards we can pinch the two occipital sutures with the parietal sutures and we
will not be able to do CV4. We also cannot have our hands very open, otherwise we will
not be able to grasp the temporal bones. You have to be very precise and the occipital
remains in two points of support on the thenar eminences of the thumbs, the rest is up in
the air. Here I have to feel the movement of descent, ascent (flexo-extension), but it also
has a widening lateral opening movement. In flexion the head fills and grows on the sides
and the occipital stretches laterally. The other technique consists of testing only the
sphenoid, placing the thumbs on the greater wings of the sphenoid. In this testing phase
we can observe the entire face, its balance or possible deformation.
Later, when it is in the emptying phase, at the end of this phase we block it, preventing
filling. It is with the intention and the occipital, not being able to fill, will begin the
bubbling and then comes the stopping point or point of stillness, or Still Point. After here
the rhythm will return with all its beauty and breadth.
From here we are going to listen to our feet to see what quality of rhythm they have. If
necessary, we make a rhythm stop at the end of the internal rotation, with its consequent
Unwinding and Still Point.
We have to realize the importance of the foot, which is the stereo receiving system of the
balance system. There is an important relationship between the optic chiasm and the
cuboid of the foot. A foot problem affects the eyes.
Now that we have the receptivity of balance with the skull and feet we can go to the
diaphragms.
We can do a Still Point on the sacrum also if the subject is very bad.
We can make the diaphragms. We will notice multidirectional or unidirectional rhythms.
We will notice the state of the different fabrics that we find in our hands.
We can do the release techniques between 5L and S1 depending on the need.
If there are no lumbar problems, we move on to OAA decompression.
We will perform traction of the dural tube.
Front lift
Parietal lifting, elevation and separation.
Compression and decompression of the sphenoid
Temporal techniques, swinging, hearing. Affecting the horizontal membrane Temporary
ear pull decompression. That affects the horizontal membrane.
TMJ compression and decompression
Cranio-sacral rocking (rocking).
Do the CV4.

SHORT TREATMENT

We can combine this technique with any other manual therapy. It will be advisable to go
from the physical to the subtle.
After treating the patient, for example after a massage, we can do this short version of the
technique.
A cranial CV4.
A sphenoid.
A temporary decompression, or slap on the wrist.
A craniosacral swing.
A CV4.
If there is a lumbar problem, do L5 and S1 decompression.
This can take us about 10 or 15 minutes.
People with health problems can observe how their fascia does not breathe, it hardens, it
becomes sclerotized, and it no longer moves. This can be improved with this therapy. If
necessary we can put a little pressure, take it in one direction and observe, take it to
another direction with a little pressure and observe if the hand would like to go
somewhere else and follow the hand. Notice if we find any resistance in these movements,
to of course go to untie the knot in the place where we do not find resistance. Try to untie
the fibridal clumping that is inside. This pressure is to try to excite a little these fascias
that are so blocked.
PERCEPTION OF THE UNLOCKING OF THE FASCIAS

When releasing the fascia we can notice how a bubble is released, because when the fascia
is stuck, it accumulates a lot of gases, and they are fermented, because they have no outlet,
the entire fascia is tense, blocked. These gases can create all kinds of discomfort, which is
why we can feel the release of the fascia like a bubble being released.
We may also notice a clicking sound that occurs after the release of a blockage in the
cranial bones or due to an overlap of these at some point in a suture. By releasing the
tension or stress of the fascia, the unblocking can take our hands to other points of the
body, which also require our attention to help release the stress of that new fascia, which
was so closely linked to the previous one. The entire facial circuit is interrelated and has
memory.
That is the great job of the therapist, to awaken those memories in the form of a physical
block. This facial tissue is very easy to be blocked by emotional traumas, which still
linger in the memory of the facial tissue. The body will defend itself from these traumatic
emotions by forming authentic capsules around these emotions. Practitioners of somato-
emotional therapies call them emotional cysts.
Although we do not feel or know that we are helping to regain health, this is happening.
By the simple act of placing our hands or our energy field near the patient, the energy
fields are interacting and the information is being recycled and organizing all its chemical,
electrical, physiological functions, etc. to return to improvement, since this is the natural
state of the body. The patient may have cough, hiccups or any other physiological reaction
that helps them release facial tension, accompanied by emotional release. They are
reflexes that the body uses to produce its own emotional discharge, such as coughing that
uses a large number of muscles. If you have a feeling of hunger, diarrhea comes, as a
defense mechanism. Any convulsive crisis of the person such as crying, laughing,
coughing, chills, etc. They are healing crises, discharge or detoxification systems. For
many years the fascia has accumulated tension or tried to protect other more important
areas of the body, removing tension from them. There comes a time when the fascia can
no longer take it and the tension is eliminated through the neurological system and these
through the muscles through kinetic or movement diarrhea. This is a very therapeutic
activity, releasing condensed psychic energy.

THE EFFECTIVE AND BRIEF TECHNIQUE TO ADJUST DEPRESSION

PICTURES

SPHENOID TECHNIQUE
L5 AND S1 DECOMPRESSION
OAA TECHNIQUE
These three techniques will go a long way to solving problems such as depression. If we
have a patient with these symptoms of depression, we will have to use this formula, which
we can call the depression triangle. It is also advisable to use this technique for insomnia
or for people with a lot of anxiety such as: people with a lot of work, social, family
responsibility, etc.
In cases of depression or conflicts between a couple or a relationship between parents and
children or others, it is highly recommended to do the craniosacral technique.
In case of schizophrenia, if we frequently and consistently perform the craniosacral
technique, the patient can improve greatly.
Reorganizing the fascia is also reorganizing emotions and thoughts.
Craniosacral therapy, specifically the fourth ventricle or Still Point technique, is not
indicated in subjects with:
- Stroke or hemiplegia.
- Myocardial infarction (you have to wait 6 months).
- Those who suffer from neurism or dilation of the arterial walls.
- Too many headaches.
- Pacemaker.
- Posterior disc herniation as it invades the spinal canal.

It is indicated in all other subjects, especially in:

Feet: flexion (external rotation) extension (internal rotation)
Thighs or iliac bones. Eversion and inversion movement
Different diaphragms (expansion and contraction).
Fourth ventricle.
Sacrum (flexion, extension, nutation and counternutation movement).
Any alteration of the temporal muscles will affect the iliac muscles, since they work with
the same movement.
At first it is highly recommended to practice this therapy often to strengthen the
sensitivity of the hands and the perception of the CRI.
The more sessions we give or are given, the better we will learn and feel how this therapy
works.
If we assimilate well we can receive more food from the teacher.
When we enter the soft palate, we will see how much trauma we have in the palate, how
much anger and lack of expression we have in the palate. How many things we have
wanted to say and that we have swallowed inside our palates.

FREQUENCY OF TREATMENTS

We will give a prototype sequence as a base. But we have to analyze and feel in our
intuition the best sequence for the patient.
If the patient has very acute problems, the sessions have to be more frequent, between
three and five in a week. When the problem tends to disappear we can do two weekly
sessions, until the primary respiratory movement reappears in the entire area or
throughout the entire body.
If the problems are chronic, that is, old, we can do two or three sessions in two or three
days. Then one a week, then one every fifteen days and then one a month for at least six
months to twelve months.
We can take 30 to 90 minutes for a treatment. We can skip the protocol and spend 30
minutes on a single bone. Depending on the patient's needs we can do one thing or
another.
If the patient does not have an acute injury, we will do a session every ten days, so that the
brain has the necessary time to absorb the new information and be able to make the
necessary adjustments.
Sometimes we may need to do some pulling and separating of the cranial bones with
greater contact and force. Then we will keep in mind that when it comes to cranial
osteopathy in sutures, a small force for a long time can have a greater and better effect
than a greater force for a shorter time. For example, we can spend about five minutes
separating the Coronal or sagittal suture with a pressure of several grams, in those cases
that we see as necessary, for example when observing a slight overlap of the frontal bone
with the parietal bone.
If a patient comes with sciatica pain, we will first treat the area of pain, with all the shock
means we have, craniosacral therapy, massages, Bach flowers, hammer, color, joint
manipulations, etc. After relieving the area we can do the exocranial and then the
endocranial. After doing the endocranial we will always finish with the exocranial, at least
we will have to do the sphenoid, the temporals, the TMJ and finish with the CV4.
What is clear is that pain is pain and it is the first thing that will have to be relieved for the
patient.
Do not give the therapy to women who are prone to abortion, until after three months,
when the fetus will be more anchored.

The ten-step protocol was developed by John Upledger for basic education. It covers a lot
of territory and is an effective basic treatment procedure, as they teach themselves to work
with the cranial sacrosystem. As you develop your skill, and naturally abandon these ten
steps in favor of a more intuitive treatment, these elements will always remain at your
disposal. The basis of the ten-step protocol is palpation. Sit down. Put your hands on your
station and listen.
1. Stop point induction
2. Release of the transverse diaphragms:
a) Release of the pelvic diaphragm
b) Thoracic diaphragm release
c) Rib cage release
d) Occipital decompression and dural tube traction 3. Front lift
4. parietal lift
5. Temporary ear pull
6. Rock the storm
7. Sphenoid Lift
8. mandibular decompression
9. Decompression of the sacrum and traction of the dural tube 10. Stop point induction
 I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement
to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being
will be
performed automatically.

I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to apply you will obtain
truly amazing results and, than with any other manual therapy
directly into the body, it seems like an arduous task, if not impossible.

The CV4 and the sphenobasilar joint

Resource Be focused Diagnostic Protocol CV4
s soft palate
TMJ and Diaphragms Sacrum and dural tube and
Line
legs
Here we try to let the weight of the head sink into our fingers, then we will feel the posterior arch of the
atlas. With the little finger we will palpate the external crest of the occipital and gently and with intention we
will try to divide the occipital and separate it from the neck. Atlas traction and occipital traction. In any
cranial disorder such as a headache, etc. TDOAA is advised

OAA decompression

With your head in the air, we will let the six fingers rest on top of the occipital protuberances and the
direction of the fingers will go towards the eye sockets. The head will remain in the air, on the fingertips.
The head sinks little by little and the effect is viscoelastic. From here we can reach the posterior arch of the
atlas when the fingers sink. It is easy to touch the transverse of the atlas but it is very difficult to touch the
posterior arch of the atlas. When this happens, the two little fingers begin to work with a small traction and
the occipital begins to separate from the atlas. The sensation is of depth and viscoelastic traction and little by
little the fibers give way and the occipital bone gradually separates from the arch of the atlas.

Here we do a mental induction looking for the vertebra or segment that we want to work on, the rest is the
unscrewing of the dural tube, the body will only do it. Here it is a sense of depth and traction.

If we want the fluid to go down from the third to the fourth ventricle and from here to the spinal cord, then
we have to soften this area.

OAA DECOMPRESSION

DURAL TUBE TRACTION

DECOMPRESSION S1 SPINE L5.

How to treat sphenobasilar joint

To rebalance the sphenobasilar area we will have to listen to the rhythmic impulse of the CSF very
sensitively and locate the area of the injury that will always be the one with the most mobility or the most
separation from its synchondrosis. Once the type of injury is located, we will try to exaggerate the injury
even more by following several cycles and then we will stop there and notice how the sphenoid is going to
look for new mobility parameters, it will only try to adjust and stop again to come a natural rhythm and we
will verify that on the other side there is greater movement. We will observe that it already moves on both
sides with good symmetry. It is symmetry that we always look for in the movement of the sphenoid, and in
all the other bones of the skull, with the sphenoid being the master key. A sphenoid with a large injury can
require one to three sessions almost exclusively with the sphenoid. Regulating all these injuries and their
axes is essential before venturing into the intracranial system. And even after doing the intracranial therapy
we will have to retest and adjust the exocranial system if necessary.

In a cranial treatment we have two major jobs: the exocranial one, which specializes on the two large
membranes, the vertical falx and the tentorium cerebellum, and involves the release of tension in these two
membranes, through the lifting of the bones of the skull. . In intracranial therapy, its work is the interrelation
of the sphenoid through rotation mechanisms throughout the person's face. The endocranial also has other
characteristics, which is the work of mimetic symmetry, that is, the symmetry of the expression, of the facial
feature. We also work on the sensory context. Let us remember the relationship of the TMJ sphenoid and the
sphenoid nasal bones and the vomer and palatine sphenoid and the sphenoid with all the cranial bones.

A rotation in the sphenoid can perfectly cause problems in the sacrum, sciatica, knees and feet. Through a
vertical axis that crosses the sphenoid, we can have an axis of pathological rotation of the sphenoid in one
direction and have another axis. different rotation in the hard palate. The sphenoid rotates to the right, hard
palate to the left. This mechanism of reciprocal membrane tension is what is then transferred and intradural
tension inside the spinal cord. Since the tension caused by a pathological sphenoid is collected by the falx
cerebri and the tentorium cerebellum. Therefore, the existence of this tension between the ho cerebrum and
the tentorium cerebellum is what is later transmitted through the foramen magnum to the entire medullary
complex. It is like wringing out a towel and the rotating tension fibers at one end of the towel will appear at
another end of the towel. We have to know that any of these injuries to the sphenoid will cause tension in the
cranial meninges that will strain all the other bones. cranial. In addition, the sphenoid has direct contact with
all the other cranial bones, therefore for this reason any deviation from its symmetrical and correct position
will cause a deviation in the other cranial bones. Therefore, to correctly adjust the sphenoid we will have to
make the adjustment thinking and helping ourselves. with a global vision of it and its sutures.
CRANIO-SACRAL BALANCE We ask the patient to lie on his side and one hand will look for the
occipital and the other will be placed on the sacrum. Here we have to regulate, equalize and return the
general natural rhythm of the skull and the entire dural system, up to the sacrum. We listen to the skull and
the sacrum. We feel the flexion and extension movements in both parts. Both the sacrum and the occipital
should rise in extension and fall in flexion, this is a good rhythm. It may be that one patient has a flexion
movement in the sacrum and another of extension in the occipital. That is, the occipital lowers and the
sacrum rises, in this case we will have a distortion of the dural sac. It will be the sacrum that is normally
injured, since the occipital is the one that will send the movement to the sacrum through the fibridal
communication of the fascias or meninges, of the medullary canal. To adjust the sacrum we block it at the
moment of flexion, of emptying the IRC and let it bubble and unscrew. Then comes silence and after this the
sacrum will start the rhythm in the same directional direction as the skull. If we feel the rhythm in the skull
and in the sacrum, it will surely be in the entire dural tube. When the occipital does the filling, in The
moment the occipital opens, the sacrum will make the movement of retroversion or nutation, it is at this
moment when the lower tip of the coccyx rises a little upwards in front and the base of the sacrum falls
backwards, this is the moment of cerebrospinal fluid filling or craniosacral extension. This retroversion or
nutation movement of the pelvis is the typical one recommended by some yoga exercises, or in muscle chain
stretching. There are even many osteopaths and chiropractors who recommend it to relieve the exaggerated
pressure that sometimes exists in the lumbar area. And On the contrary, the opposite will happen, when the
occipital is closed, the coccyx leans back while it goes up a little and the base of the sacrum leans forward
while it goes down a little, this is the counternutation movement or contraversion. This is the moment of
flexion of the craniosacral system. This is the body position that causes us to stick our butts back, so typical
in some women and that forces and pinches some nerves in the lumbar area, causing in many cases sciatica
and lower back pain and problems in the legs, in the reproductive, excretory and digestive system.
oc

OTHER CRANIO-SACRAL TREATMENTS When, after having done a good job of cranio-sacral
therapy, the lesion returns to its pathological place, then we can do cranial osteopathy work, exerting
pressure and mechanical separation. We call this direct work on the sutures through dissociated pressures.
We can also perform rolling clamping of the cranial fascia along the entire suture path. Another method
indicated here would be to apply the suture elongation technique on a fixed point. Let's imagine, for
example, the lambdoid suture: we place one hand at a fixed point on the parietal and the other hand in a
mobile point on the occipital, imprinting elongation mechanisms. Then we do the opposite, we leave the
occipital as a fixed point and the parietal as a mobile point. Since this is Sutherland's work, it is very
mechanical.
Another interesting work here would be percussion, with the fingers or with the device.
Another way to work on the suture is through the tuning forks. The frequency of the tuning fork manages to
penetrate the tissues, in the suture, with different levels of penetration, depending on the tuning fork used.
Each tuning fork has a frequency of penetration into the skull. After vibrating the tuning fork, we place it on
one end of the suture and the fingers of our hand in a V shape on the other end. If we perceive the frequency
of the tuning fork in the hand, it means that the pathway is free, if not there is a membranous blockage
inside.
Another more sophisticated way to do craniosacral therapy is through ultrasonic sounds. This is the case of
craniosacral therapy courses with dolphins. The ultrasounds emitted by dolphins regulate the skull of
patients. There are sessions for children with cerebral palsy, autism, etc., which provide a very high level of
relaxation for these people. The dolphin emits ultrasounds or high-frequency sounds that modify the
behavior of the cranial suture system.
 Maxillary
incisor fos----------------------
Palatine process-------------- Middle palatine suture Apphysis < igomatic

Zygomatic bone

Frontal bone
Transverse palatal suture
Sphenoid bone Pterygoid process
Hook---------------------
Mdial lamina- Pterygoid fossa Lateral lamina — scaphoid fossa.
Palatine bone
Main wing----------------------
L l horizontal mine
oval hole------------------------ Thorny hole
Greater palatine foramen Pyramidal
Thorn-
process
Choana
Minoret palatine foramen Posterior
Temporal bone
s nasal spine
Zygomatic process a——————
Vomer
Articular tubercle —-------------------------------------—
Pit ------------------------------------------------------------------------ To the
Styloid process -
Groove for the auditory
Petrotympanic fissure----------------------------------------
pharyngotympanic tube)
Condue to C arotid (onfic IO externall 4 WE
Conduct tillo tympanie or.--------------------------------------— 'Hole torn
External auditive conduct------------------------ 1
(onduk tillo

Mastoid process.—----------------------- —-ñ Stylomastoldleo

foramen- J Pore ton petrosa------------

Mastoid notch (for 1 the digastric muscle) - 1
Oe and ipital sulcus (for the — occipital artery)—

Jugular fossa jugular foramen M

in the background ------------- -----------------%
mastoid foramen

parietal bone

occipital bone //
Drive the hypoglossus 7 /
occipital condyle /

Condylian duct and fossa —

tasilar portion-------------------------------------
Pharyngeal tubercle ■
Great foramen-----------------------------------
Lower mucal line---------------------------- External occipital crest
I measure nm to the superior---------------------
Pons <>< external t ipital
 TMJ and the hard and soft palate

TMJ SYNDROME

TMJ syndrome or temporomandibular joint is the set of pathological symptoms related to the
function or even the structure of the temporomandibular joint. mandibular.
This joint is double and is located on each side of the head and is responsible for the joints of
the lower jaw to allow it to open and close and are located just in front of the ear opening.
This joint allows us to open our mouth and close it for the act of chewing. If we place our
index fingers on either side of our ears and open and close our mouth, we will feel these joints
moving across the front wall of the ear canal.
This joint is of great importance for the human body as it allows us to chew, bite, speak,
breathe, etc.
When this joint fails or causes problems, we can generate a whole syndrome of disabilities or
diseases, such as headaches, neck pain, back pain, chewing problems and therefore digestive
and visual problems, as well as changes in our behavior, personality and even anxiety,
irritability or depression problems. This joint can generate chattering, creaking, and can even
lock in the closed or open position.
If this joint is injured, it can cause a lot of pain.
Dentists have been trying to correctly solve the problems of this joint, although their results
have not been as holistic as possible.
Most dental or jaw treatments involve repositioning and forcing the jaws or teeth in relation to
each other. In this joint there are many tensions and pressures that block the free functioning
of this joint. The temporomandibular joint is after the sphenoid, it is the bone with the most
movement and importance, with respect to the CRI.

Link to website on anatomy of the temporomandibular joint

LET'S TREAT THE TMJ

The patient supine and the therapist behind his head. We will gently place our hands on the
lower branches of the jaws and what we will feel is a widening and then a lowering of the
jaws at the moment of flexion when the head is filled with cerebrospinal fluid. This is the
moment when the sphenoid tilts forward and pushes the vomer and the two palatines and the
temporal bones. Then the mandible, at the same time as it makes an expansion movement,
lowers in the caudal direction and at the end of flexion it makes a small elevation movement.
Therefore, it is going down and in the end it goes up a bit of nothing and comes back. It is
following its natural movement, the same lower mandibular angle.
Surely in patients we find that one jaw lowers and the other remains static, then we will
proceed as follows:
First we will go in the direction of the injury, we will compress it even more, that is why it is
called mandibular compression and decompression.
When the jaw goes down in the flexion movement we are going to slow down the descent of
the side that goes down less, to make it go down even less. The other jaw will follow its own
rhythm.
After a few seconds the jaw that had its movement will also lose its rhythm and the wobble
begins and the bubbling and rhythm stop, we are already at the Still Point. Now the two jaws
are in the neurological stop and then the two jaws will continue their respiratory movement
with the same rhythm, they are already symmetrical. We will accompany this new rhythm
with our hands.
If the injury is significant and with a stop we have not achieved the desired symmetry, we will
repeat all the steps until the respiratory movement of the jaw is symmetrical.

TMJ COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION

The jaw follows the same rhythm as the rocking movement of the sphenoid. If we find that
one side of the jaw moves little and the other a little more, that is not a good rhythm.
Another technique that we can apply when one side of the jaw is breathing and the other is
not: first we locate the pathological side and then we compress it a little more. Next we force
the side of the jaw that had movement to stop to help the side that had no movement begin to
breathe. We keep it there for several cycles. Then we released the side that we were
preventing from breathing and observed the respiratory movement of the two sides of the jaw.
If your respiratory movement is not symmetrical or simply to reinforce the technique, we will
stop on both sides of the jaw, preventing filling, with its corresponding bubbling and
neurological stop. Afterwards the jaw will recover its primary respiratory movement with
greater splendor.
Many of us have great tension in the jaw, in the masseters, which creates a bursism that wears
out the teeth and the menisci of the temporomandibular joint. mandibular. Bursism especially
occurs at night. It is very important to release the tension in the masseter, with a trigger point
technique or with exercises.
We ask the patient to open and close his mouth as much as possible several times a day and to
make jaw movements from one side to the other. We will ask you to use discharge cells like a
bottle cork and bite it several times a day, until little by little you discharge the tension in the
masseter muscles.
Another exercise to stretch the basal condyles, due to the existing retraction, is to ask the
patient to place a pen or a stick at the bottom of the jaw horizontally, resting on the ends of the
lips. Try to get the patient to place it behind the molars, at the back of the mouth. Once the
stick is placed, we must do exercises to internalize and posteriorize the jaw, to separate the
capsule from the temporomandibular joint. Or just keep the stick there. In this way, the
meniscal formation of the jaw will find a space where the liquid inside circulates and has more
elasticity.
This entire treatment is so that we relax the jaw and that the bursism that happens at night
does not wear down our teeth or the temporomandibular joint. Blockages in the jaw are caused
by the need to express emotions, thoughts and words.
Craniosacral therapy in some places is being recognized by many dentists as a valid treatment
for temporomandibular joint syndrome, due to the excellent results it produces.
Part of the advantages of using craniosacral therapy is that it seeks out the underlying and
original causes that produce temporomandibular joint syndrome. mandibular, avoiding
cumbersome dental appliances or irons that serve to reshape our mouth or jaw.
Using craniosacral therapy we help the bones of the skull to mobilize and reposition
themselves naturally in a way that respects the patient's natural and self-correcting tendencies.
As the temporomandibular joint rests on the temporal bones of the skull, if these are deviated
and do not have their cranial rhythmic impulse, the temporomandibular joint begins to fail or
function defectively. As is the case when the bite is not made correctly, in place and we have a
dental malocclusion. If the function and position of the temporal bone is corrected, the
temporomandibular joint syndrome will disappear on its own, gently and holistically, without
costly and harmful outside intervention. Therefore, until the functioning of the temporal bone
and even the entire skull and sacrum is corrected, we cannot say that the temporo-mandibular
joint syndrome is resolved. For the vast majority of dentists, due to lack of knowledge of
craniosacral therapy, this way of treating TMJ syndromes creates great controversy. However,
if we treat the root of the TMJ problem, we can avoid other discomforts or problems such as
headaches, stiff neck, earaches or simply low muscle or expressive tone of the face. Without a
doubt, if we want to be healthy, vibrate and be expressive, all we have to do is perform
craniosacral therapy as many times as necessary. Our quality of life is at stake.
We are going to explain a case of a patient who came to the office of Dr. John Upledger. A
lady with problems with her TMJ and with severe pain on the left side of her face, with
continuous headaches and neck pain and some days it even went down to her arm and back.
This woman was putting on braces for several months, all day and all night, and using
painkillers for her intense pain. The woman did not feel any improvement and was desperate,
so they advised her to attend craniosacral therapy sessions.
Cranial-sacral evaluation revealed that both temporal bones were malpositioned and did not
move according to the rhythmic changes of cerebrospinal fluid pressure within the cranio-
sacral hydraulic system. The next evaluation determined that the lack of temporal bone
mobility was coming from his lower back. John discovered that the meninge that connects the
skull to the pelvis and sacrum was under abnormally high tension. This tension came from the
sacrum, which was poorly positioned. It seems that the piriformis muscles leading to the
sacrum were in extreme tension.
Investigating, the woman remembered that some time ago she fainted in the kitchen and
collapsed on the floor, due to an overdose of high blood pressure medicine. This fall caused a
twist in the pelvis and sacrum. This torsion was maintained by the muscular contracture
acquired by the rigid muscles that, in defensive action, prevented the damage from being
greater. These contracted piriformis muscles were preventing the sacrum and the lower end of
the spinal cord from accommodating the rhythmic hydraulic fluctuations of fluid pressure of
its cranio-sacral system. This chronic tension was producing abnormal tension in the head, due
to the fibridal communication of the spinal dura mater. The cranial membranes are so close
together and in mutual tension that the temporal bones become extremely vulnerable to
stresses in the lower back.
This was the problem of the lack of mobility of the temporal bone and therefore of his TMJ
syndrome. It took John about 15 minutes to evaluate his problem and decided to fix the root
problem. I work on the piriformis muscles, which, as the cause of the injury, were forcing the
sacrum down incorrectly. He placed one hand on his right buttock and the other on his right
pelvis or hip on the front and side (these piriformis muscles connect the pelvis to the sacrum).
After five minutes the muscle relaxed and the sacrum was released upward.
He then dedicated himself to animating and exciting the movement of the sacrum in rhythm
with the activity of the cranial rhythmic impulse. As the sacrum moved, his face relaxed as
well as his entire body. He began to laugh and cry, at the same time as the pain went away.
His expression improved and the headache disappeared. The woman removed her braces and
has felt much better since then. The periformis muscle needed relaxation training, so the
patient learned some exercises to distend and relax this muscle.

HARD PALATE

This palate is the mechanical system par excellence, it is the cognitive system, that of the
central motor brain functions, it belongs to the organization of the central vegetative system.
It is formed by the upper jaw, the vomer and the palatines. The sphenoid bone, the temporal
bones and the TMJ are directly related to the hard palate.
Let us remember that when we have a vertical axis that crosses the sphenoid and another
vertical axis that crosses the hard palate, we have the effect that when the sphenoid rotates in
one direction, the hard palate can rotate in the opposite direction. This is because the
reciprocal tension of membranes is what is later transmitted in intradural tension, within the
spinal cord.
Since the tension that is caused between the sphenoid and the hard palate is collected by the
falx cerebri and the tentorium cerebellum. Therefore, the existence of tension between the
vertical falx of the brain and the horizontal tentorium of the brain is what is later transmitted
through the foramen magnum to the entire spinal complex. It's like wringing a towel from one
end and you will immediately notice the rotational tension on the other end of the towel,
through its fibers.
In the upper jaw we have a sagittal suture called the intermaxillary suture, right in the middle
of the vault of the mouth. In this suture there is elastic tissue, such as collagen and elastin, and
capillarity for its nutrition.
We have an internal suture and another external suture that divides the hard palate into two
sections that will move apart and come back together. Therefore we divide the maxilla into
right and left. We also have the cruciferous suture, as a very important point, since the
interconnection between the jaws and palatines.
Then we have the interpalatine suture, which is the back of the mouth.
We will do work on the upper jaw perception of flexion and extension movement. Our fingers
will be placed under the upper teeth. For example, the index finger on the line of the right
teeth and the middle finger on the line of the left teeth. It is about perceiving the separation of
the jaw on its cruciferous suture and then its union or contraction.
We will do the work on the palatines by placing the fingers in the posterior region superior, at
the end of the cruciferous suture, to perceive the movements of the palatines. We will do the
vomer work above the sagittal suture between the palatine and intermaxillary cruciferous
suture.
Therefore we have three accesses to the hard palate: in the maxilla, in the palatines and in the
vomer and all of this is related to the movement of the sphenoid.
There is a mudra or position of the tongue in the cruciferous suture, pushing this suture
upwards a little, near the vomer, to stimulate the movement of the sphenoid and therefore the
sella turcica. In other words, we will increase the level of the swing of the sella turcica, which
will obtain more stimulation in the pituitary gland and more immune-endocrine functions.
This is accompanied by breathing and concentration techniques. This produces an
overstimulation of the pituitary gland, improving the immune system and exciting the
individual into a state of hypertonia. It is an ideal technique to overcome states of depression
or for individuals with vagotonia, although it is also used to expand consciousness and
improve understanding.
 MOBILITY AXES

EXTERNAL ROTATION

INTERNAL ROTATION

EXTENSION (INTERNAL ROTATION) FLEXION (EXTERNAL

ROTATION)

THE UPPER MAXILLA:

The two jaws join to form the upper part of the mouth, and articulate with all the bones of the
face, except the jaw. It is part of the floor and walls of the eye orbit and the floor of the nasal
cavity. The upper jaw makes up most of the hard palate and supports the upper teeth.
The upper jaw is made up of five parts: the body and four extensions.
THE BODY
It has a pyramidal shape, with the nasal surface as its base and the zygomatic process as its
apex.
The anterior lateral surface consists of:

• canine fossa.
• Canine eminence.
• Suborbital foramen.
• Medial border of the nasal notch.
• The crest of the first molar.

THE MAXILLARY SINUSES

Each jaw contains a maxillary sinus, which empties into the nasal cavity.
There are three irregular holes occupied by:

• Process of the lacrimal turbinate.

• Uncinate process of the ethmoid.
• Perpendicular palatal plate.
• Middle or maxillary process of the inferior turbinate.

THE MAXILLARIES ARE ARTICULATED WITH:

• with the frontal, in the lateral nasal part, through the upper edge of the frontal process.
• With the nasal on the lateral edge and on the lower edge.
• With the ethmoid, in the lateral mass, through the orbital process.
• With the vomer on the lower edge across the nasal crest.
• With the perpendicular part of the palatines across the posterior part of the nasal
surface.
• With the zygomaticus in the maxillary process, through the nasal surface and the lower
ridge of the maxilla.
• With the other jaw through the palatine process of the intermaxillary suture.

PHYSIOLOGICAL MOVEMENT OF THE MAXILLARIES

Here, as in the frontal bone, we highlight two jaws, the right and the left, separated by the
intermaxillary suture. When the sphenoid descends through a set of levers or gears, the jaw
opens. It is like a set of pulleys, like the mechanism of a Swiss watch.
In the sphenobasilar flexion the sphenoid articulates with the vomer, the ethmoid and the
palatines and causes the maxilla to descend and almost at the end there will be. This is its
movement, it descends, opens and then closes and ascends. This is its primary respiratory
movement, although in many cases we will notice how one side of the jaw breathes and the
other does not.
 FLEXION PHASE

IOcciputius. 2.- Sphenoid. 3.-Ethmoid. 4.-Vómer. 5.- S.EB.

INSPIRATION, FLEXION

Rotation axis

CRANIO-SACRAL TREATMENT OF THE MAXILLARIES

We place our two fingers on the upper teeth to perceive the opening and closing
movement of the jaws. When the sphenoid descends we will notice how the teeth separate
through the intermaxillary suture. It does not matter if there are dental implantations,
since the movement is of the soft tissue, we can even perceive it above the gum if there is
no tooth.
In the cranial flexion phase the fingers will notice the sensation that they open and in the
extension we will notice that the fingers close. This is normal physiological movement.
Sometimes we will notice how both the right and left jaws go to one side and then to the
other. This is because there is a lateralization of the sphenoid-basilar joint in the sphenoid,
a possible lateral impact of the sphenoid or the occipital. Sometimes we will notice a
torsion or rotation mechanism where one jaw is anteriorized and the other is
posteriorized. This is because the sphenoid is also in torsion.
If we find these pathological cases we will have to treat it in this way: First we will listen
to the respiratory movement of the upper jaw and locate the type of injury.
Second, we accompany the respiratory movement towards the lesion, making the lesion
even more pronounced. If it rotates to the right we will take it even further to the right,
accompanying the respiratory movement for several cycles, pronouncing the direction of
the injury even more. It is the knot or door handle technique in which you have to tighten
the knot or the door a little more so that later the knot is untied or the door opens more
easily. It is about tightening the tissues a little more, pushing them a little more towards
the injury, so that later they readjust better and the suture tissues can be opened. Third,
we will stop it, we will hold it first in the direction of the injury and here we will begin to
have an unwinding or a bubbling, a whole rebellion of the tissues that are readjusting. We
will force the CRI to stop in the direction of the injury so that the tissues themselves
readjust themselves. If the bubbling is very strong, it will take a long time to readjust.
You have to give it your time, the more time it takes means that the injury is more
chronic, that it has been injured for a long time and the tissues have become sclerotized.
The fabrics have to adjust again to their elastic and mechanical component.
Fourth will come a neurological stop, a silence of the tissues and the CRI. In a few
seconds or a few minutes the CRI will return and the jaw will open and close in
accordance with the sphenoid.
THE GREAT IMPORTANCE OF GOOD DENTAL OCCLUSION

It is very important to control the patient's dental occlusion, how the mouth closes when
chewing and how each tooth occludes.
A dental malocclusion can affect the sphenoid and cause a torsion injury. For example, if
I have a more lateralized occlusion than the other, that is, I have a dental agonist and
antagonist force on only one side of the jaw, I press on one side more than the other and
the greater wing of the sphenoid on the side of the force can rise and create the twisting
injury.

Many times it is a problem that the tooth is held in the gum through a holding fascial
tissue. This fascia can lose its elasticity and the tooth gives way downwards, creating a
malocclusion. It is an effect of the lever, on a point of support and everything will tend to
rotate on that point of support and even more knowing that we have the masseter muscles,
which are the most powerful in the body in terms of tension. It is much stronger than a
quadriceps. It is a first grade lever with a short travel but a lot of discharge force.
It is interesting to be able to do all these steps while feeling the movement of the
sphenoid. The principle of action is the same in any pathological case of the jaw, first
taking it to the direction of the injury, stopping it there and then accompanying it to its
correct location.
We may need a single session to adjust the jaws, if they have a large injury.
TEETH:
They are part of the craniosacral structure and can influence the craniosacral system
considerably.
The teeth also breathe like the entire organism, in their movement of expansion and
contraction, respiratory movement of flexion and extension. Therefore, each of the teeth
can be palpated to check its mobility and its inherent mobility can be restored.
In many people we will notice that some teeth emit a large amount of heat. We will have
to treat teeth that emit a high temperature, since they are tension sources. We can notice
how one area of the mouth is hotter than the other. They can be physical tensions due to
occlusion or emotional tensions such as anger, fear, rage, helplessness, etc., emotions that
have been poorly expressed or digested and that have been encapsulated under the teeth.
We call this the emotional cyst that has been stored in the tooth and its gum. You may
also have an infection in your tooth or gum.
This is typical in long-standing tooth fillings that tend to shrink and cause small
indentations where micro food particles can enter and infect the tooth or gum, an
inflammatory infectious process is being created and it is also not It is absorbing, it is not
being drained through the lymphatic route and this gives off heat. An infection is
synonymous with heat. This is like a tensional bursism.
It is important to remember and sensitize our fingers to heat and temperature.
 Evaluation and Balancing of the Hard
Palate

1. Flexion

2. Extension

3. Twist

4. Transverse k-
slip

On the tooth that we have perceived the most heat, we will take it with our fingers with a
firm grip.
very soft and we will feel its expansion and contraction movement. We will apply a grip of one
gram of pressure, with our thumb and index finger or thumb and middle finger. At the moment
of expansion we will notice how the tooth wants to come out and it is at this moment of exit
where we will try to unscrew it, rotate it in all the directions that it wants to move. We let
ourselves be carried away by kinesthetic sensitivity and unscrew the fascial knot created in the
gum, we dance with the tooth in all directions, we even compress and decompress it. This is
local unwinding, which is done solely with intention. Once the tooth is unscrewed, it will enter
a neurological stop, so that it will once again return to its natural expansion and contraction
movement. In the contraction phase we will notice how the tooth tends to enter its gum and in
the expansion phase the tooth comes out. The healthy tooth comes and goes, like a hydraulic
pump.
All this work is very healthy and important for the entire mouth, for the teeth and gums. All
teeth have their flexion-extension movement and if we do not perceive it, it is a sign that their
support tissues, the gums, are under stress, in tension, which if we do not treat we can create
bursism or oral tension that will do us a lot of harm. damage. All tissues must be relaxed.
The tooth has a holding mechanism that is a fascia and then comes the gum. It is possible that
the tooth moves outward due to the loss of support of this tissue. This will cause it to meet its
opposing tooth and create a malocclusion. This could lead to more serious problems such as
sphenoid torsion, due to the lever effect.
We also have to know that the masseter muscle is the strongest muscle we have in the body, so
if you perform a malocclusion and apply leverage in the mouth, it can rotate some bones of the
skull, especially the sphenoid. Use some cotton to test for possible malocclusion and, if present,
send it to the dentist.
Wisdom teeth sometimes need to be removed if they impede the opening and closing
movement of the jaw. In people prone to low back pain, it is very possible that it is due to the
enormous tension caused by the wisdom tooth that compresses all the other teeth towards the
midline of the mouth. The relationship between teeth and vertebrae will cause membrane
tensions that will affect the neck, the scapular system, even the lumbar area and the feet. You
can notice that the jaw begins to move forward.
There are wisdom teeth that are very pathological, sometimes the result of an unbalanced TMJ
or unhealthy habits of chewing more on one side than the other. If the occlusion is not
symmetrical on the side that is not squeezed well, on the side that there is no action of the
antagonist muscles on the upper and lower side, the wisdom tooth has no notion that it has to
come out vertically, since verticality is it is given by the pressure closing muscles. If this does
not exist, it can come out obliquely, sideways or in any way. If there is a good occlusion with
symmetrical pressure on the antagonist muscles, the body will leave space for the wisdom
tooth.

ANATOMY OF THE VOMER BONE:

It is a thin, triangular bone placed vertically. It is an odd and central bone that in its upper and
posterior part meshes with the sphenoid through its notch, in its lower part it rests mostly on the
maxilla and with the palatine bone in its lower posterior part, in less contact. In its upper part it
meshes with the ethmoid and with the inferior nasal concha, forming the posterior and inferior
portion of the nasal septum.
However, being so thin it is also surrounded by soft tissue on its lateral faces, with its muscle
and fascia anchors.
It is a square and irregular bone with two surfaces and four edges:

• two lateral surfaces, with a groove for the nasopalatine nerve on each side.
• Four edges, the upper one houses the beak of the sphenoid with its wings. The lower
one rests on the crest of the maxilla and the palatine bones. The posterior is smooth and
rounded. And the anterior one with grooves for the septal cartilage, attached to the
perpendicular plate of the ethmoid.
THE VOMER IS ARTICULATED WITH

• with the upper edge of the beak of the sphenoid.

• With the palatine crest.
• With maxillary nasal crest.
• With the posteroinferior part of the perpendicular lamina of the ethmoid.
 • With the septal cartilage. •

PHYSIOLOGICAL MOVEMENT OF THE VOMER

In the flexion movement of the sphenoid we have a posterior descent of the vomer and an
anterior rise of the vomer and a descent and lateral opening of the palatines and an opening of
the sagittal suture of the palatines.

ADJUST AND BALANCE THE VOMER

To notice its movement we will have to place the middle finger or the index finger inside the
mouth at the top, following the cruciferous suture at the end of the maxilla we find the ridge of
the vomer and lateralizing the finger on both sides we will find the palatine floor. We are
working on the hard palate in the vault of the mouth. Our finger is placed at the bottom of the
upper part of the mouth and we ask the patient to carefully rest his teeth on my finger, taking
into account that he will soon have to swallow saliva. The palatine bones are located on both
sides of the vomer. I will notice how the part of the vomer that is in contact with my finger
goes up and down. It is possible that we notice that the vomer, instead of making the rocker,
rotates or makes a transverse movement, or even that it does not move at all. They are the only
possible injuries to the vomer, due to possible old physical trauma or internal tension in the
tissues.
In cranial flexion we have the wings of the sphenoid lower and these push the vomer in its
posterior part downwards perpendicularly and its front part goes upwards. This rocker is the
one that we will have to notice in our finger, noticing it through our first phalanx and the tip of
the finger. The surface of the sphenoid or protruding process fits into the notch of the vomer.
The posterior part of the vomer strikes the hard palate and causes it to open through its
cruciferous suture. In an extension we have a rise of the sphenoid and a rise also of the
posterior part of the vomer but a descent of the anterior part of the vomer and a closure of the
sagittal suture of the upper jaw, it is like a see-saw effect. This movement is accompanied by
the palatines, which also perform the movement of lowering, opening, rising and closing. In
this way the vomer controls the palatines and the upper jaw and in turn the vomer is controlled
by the sphenoid.
In other words, when the skull enters flexion, the mouth widens and when it enters extension,
the mouth narrows. This is perfectly noticeable in the teeth, in the mouth. Since this is at the
expense of two axes of rotation that the jaw has, each jaw has an independent axis of rotation
thanks to this sagittal suture, causing the jaw to rotate in internal or external rotation. This
causes the hard palate to close in internal rotation or extension or open in external rotation or
flexion. This does not happen in many mouths and therefore affects and prevents the sphenoid
from moving freely, along with the vomer, ethmoid, zygomatic, palatine, etc. It is possible that
due to an impact injury we have compression of the vomer with the sphenoid, and possibly this
has an impact on the loss of mobility of the sphenoid and the upper jaw.
We will have to disengage the vomer notch from the face of the sphenoid, this can cause
headaches, cranial nerve syndromes and other cognitive and painful disorders. A simple impact
on the face can cause this major pathology, including back pain.

Vomer Balancing with the Finger

Transverse slip

To release all soft tissue membranous tension insertion anchors at the vomer-sphenoid joint, we
can purposefully do this work. First notice the correct sphenoidal flexion and extension
movement and then do all the other possible movements to stretch all the fascia and tissues that
surround it, making a movement of lateral rotation in one direction and in another direction or
lateral tension in one direction and in other.
All this in time with the movement of natural flexion and extension. I take it to one side and let
it breathe there and it will reveal itself, I take it to another side and the same thing. In the end I
will center it and connect it to the normal flexion extension movement. This is like passive
gymnastics to make the vomer fascia stretch well, elongate, oxygenate and vascularize well.
It is very likely that when testing the vomer we will notice that it does not perform its rocking
movement and that therefore we will have to eliminate the tension that prevents it, in lateral
tension or in rotation.
The technique will be the same, first we will take it more pronouncedly towards the place of
tension or injury, we will exaggerate the tension so that unscrewing occurs and then we will
take it towards its correct place.
At the moment of extension of the sphenoid, its notch with the vomer separates a little and it is
at this moment where we could do a little traction on the sphenoid with our intention to
separate the joint capsule of the sphenoid with the vomer and disimpact the possible Hit on the
face.
The work consists of disimpacting the vomer joint capsule with the sphenoid and to do this, at
the moment of maximum separation of this capsule we carry out work with our intention of
separating even more and maintaining that position for a while.
Then we will check if the correct flexion-extension movement occurs again.
It is very possible that to disimpact a vomer we will need two to three sessions, depending on
the type of trauma or impact it has received. We will try to make the seesaw move correctly.

THE GREAT IMPORTANCE OF THIS BONE AND THE POSSIBLE INJURIES

We can also find traumatic injuries in people who have had surgery on the nasal turbinates or
vegetations, since scraping the vegetations or during surgery causes a restriction of fascia in the
soft tissue and can keep the sphenoid without movement. This is a problem due to internal
scarring and you may continue to have problems of this type or others in that area or in more
distal areas.
Therefore our work will be to stretch the fascial tissue around the vomer, to improve the
restriction of movement between the sphenoid and the vomer.
Imbalances in the vomer can cause problems in the ears, jaw and nasal passages.
An intra-osseous tension of the vomer due to the lateral displacement of the hard palate will
create an opposing countertension by the vomer. This will produce a great functional restriction
in the entire nasal respiratory area, due to the enormous membrane tension generated in the
vomer sphenoid system.
We can consider the vomer a master key for correct breathing through both nostrils, with the
great importance of the correct alternation and dominance of each nostril. Breathing contains a
cycle of about two hours of dominance of one nostril and then the other nostril will be
dominant for the other two hours. One nostril feeds the sympathetic nervous system and the
other the parasympathetic. If we spend much longer breathing in one nostril than the other, we
can enter a state of sympathicotonia or parasympathicotonia. It is also known that the delay in
the alternation of the nasal passages produces a decrease in the immune system, which is
negatively affected.
If the vomer loses mobility with respect to the sphenoid, the alternation time of the nasal
passages will be seriously affected. If we return the movement of the vomer we can see that the
balance of alternation and dominance of the nasal passages is balanced.
THE PALATINES ARTICULATE WITH
The sphenoid, through:

• the perpendicular part of the pterygoid process of the sphenoid.

• The pterygoid process through the pyramidal process of the palatine.
• The lower body of the sphenoid via sphenoidal process.
• The anterior body of the sphenoid via orbital process.

The maxilla through:

• Orbital surface.
• Opening of the maxillary sinus.
• nasal surface
• palatine process.

The vomer, on the posteroinferior edge.

The ethmoid in the lateral mass, via orbital process.
The inferior turbinate on the posterosuperior edge
With its other palatine via palatine parts.
 Transverse Slip (Shear) of the Hard Palate

Spheno-Maxillary Transverse Slip

Transverse slip
(observe intraosseous tension
PHYSIOLOGICAL MOVEMENT OF THE PALATINE BONES
Both palatines have a movement of descent and opening and then closing and ascent.
Everything in perfect balance in rhythm and symmetry.
In the sphenobasilar flexion phase, the body of the sphenoid pushes the palatines downward,
following the pterygoid process of the sphenoid. Almost at the end of the journey, an opening
and external rotation occurs between both palatines. At the moment of extension the palatines
close and ascend.
ADJUST THE PALATINAL BONES
The palatines, like the vomer, can be touched. We will very gently place two fingers at the
bottom of the buccal vault, the hard palate, and the palatines will be on each side of the vomer.
If the mouth is small like that of a child then we will do it with just one finger on one palate
and then the other palate with one finger.
We will feel the respiratory movement of the palatines in cranial flexion, how they perform an
external rotation and in extension they perform an internal rotation. Or we will notice how they
descend and lateralize. Here we have the finger in the notch of the vomer, on each side of the
vomer are the palatines.
We will observe how the movement of the sphenoid influences the descent of the palatines,
especially through the pterygoid processes. It's like a lever. Then we will notice in the fingers a
descent and an opening, a rise and a closing. Flexion external rotation extension internal
rotation.
The lesion of the palatines can be like that of the vomer, each palatine can rotate on its axis, as
they are individual, or in lateral translation, these rotations are pathological movements.
Other pathologies that can cause mechanical alteration of the palatines together with the vomer
are: auditory pathologies, the trigeminal nerve, tinnitus, upper respiratory allergies, swallowing
disorders, vocal cord disorders, defects in vocalization, infections throat or gums, etc.
It seems that the palatines act as a sounding board, when we speak the palatines are vibrating,
moving.
Here we will perform the test with two fingers but when it comes to treatment we will perform
it with only one finger on the side of the injury due to lack of mobility.
We will take the injured palatine bone to further injury and then accompany it to its place and
its physiological respiratory movement. First enhance the injury to do the unscrewing there,
then he will only return to his place and that is when we stop in the emptying of the two
palatines together. We prevent the filling and another unwinding will come, we turn with our
intention and with the mind's eye the unwinding in all the senses that the fabric takes us. It is
like following the area to be treated with your eyes. Then the neurological arrest will come and
soon the improved cranial rhythmic impulse will return. Carrying out the entire process several
times will help improve this important area.
 Inferior View of the Hard Palate

Premolars

maxillary
suture

cruciferou
s suture
intrapalatine
suture

We will try to put as much energy as possible inside the patient to, with our mind's eye,
dissolve possible tensions in the palatal sutures and thus return primary respiratory movement
in the area with good rhythm and symmetry.
A process that happens with children born by cesarean section is that the ossification of the
palatine bones occurs very prematurely so that the palate tends to calcify. These children may
have problems with adaptation, learning or maturation. Since the palatines are paired with the
vomer and if there is resistance in the palatines due to ossification, the sphenoid will be
seriously affected. Working with children is the best for them and their future.
At birth the baby must go through the experience of overlapping fontanelles and an enormous
approach of the palatines. Totally everything is compressed to open again. If the baby is born
by cesarean section, he or she cannot live this experience and everything will tend to ossify
much sooner. The cranial sutures are welded much earlier and the skull is hardened well in
advance. Our job is to release the tensions in the membranes.

THE ETHMOID ARTICULATES WITH

• With the frontal, in the ethmoidal groove mutually, and in the spine via perpendicular
lamina.
• With the sphenoid, in the ethmoidal spine via cribriform plate. On the crest of the
sphenoid via perpendicular lamina. In the anterior body via both lateral masses.
• With the palatines, in the orbital process, via the lower edge of the lateral mass.
• With the nasals in ridges via perpendicular lamina.
• With the vomer in the upper part of the anterior edge, via perpendicular lamina.
• With the inferior turbinate on the ethmoidal process towards the uncinate process.
• With the jaws, in the lamina papyracea, via the lower edge of the lateral lamina.
• With the lacrimal posterior edge, via the anterior edge of the lateral mass.

PHYSIOLOGY OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE ETHMOID.

It makes a movement of descent and ascent, pushed by the sphenoid.
We will divide the movement into four phases:

• During sphenobasilar flexion, the perpendicular lamina at its lower end moves
downward, inferiorly, while the anterior end moves superiorly.
• The crista galli process moves towards the posterior area.
• The cribriform plate on its posterior side moves downwards together with the
sphenoid. On its anterior side it moves very slightly towards the top.
• During the emptying or sphenobasilar extension phase everything returns to its resting
place.

It is a bone that we have no possibility of direct access, that is, direct contact, so we will have
to work on it through the nasal bones. The ethmoid is posterior to the vomer and the nasal
bones.
However, we can visualize each suture or micro-joint to send energy to it and perform the
craniosacral techniques with the mind's eye. This gives very good results and also when we
have solved the sphenoid, the vomer and the nasal bones, the ethmoid will solve itself.
We leave the hard palate and go to the mimetic features. We are going to work on the
 zygomatics, the nasals and indirectly the ethmoid. Therefore, after treating the zygomatic and
nasal bones, the ethmoid will be ready and tight.
Then we will delve into the soft palate.
THE ZYGOMATIC ARTICULATES WITH

• With the temporal in the zygomatic process, with the temporal process.
• With the maxilla in the zygomatic process through the frontosphenoid process.
• With the sphenoid on the anterior edge of the greater wing, across the posterior edge
of the orbital surface.

PHYSIOLOGICAL MOVEMENT OF THE ZYGOMATIC.

During sphenobasilar flexion the zygomatic bone moves anterolaterally with the greater wings
of the sphenoid. They have a vertical axis of rotation, so that when the subject enters sphenoid
flexion what we will feel is an opening of the zygomatics and when the subject enters
sphenoid extension we will feel a closure. We will describe the primary respiratory movement
as follows:

• The occipital edge oscillates laterally, widening the ocular orbit.

• The temporal process moves inferolaterally with the zygomatic process of the
temporalis.
• The frontosphenoidal process moves anterolaterally together with the zygomatic
process of the frontal.

The zygomatic bones also have their respiratory movement. So we will test the CRI in both
zygomatics. These bones control the pressure of the eyeball, therefore, any involvement of the
trigeminal cranial nerve and the eyes will require the zygomatics to be worked on.
A good job for conjunctivitis, sinusitis, ocular glaucoma, among others, will be: nasal and
zygomatic openings as exocranial techniques and vomer and palatine techniques as
indocranial techniques.
Any traumatic impaction on the zygomatics can be noted as a prominence of one of them with
the patient lying down. Such an impact through the frontal glabella can block or affect the
frontal bone and the parietal bones.
If we notice a bone that does not circulate or that circulates in an imbalance, we will do the
same thing as always, we will go in the direction of the injury and we will even force and hold
it to untie the knot. Then we go in the other direction and make a stop at the emptying. We
keep it there until the IRC returns again with greater amplitude and symmetry.

TECHNIQUES FOR THE RELEASE OF THE NASAL BONES

We will repeat the craniosacral techniques in the nasion suture or in the internalal suture.
We will gently force a stop of the primary respiratory movement in the spheno-basilar
extension phase. We untwist the facial knot and then allow your enhanced breathing
movement to return. We can do it both at the top in the nasion and in the internal sal suture.
Another technique that we can do is to traction the nasion suture and hold it while unwinding
or unwinding in all directions, holding it up there. This work is so that the retronasal fascia
begins to stretch and we have more amplitude in the nasal turbinates and we have more air
entry space in the nasal turbinates.
We have two techniques: one to dissociate the frontal glabella from the nasal bones and the
second technique is to dissociate the nasal bones from the nasal cartilage. The fingers do the
same thing, what changes is the height of support. First, feel how the nasal glabella breathes
and the second is between the nasal bone and the cartilage. Everything breathes.
The nasal bones have a rotation movement similar to that of the vomer, that is, they have a
horizontal axis of rotation that runs through them. We will notice how in the extension phase
they rise and fall and in the flexion or filling phase the nasal bones rise and then fall. To free
the nasal bones from the frontal, my thumb will rest on the glabella of the frontal bone while
the other, in the form of a pincer, will clamp the two nasal bones.
We can observe our lung respiratory capacity before work and after performing these
techniques, we will have a better perception of the air we breathe and greater capacity.
In any suture or bone we can feel the primary respiratory movement and if it does not have it
with our hands we will unscrew the fascial tissue. Our mind's eye will travel through the
interior of the fabric, penetrating the tension and asking it to relax and unwind. Meanwhile
our hands will be turning and moving in all the directions required. Then it will come or we
will force a neurological stop for a few seconds until respiratory movement in the area returns.

THE PARANASAL SINUSES

They are not cranial or facial bones, they are simply cavities found in some cranial bones near
the nasal cavity. The cranial bones that contain paranasal sinuses are the frontal, maxillary,
ethmoid, and sphenoid. These sinuses are lined by mucous membranes that continue the lining
of the nasal cavity. These sinuses produce mucus, reduce the weight of each bone, and act as
resonance chambers for the voice.

THE INFERIOR NASAL CORNETS

The two inferior nasal conchae are roll-shaped bones that form part of the lateral wall of the
nasal cavity. Its function is the same as that of the upper and middle turbinates, that is, making
the circulation of air turbulent to facilitate its filtration before it enters the lungs. These nasal
conchae are individualized bones.

THE TEAR TAILS ARTICULATE WITH

• With the maxilla, through the anterior edge of the frontal process of the maxilla and
around it.
• With the front in the orbital area.
• With the ethmoid, on the anterior edge of its lateral mass.
• With the inferior turbinate, in its lacrimal process.

PHYSIOLOGY OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE TEAR BONE

During sphenobasilar flexion, an opening and closing of the lacrimal bone occurs. This
opening is made by pivoting on the lower edge of the tear duct, so that the upper part of the
bone tends to widen and descend a little at the end of its journey. The upper hole of the
lacrimonasal canal tends to widen as a result of the slightest displacement of its lower or
maxillary area.
Opening, descent, ascent and closing. All this movement pivots almost completely with the
inferior lachrymomaxillary and orbital suture.

ADJUST THE TEAR BONE

To perceive and improve all your respiratory movement we will use the same technique as in
other cases.
We place the thumb on one half of the nasal bone and the index finger on the unguis bone,
with very gentle support. We will try to perceive its expansion or opening movement in
flexion and a closing or contraction in extension. It is the same movement as the zygomatic
bone. We will look for the movement of the restriction, if it is closed we will try to close it a
little more and unscrew the fascial knot, put all our concentration in that area and wait for it to
return with its opening and closing movement.
This bone is what forms the tear duct and we have to release its tensions. We can also release
both tear ducts or unguis at the same time. We will feel its movement and if one is breathing
and the other is not, we can block the one that has the correct physiological movement and
bring that force or attention to the pathological unguis, until it is freed. Accompany several
breathing movements and release to feel the CRI in both nails.
Pathologies of the unguis bone are pathologies of nasal dehydration, dryness of the tear ducts,
eye infections, dehydration of the eyeball, chronic conjunctivitis, etc. With such a simple
technique we can make a great help for this entire area.
Then we have to work on the zygomatic, nasal and unguis bones.
This way we have the entire face almost done.
After working the entire hard palate we will have to work again on the temporo-mandibular,
temporal and sphenoid joints, to fit everything together perfectly. We will notice how after
working on the hard palate the TMJ will have much greater range of motion, since we have
worked the entire temporo-mandibular crossroads, through the vomer, the palatines and
through the temporal.
We have to work the hard palate: upper jaw, vomer, palatine, sphenoid, temporal and TMJ.
We will use the three temporary techniques, wobble, rotation and ear pulling.
It is important to connect the hard palate with the sphenoid and with the temporal and TMJ, to
connect everything.

SOFT PALATE

It belongs to the limbic system, the sexual system, the verbal system, the communication
system, and the expression system.
It is of tension or traumatic origin, both emotional and mechanical. It is the palate of
expression, therefore it is the palate of the conflict of expression such as: not saying things
when they have to be said, not knowing what to say or, above all, containing the expression. It
is a palate that contains, stores and transforms emotional tension into mechanical tension. It is
the TMJ and the floor of the mouth that are going to receive very directly all that repressed
expression, all that emotion not released at the appropriate moment and which is therefore
somatized in the area of the soft palate.
The muscles involved are: par excellence, they are the digastrics and the hyoid complex,
especially the suprahyoid. The masseters and therygoids are the muscles that will later be
tense.
In other words, the emotional tension will first be somatized in the digastric and hyoid
muscles and due to this tension, the secondary muscles that will transform said emotional
tension into mechanical tension will be the masseter and the terygoid muscles. If the
individual is in an emotional crisis, the tension will manifest itself in the expression, it can
even greatly deform the expression of the face.
There is a muscle in the hyoid group, called the omohyoid that inserts into the chin and then
ends in the shoulder. There are times when emotional circumstances such as a huge upset
affect this muscle of expression and cause enormous pain in the shoulder. A simple argument
can give you shoulder pain. The individual does not know why, but after a few days he has
shoulder pain, especially in the acromioclavicular fossa, which is where this omohyoid muscle
is inserted. Muscle that cannot be tested due to kinesiology since it is a swallowing muscle.
Our work will be listening work in the digastric located in the floor of the mouth. There is the
anterior digastric and posterior digastric. Here we will find many trigger points, very painful
in some people. The work is the same: first listen and then release. Here we do not have any
suture or bone to rely on, but rather we have three main points on the floor of the mouth. We
go to the posterior digastric and place an index finger inside the mouth on the inside of the last
molar, here we have the first trigger point, very close to the retromolars. Between this virtual
suture and the other medial virtual suture we find the second trigger point, the third will be in
the medial area, the fourth on the other side of the mouth and the fifth on the last molar on the
opposite side from where we started. Here is the only place that we will apply mechanical
pressure to relieve intraoral trigger points. We will work on the patient's pain threshold,
releasing the tension accumulated there. The middle finger rests inside the mouth, on the floor
of the mouth, and the other middle finger of the other hand rests outside the mouth in
opposition to the first. Or we place the index finger inside the mouth in a caudal direction at
each of the trigger points mentioned, and the other index finger on the outside of the mouth
just below the other index finger. Both fingertips are facing each other holding each trigger
point on the floor of the mouth, pressing lightly just at the pain threshold. We do the trigger
point of the last tooth first, then the other one closest to the medial area and then the one in the
medial area, again we will have to start again from these points so that each trigger point we
have done twice, before to enter the other side of the mouth. We have to do each half of the
floor of the mouth twice. Since by unloading the pain on a trigger point it is possible that one
part moves to the other, that is why we repeat it several times. The medial point is the one that
is repeated four times, slightly more than the others. Repeating each step twice is important to
ensure a good discharge of the area, and even three times if the individual has great tension in
the area.
We will tell the patient that if the pain is severe, raise the other hand and let us know to
lighten the pressure on the fingers, and to try to be very careful not to close the mouth
instinctively. We will also be attentive when swallowing the patient's saliva. If with the
patient's mouth closed the stitches hurt a lot and with the mouth open it improves a little, he is
asking that he needs to unload the muscular belly.
We can ask the patient to make a discharge cell with a cork stopper and place it between the
teeth, to relieve this area. We will recommend that you put this drain plug in for at least one
hour a day. There are people who cannot open their mouth due to the enormous tension in the
masseter muscles.
The external work on the floor of the chin with the mouth open will be a work of clamping the
muscle bellies to approximate the origin of the insertion. If we want, we can clamp the
supraioid muscle bellies with the mouth closed. We can also ask the patient to do an
anteversion of the lower jaw, to remove the lower teeth. Tell us if there is an ATM that pulls
more than another.
If you tell us that it hurts more on the right side when we do the intraoral work, we will insist
a lot on this area.
We will try to notice the texture and temperature of the submental tissues.
The digastric and suprahyoid muscles will be the ones we treat with this technique.
The digastrics have an anatomical position horizontal to the plane of the mandibular ramus.
We will clamp the muscle belly and the masseter, from the mandibular ramus to the
zygomatic arch. We will do the bimanual or unimanual clamp on the muscles.
When clamping a muscle, what we do is disconnect said muscle, a technique that is widely
used in kinesiology.
We will ask the patient how they feel the tension. We perform palpation with closed mouth
and open mouth, to see what the pain threshold is.
We can ask the patient to open and close their mouth as much as possible a few times
throughout the day. We will ask you to anteriorize the lower jaw and ask if any side is tense
more than the other. So when I do the muscle bellies I will pay more attention to that area.
We have to ensure that the digastric muscles begin to give way and relax, like the effect of a
spoon in honey, as it sinks little by little. Or the effect of the spoon on the butter, which little
by little gives way. At first we can notice the digastric
 hard and painful, which cannot be relaxed, you have to be there until little by little it relaxes.
After releasing the intraoral trigger points we will notice a great release of the TMJ, and
therefore we will adjust the temporals and the TMJ again. The soft palate can take up a
complete craniosacral therapy session of about 40 minutes, if the emotional load stored there

SPHENO-MAXILLARY TRANSVERSE SHEAR

NORMA SHEAR LEFT

L

SPHENOIDS SPHENOIDS

VOMER VO
N

HARD PALATE HARD PALATE

THE FRENUM OF THE

TONGUE.
is great.

The frenulum is a super sensitive area. Many medications are absorbed sublingually.
It is a super receptive area with a lot of capacity to absorb.
We have to do a download job, of course with our intention.
After freeing the floor of the mouth, we will take the frenulum of the tongue very gently. We
ask the patient to raise his tongue and we hold the frenulum with our thumb and index fingers
and we will notice the primary respiratory movement or CRI.
In cranial flexion the frenulum will tend to rise and in extension it will tend to fall. Now we
will have to unscrew the frenulum, with our intention. There is no need to put any type of
pressure or stretch on the frenulum.
The only place where pressure exists up to the pain threshold is in the floor of the mouth in
the trigger points mentioned above. Here in the frenulum the work is mainly done with
intention.
LANGUAGE .

The tongue is divided into two halves by a medial fibrous septum. This septum extends the
entire length of the tongue and is attached below to the hyoid bone. The muscles of the tongue
are of two main types: extrinsic and intrinsic. Extrinsic muscles originate outside the tongue
and insert into it. Intrinsic muscles originate and insert on the tongue. Both extrinsic and
intrinsic muscles are located on both sides of the tongue. The muscles that move the tongue
are: genioglossus, styloglossus, palatoglossus and hyoglossus.
The geniusglossus muscle has its origin in the mandible, insertion on the lower surface of the
tongue and bone and hyoid and its action is to push the tongue outwards and lower it,
protraction.
The styloglossus muscle has its origin in the styloid process of the temporal bone. The
insertion on the lateral and inferior surface of the tongue. Elevates the tongue and withdraws it
backwards, retraction.
The palatoglossus muscle has its origin on the anterior surface of the soft and southern palate
and insertion on the lateral surface of the tongue. Elevates the posterior portion of the tongue
and brings the soft palate closer to the tongue.
The hyoglossus muscle has its origin in the body of the hyoid bone and its insertion on the
lateral surface of the tongue. Lowers the tongue and moves it to the sides.
These muscles are innervated by the hypoglossal nerve, the 12th cranial nerve, except the
palatoglossus which is innervated by the pharyngeal plexus.
The tongue is a very vascularized organ with great sensitivity. In the subtle realm, the
language is a storehouse of many memories, of many pleasant and unpleasant experiences.
We must explain to the patient the type of work it is, including that it is not very pleasant,
somewhat uncomfortable.
Now we ask the patient to stick out his tongue and we take it and gently drag it vertically to its
elastic barrier. We keep it here to listen to its cranial respiratory movement, which will be
flexion or elevation and extension and contraction. In flexion the tongue will grow with an
expansion movement and in extension it will shrink.
To grab the tongue we will use latex gloves or a tissue or paper and apply a small amount of
pressure of a few grams to hold the tongue. We will do a little traction of the tongue until the
pain threshold and we will try not to let it escape. Here we will untwist the tongue, with the
intention, then there will be a neurological stop so that the movement of expansion and
contraction comes again with greater symmetry and amplitude.
Some people have a great curling of the tongue and after this work we will be able to notice
how the tongue has grown a lot, it is a sensation. Now we will notice an enormous elastic and
plastic capacity to exit and enter, flexion and extension, retraction and elongation.
What happens is that the tongue is retracted, shrunken, repressed and not only in the mouth
but also through an anterior fascial chain, which goes from the mouth to the genitals.
It is a real physiological chain formed by ligaments, insertion tendons, cartilages such as the
xiphoid, mediastinal bags that surround the heart, muscles, etc. a whole fascial tissue, until
reaching the pubic symphysis or the scrotum.
We can go from the tongue, its coverings or fascia, to the genitals without leaving the same
fascial tissue, we can travel from the tongue to the genitals through the same duct, without
leaving the same tissue. Everything that happens to the tongue happens to the genitals below
and vice versa.
They are circumstances of sensations or emotions. What happens to us in the pleasant genital
area we will want to express and what is not pleasant we will not want to express. Therefore,
emotional traumas in the sexual area can shorten this previous chain. It seems that this
anterior fascial chain or cord is very responsible for the deformity of the spine, for the anterior
concave shape of the spine. It is the effect of the fishing rod, the more you pull the cord or
thread in front, the more the fishing rod will bend at the back.
This is the concept of the closed field in posturology. The more emotional disorders we have
in the anterior fascial cord of the body, the more tension and deformity it will produce in the
spinal column. The more retraction we have in the previous rope, the more humped we are
going to become. Therefore, the hump in the spine has to be worked from the anterior area of
the body, so that returning to the fishing rod, the more we loosen the fishing line, the
straighter the fishing rod will become. The spine is a neutral system that is dependent on the
muscles, tendons, ligaments and fascia that surround it. Therefore, by law of forces superior to
the greatest force, it will yield there. If the anterior flexors exceed the resistance of the
posterior flexors, then it will be deformed anteriorly, due to the law of forces. After this soft
palate session we will do the temporal and TMJ again, since we have released the emotional
tensions in the mouth.
We can comment on the saying that is said socially: “don't pull my tongue.” A topic that
usually means: don't pull my tongue, I'm going to say many things that I have to say and that I
haven't said yet, but if you incite me to say them, I'm going to say them, even if this means
vomiting emotionally.
From this we can understand that shouting, insulting, crying, or entering into spastic crises or
any other emotional vomiting, can be understood as a liberation of the patient, and never
taken as something personal.
At many times in life we have come across people who, due to their inner discomfort, have
thrown certain insults or emotional vomits at us. We never have to take any of this seriously,
make sure that it does not reach us, that it does not affect us, since it surely has nothing to do
with us, but it is the other person who has many repressed emotional charges and at any
moment will explode for no apparent reason.
If we have the primary respiratory movement in the head functioning correctly, we will never
or almost never be influenced by negative energies that come from outside. The best thing we
can do to protect ourselves is to make our craniosacral system pulse correctly.

ANATOMY OF THE MUSCULATURE OF THE LARYNX

The muscles of the larynx, like those of the eyeball and those of the tongue, are grouped into
intrinsic and extrinsic muscles. The extrinsic muscles of the larynx are collectively called
infrahyoid muscles. It is located below the hyoid bone. The omohyoid muscle, like the
digastric muscle, is made up of two bellies and an intermediate tendon. The two bellies are the
upper and lower ones. The extrinsic muscles of the larynx are: the stylopharyngeus, the
inferior constrictor and the middle constrictor of the pharynx.

The extrinsic muscles of the larynx are:

- The omohyoid which has its origin on the upper edge of the scapula and superior transverse
ligament. The insertion is made into the body of the bone and hyoid and its action is to lower
the bone and hyoid.
- The sternohyoid has its origin at the medial end of the clavicle and sternal manubrium. The
insertion is made into the body of the bone and hyoid. The hyoid bone also descends.
- The sternothyroid has its origin in the sternal manubrium and its insertion into the thyroid
cartilage of the larynx. Its action is to lower the thyroid cartilage.
- The thyrohyoid has its origin in the thyroid cartilage of the larynx, its insertion into the
superior horn of the bone and hyoid. Elevates the thyroid cartilage and lowers the bone and
hyoid.
The first three muscles have innervation in the branches of the cervical plexus C1 to C3, and
the fourth also with the hypoglossal nerve 12 cranial nerve.
The intrinsic muscles of the larynx are:
Cricothyroid, which has its origin in the anterior and external portion of the cricoid cartilage
of the larynx. The insertion is made on the anterior edge of the thyroid cartilage of the larynx
and on the posterior part of the lower edge of the thyroid cartilage. Its mission is to lengthen
and tighten the vocal cords.
Posterior cricoarytenoid, whose origin is on the posterior surface of the cricoid cartilage. The
insertion is made on the posterior surface of the arytenoid cartilage of the larynx. Opens the
glottal cleft (space between the vocal cords).
Lateral cricoarytenoid whose origin is at the upper edge of the cricoid cartilage. The insertion
is made on the anterior surface of the arytenoid cartilage. This closes the glottal cleft.
Aritenoid, whose origin is on the posterior surface and lateral edge of an arytenoid cartilage.
The insertion is made into the corresponding parts of the opposite arytenoid cartilage. Closes
the glottal cleft.
Thyroarytenoid, inserts into the lower portion of the thyroid cartilage and half of the
cricothyroid ligament. The insertion is made at the base and anterior surface of the arytenoid
cartilage. Shortens and relaxes the vocal cords.
All of them are innervated by the laryngeal branch of the vagus nerve, the X cranial nerve.
WE ARE GOING TO IMPROVE THE PRIMARY RESPIRATORY MOVEMENT
OF THE HYOID

The hyoid muscles are the muscles of the neck, under the chin and therefore are closely
related to the release of the expression pathway. We will remove the chains or necklaces
from the neck.
We will divide the area into three sections: the upper one is the suprahyoid, the middle is
the hyoid and the lower is the infrahyoid. We will observe the two insertion tendons of
the sternocleidomastoid and between them and above the fork of the sternum, we will
place the thumb and index finger or thumb or middle finger here in the infrahyoid
muscles, making a kind of grip or clamp. We can place the other hand on the sphenoid to
perceive the movement of expansion and contraction and thus join it towards the hyoid
muscles.
With the minimum possible contact we are going to listen to the cranial respiratory
movement in the infrahyoid, hyoid and suprahyoid. Therefore, contact in the area is
minimal and we will wait until we feel the cranial rhythmic impulse. First in the
infrahyoid, we listen to the rhythm, at the moment of bubbling or turbulence we follow it
in all directions, we accompany it in its uncoiling process, until we find the moment when
the pulse stops. Soon your cranial rhythm will return, its pulsation with greater symmetry,
strength and rhythm.
We will do the same with the hyoid muscles one or two centimeters above and with the
suprahyoid also one or two centimeters above the latter.
Through the technique of kinesiology we know that the hyoid moves in eight possible
directions, up, down, left, right, front, back, in one direction of rotation, in the other. This
tells us that it is the cranial rhythmic impulse that moves the hyoid complex muscle in all
directions.
We will also do the clavicular diaphragm and CV4 to reinforce the session.

Adjustment of all cranial bones

CRANIAL ADJUSTMENT
In adjusting the skull, it is important that the sutural attachments are released, and in
addition to this, that the bones are used primarily as hands on the tension of the
membranes and the liquid pressure they contain. It is necessary to develop a sensitive
palpation of cranial mobility, as the main indicator, and use the body's inherent
homeostatic tendency to help in the correction.
Some restrictions will be eliminated spontaneously and others will not, because the
organism is using them, for better or worse, for its own adaptive purposes. In the course
of homeostatic restoration of the body, configurations may be found that express
maintenance and breaking patterns of all kinds, including lifestyle adaptations, emotional
fixations, old injuries, etc., and it may be necessary to act accordingly. them, in order to
obtain the adaptation reservation. It would be beneficial for the patient, in this case, to be
treated by a competent professional.
We do not intend for the instructions we give to serve as a primary source for the practice
of the cranial sacrotechnique. We recommend that you seek direct instruction from an
expert professional, although these pages will serve as a refresher. Remember that when
applying cranial bone and membrane techniques, you should use light force.
With your hands on your skull, “get into” the underlying membrane tension and CSF
pressure. Develop your confidence in your palpation ability as the primary indicator. Then
apply traction to the cranial bones to open the sutures. When you feel the sutures
separating, continue traction and let the membranes shift. Continually extend your
examination in and out of the body, and you will be rewarded with information about
your patient that you would not obtain through verbal communication, and that cannot be
obtained by any other means. As they progress, the interrelationship of all things can be
felt.
If the sutures are fixed and do not release easily, apply the "Energy Direction" technique
(V Expansion) until they do. It usually works.
The Upledger protocol for cranial adjustment is organized according to the underlying
membrane junctions. Sit comfortably on the head side.
It helps to remember Sutherland's advice that your touch should begin "like a bird
perching on a branch and then holding on." As you develop "long circuit" function,
palpation and adjustment will become one and the same.
Relationship of the surface to the bones
RELEASE OF THE VERTICAL INTRACRANIAL MEMBRANE: SICKLE
Practice: Front Raise
(Antero-posterior cranial membrane traction)
In the neonatal skull there are 2 frontal bones separated by a central metopic suture, which
in some cases fuses in childhood and is obliterated in adults. Because the movement of
the cranial bones is a reflection of the underlying rhythmic and bilateral CSF “impulse,”
the frontal bone can be palpated considering that the metopic suture persists.
Place your hands so that the fingers extend on the frontal bone, just above the orbits.
Fingers number 5 should be just inside the articulation of the parietal with the greater
wing of the sphenoid. As you land on the bone, mentally "magnetize" your fingers, to
maximize their fit to the bone.
Start applying traction directly anterior and wait for the sutures to loosen. Your
"suggestion" of lifting is as powerful as the physical force you apply, and developing this
skill of mental suggestion will serve you well whenever you work with the cranial-sacral
system.
Continue with the traction, feeling the falx cerebri tighten, and let the membranes change.
The weight of the head makes the adjustment. When you feel the tissue soften, move the
bone slightly and explore its degree of movement. Then let the bone float back and check
again by palpation.
Practice: Parietal lifting
(traction of the supra-inferior cranial membrane)
The parietals are directly related to the Sagittal sinus, existing under the sagittal suture. It
is here that the arachnoid granulations pour CSF into the venous blood stream. The
parietals can also be used to pull the straight sinus, via the falx.
Start with your fingers spread along the temporo-parietal suture, just above the
temporalis. Because the bevel of the temporalis overlaps the parietals, apply medium
pressure on the parietals to disengage them from the inferior temporalis and then pull
upward until you feel the sutures relax. Continue pulling the sickle from the foramen
magnum and allow the membranes to change.
Sometimes relaxation occurs first on one side and then the other balances. The straight breast
can be gently pumped to facilitate traction, and then resumed a few times. When you feel the
tissue soften, move the bones back and forth a little to check their mobility.
At this point, you can also cross your thumbs over the sagittal suture and stretch it a little,
pumping gently a few times. When you feel that release has been achieved, let the parietal
muscles float backward and confirm this with palpation.

RELEASE OF THE HORIZONTAL INTRACRANIAL MEMBRANE: TENT OF

THE CEREBELLUM

Sphenoid Lift
(Antero-posterior cranial membrane traction)
The Sphenoid has an important role in sacrocranial dynamics. It is the key to the cranial
dynamic system; It relates the neurocranium to the face and palate, is essential for vision and
smell, and, significantly, contains the pituitary, which it cradles within the sella turcica, just
above the fulcrum of movement. The clinoid processes of the Sphenoid are the anterior
attachments of the tentorium cerebellum.
The sphenobasilar unit forms a large part of the cranial base. Dysfunctions in this base are
generally treated through the Sphenoid. The sphenobasilar joint, a synchondrosis, has six
degrees of movement and six classic distortion patterns: 1. Flexion-extension fixations
2. Oblique tilt fixings
3. Torsion fixings
4. Vertical tension fixings
5. Lateral tension
6. Compression
In his first volume, Upledger discusses the base of the skull in detail.
To adjust the Sphenoid, hold the head with your hands, with the fingers relaxed and spread
around the base of the occipital. Thumbs up. Make contact with the greater wings, near the
orbits, without applying pressure. It is surprising how little pressure they must apply with
their contact to mobilize the Sphenoid. It may help if you magnetize your thumbs.
Start by making compression with your thumbs towards your hands, and pressing the
Sphenoid on the occipital. Remember that this joint is anterior to the Magnum foramen. Take
your time. Feel the nature of the sphenobasilar compression for a moment, then begin to lift
the thumbs anteriorly, pulling the joint and the tentorium cerebellum through the clinoid
processes. Feel the occiput sinking into your palms and let the membranes change. Once
again use the weight of your head to make the correction. Then check the flexion and
extension of the joint by palpation, and the inclination, twisting, lateral and vertical tension,
also by means of the subtle movement of palpation.
When you push the Sphenoid, in each degree of movement feel each discharge of
complacency, of elasticity. The mobilization of this joint is not dramatic at all. As you check
it, think of it as the meeting place of two three-dimensional vectors.
Having palpated the degree of movement and patterns of distortion of the Sphenoid and
Occipital, turn your attention to the sphenobasilar joint, inside the head, and check each
degree of movement, of distortion, to see if there is any inherent movement in her, exactly
the same as they did in the body diaphragms. If you feel the urge to move, follow it,
becoming still in response to any recoil. When you consider that the change has occurred, let
the joint relax backwards, to normal, and verify by palpation.

Practice: Temporary ear tugging

(Traction of the transverse craniotemporal membrane)
The temporal bones contain the auditory and labyrinth mechanisms, and serve as lateral
anchors for the tentorium cerebellum (Transversa), which runs through the head in tensile
harmony with the corpus callosum. The rhythmic influence on the vestibular apparatus is
probably important. Remember that the vestibular system communicates via the
endolymphatic sac through a membrane window with the cranial dura.
Temporaries and labyrinths
Place your hands on the parietal and temporal bones, with two fingers on each side of the
ears and the fifth finger pointing down toward the mastoid. Feel the temporalis as you rock
them back and forth, out and in. The temporalis often express compression of the
hemispheres, and can be separated using the ears as handles. Hold the lobes lightly between
your thumb and index finger,
 diagonally behind and below the auditory meatus. Do a posterior and lower traction. Once
you feel the sutures relax, continue traction toward the bottom of the ear tube.
tive and around the brain. If you feel some rotation is possible, go ahead. They may feel
necessary the anterior and inferior rotation of the right ear, and the upward pull of the left.
Move slowly. Remain motionless in response to any recoil. Let the membranes change and
recheck with palpation.

THE MOUTH, THE FACE AND THE TEMPOROMANDIBULAR JOINT

External rotation
of the parietals

sliding force
side

Interlocking of the
temporomandibula
r joint

Therapist
Jerk

Illustration 12.16.
technique for art

Axes of external parietal rotation

ROCK THE TEMPORARY

Follow the rhythm in the storms for a minute. Do they have the same degree of movement
and are they in sync? Then, at the end of each phase of the IRSC hold one side and become
still for it, letting the other side move at its natural pace. By thus dividing the temporal
function, among other things, we are creating a fulcrum of sagittal torsional movement in the
approximate location of the sella diaphragm, which contains the pituitary. Rock the
temporary this way several times. You can hold the final movement for a moment, then let
the tension increase slightly, before relaxing your grip and rotating to the other side.
Then hold one side again in one phase and let the other side equalize, returning it to its
physiological movement. Because this adjustment is more interventional than others, be sure
to follow normal motion for several cycles, making sure you leave the mechanism slightly
lowered, so as not to create iatrogenic fixation on this important structure.
Finish the adjustment with the induction of a standing point on the skull or on the feet. Check
again by palpation.

Rock the storm

 Temporal bone
sphenoid bone parietal bone
Main wing------------- flaky portion
coronal Grooves of branches / Petrous portion
Lesser wing--------- suture of middle meningeal
Anterior clinoid vessels // Internal auditory canal
process--------------- / / Sinus groove
Optical conduit
03 . / / superior petrosal
Turkish chair--------
Sphenoid sinus -
/P9b / /External opening of the

Body--------------------
WA/d. / vestibular aqueduct
medial and lateral m/957h/ / Sinus groove
laminae of the / sigmoid
pterygoid process-

lambdoid suture
Frontal bone
Frontal sinus.
5; ____- Occipital bone
ethmoid bone
Crista galli ------------ transverse sinus
cribriform plate groove
Perpendicular plate--
External occipital
protuberance

Nasal bone vugular foramen

Inferior petrosal
lower nasal sinus groove
concha---------
hypoglossal canal

Maxillary / Great foramen

Nasal / anterior
spine —( ) Condyle <K c
Nasal surface — Palatine bone
ipital
Vamer
Incisive canal' basilar portion
Palatine process'
Alveolar process'
Frontal bone

glabella----------
Supraorbital
notch
(foramen)

orbital face

Nasal bone

tear bone

Zygomatic bone

Frontal process

orbital face

Temporal process

Hole

Maxillary
Zygomatic process /

orbital face----------------

infraorbital foramen

Frontal process---------

alveolar process--------

anterior nasal spine /

 The diaphragms
Resources Be focused Diagnostic Protocol CV4
TMJ and soft palate Diaphragm Sacrum and and tube
dural Line
s legs
The Diaphragms:

Transverse restrictions on the longitudinal orientation of the musculoskeletal

system .

The longitudinal orientation of the musculoskeletal system between the top of the head
and the feet is opposed by the feet, pelvic diaphragm, respiratory diaphragm, thoracic
cavity, cranial base, and skull. Each of these cross restraints is a natural location for a
tensional vortex in the body. Any torsion palpable in these demarcations must be treated
to improve symmetry in the reciprocal tension system. Neutralization of the body's
diaphragms minimizes their influence on distortion of the cranial membranes and
maximizes the effectiveness of cranial adjustment.
SACROCRANIAL FLEXION

The flexion phase of the cranial rhythm, which causes the skull to widen and shorten,
can also be considered as a functional cross-constraint to the longitudinal orientation,
especially when fixed. The extension that lengthens and narrows the skull pulls the
cranial membranes longitudinally.
Diaphragm Release

Place one hand on the Tumbosacral joint and the other on the pubic bone. Listen for a
minute or so and then focus your attention on the area. Begin to bring your hands
together, slowly pushing them at the same time, to slightly compress the pelvic ring. As
you continue to compress, your hands will slowly begin to rotate relative to each other.
Continue the rotation without letting the fabric recede. When you feel the release, repeat
the compression and check for balance and symmetry. This procedure can be repeated
several times if necessary. Now stand in the thoracic cavity. Place one hand under the
thoracic spine and the other on the chest, half on the stomach and half on the xiphoid and
sternum. Compress the respiratory diaphragm and continue the twist, passively resisting
any attempt at recoil, but allowing the tissue to choose any other option. Check again for
symmetry and balance. When satisfied, move to the chest cavity.

Thoracic diaphragm release

With one hand below the cervico-dorsal joint and the other on the clavicle, bring your
hands together and follow the twist, in the same way as in the two lower diaphragms.
Once again, encourage the tissue to choose a new pattern of behavior. We trust the
innate homeostatic mechanism of each organism.

Thoracic cavity release

OCCIPITAL DECOMPRESSION
Once the three diaphragms of the torso have been released, we are ready to proceed to
the occipital cranial base.

Hold your head in your cupped hands and place your fingers under your occipital bone,
pointing directly at the Atlas ring. Let the head relax on your fingers, until the
suboccipital muscles allow you to reach the posterior ring. Wait until you feel him relax.
Then use two fingers to reach each of the two sides of the external occipital crest, and
gently pull the occipital, separating it from the spine. The traction should be gentle
enough to separate the occipital from the Atlas and Axis, not stronger. Continue traction
toward the bottom of the dural tube.

Article published by Alberto Panizo and Greta Adam in the magazine BodyMente
(Nº131): “Healing after an accident.”

For a long time Ana Fernández had been feeling pain in her lumbar and cervical
areas. These pains will aggravate an alternative therapy to find relief.
"Alberto Panizo, a craniosacral therapist, had successfully treated several
acquaintances of mine. I went to see him and I noticed results, even on a mental and
emotional level. I had more energy and could work better. Increased tells us.
The craniosacral method and somato-emotional biodynamics, through a delicate and
deep work, balance psychosomatics and enhance the self-healing power of the body,
influencing the root of the problem. The craniosacral method considers one of the basic
manifestations of health It is a heartbeat that depends on the state of the nervous system,
organs and other systems. Through gentle manipulations of the spine, it is possible to
regulate this rhythmic impulse that is altered by various traumas.
Unlock energy
In Ana's case, Alberto Panizo found an alteration in the suboccipital region with
energy compression in the shoulder.
"After applying some techniques, I used the unscrewing technique – explains Panizo
–. To do this, the movement inherent to the shoulder is followed until the body
memory indicates the position in which the energy encapsulated in that painful knot
needs to be released by traveling the same path through which it enters and, in the
correct position, curiously, we can Feeling a neuromusc pulse reset can relive the
negative emotions of the accident. Discussing what you felt and visualizing the
healing helped.

In the following sessions the osteopath worked on the lumbar region and especially
the restriction of the pelvis. "C has a positive impact on the suboccipital area, the
passage of important cranial nerves. Among them, "the nerve to the digestive
function and the cervical muscles." "A weight has been lifted off my shoulders."

Currently, Ana is following a maintenance treatment of one session per month. I also
practice daily exercises. "With a little discipline, I can do them in 15 minutes. This
has complemented the sessions and eliminated the back pain that I had had for many
years. It's like they loved me

Craniosacral therapy, related to osteopathy, can be applied at any age. And in

addition to c there is no illness, it helps eliminate tensions and blockages, live life
more fully and also

Ana adds: "I am in menopause and since receiving the craniosacral therapy sessions
I notice that they are typical: I sweat less, I sleep better and I feel more balanced.
That's why I know that therapy helps me
 The sacrum, legs and craniosacral
swing
LISTENING IN THE FEET AND LEGS
We gently place our hands on the back of the feet and prepare to listen to the fluidic
rhythm of the CSF in the feet. The movement is one of expansion and contraction, as
well as there is a component of internal rotation in the contraction and external rotation
in the expansion. It is very likely that we will not feel any cranial rhythmic impulse in
the legs and that therefore we will have to unscrew and eliminate a large number of
tensions or energy blockages in the entire leg and even in the hips and sacrum. We will
untie the lines of tension along the legs, stopping in the areas that require it to keep us
there in a transmission of energy that releases the blockage. Afterwards we will notice
that the cranial rhythmic impulse returns in that area. If the area is problematic and we
are interested in going deeper into it, we will induce a stop of the cranial rhythmic
impulse to once again encounter an unwinding of the lines of tension, effecting healing
in the deepest tissues. Our intention or the mind's eye is what is projected into the
patient's body. When we have managed to press the legs a little, we will be able to notice
how there is an imbalance between the right or left leg. We can notice how one leg
pulses and the other does not pulse. In this case we will induce a stop to the leg that is
pulsating by bringing the cerebrospinal fluid towards the leg that is not pulsating with
our intention. When we get the weaker leg to pulse, we will maintain and accompany
this pulsation for several cycles. Then we will stop inducing the stopping point to the
other leg, allowing both legs to carry out the primary respiratory movement. Now we
will most likely find that each leg pulses at a different rate than the other. Now will be
the moment in which we will force a stop or Still Point on one leg and then on the other.
We will maintain this stop with its unwinding or unwinding for as long as necessary
until neurological silence comes and the primary respiratory movement returns. Now we
will pay close attention to perceiving the symmetry of rhythm in both legs. If this is not
the case, it will be time to repeat the entire process or craniosacral technique again. This
rhythm exists in any part of the body. We will also hear it in the knees, thighs and iliac
muscles.

PALPATION OF THE SACRULE We can palpate the sacrum with the patient in the
prone, supine or lateral position. In the supine position, the weight of the body may not
allow us to perceive the movement of the sacrum well. If the patient is placed in a prone
or lateral position, the sacrum is free and floating. Now we can feel the relationship of
the sacrum with the coccyx. We repeat the steps to follow: The first thing we have to
do is listen to the cranio-sacral rhythm and follow it for several breaths. Find out the type
of injury you have, which area breathes the worst? The second is the so-called STILL
POINT or IRC stop, preventing the filling or expansion process. After here the tension
will show us a direction that we will have to follow. Up, down, left, fast, slow, figure
eight, zigzag, etc. Depending on the need of the internal fascia, this movement will be
one way or another. We will ensure that the fabric softens. The third thing is
unscrewing or unwinding. The FCE together with the fascia causes imbalance or
bubbling of the tissues. Here the face knot is being untwisted. We move our hands in all
necessary directions, we let ourselves be carried away by the tension of the tissue and
our mind's eye will visualize the internal tissues and ask for their perfect health and
relaxation. We keep it there until only one stop or a neurological interruption occurs.
The fourth thing is that here we will not feel anything, there is a break from the
activity, in seconds or a few minutes the rhythm of the cerebrospinal fluid will return,
with better amplitude, symmetry and rhythm. The expansion and contraction bellows
will return on its own after a few seconds. It could be that we have
managed to have a better respiratory rate in the area, but we need to do the previous
steps again, to leave the area with greater amplitude and balance. Do the same in all the
diaphragms.

PROTOCOL

Listening to the feet.

Listening to the thighs.

Listening to the sacred.

Diaphragm 1 Pelvic.

Diaphragm 2 Thoracic

.Diaphragm 3 Clavicular.

At all these points you have to listen to the fascia and its movements, untie the knot, stop
and wait for a new balance. The dead or stop point is sought at the moment of emptying
or internal rotation or extension, Still point. Then comes a bubbling or point of madness,
and then it regularizes. If a patient has a lot of pain in a certain area, go directly to treat
that diaphragm and delve deeper into the internal tissues. We must try to solve the
painful area at first and then do a complete craniosacral adjustment.
S1 AND L5 DECOMPRESSION This phase is highly recommended for when there is
lumbar pain. The sacrum performs a nutation and counternutation movement. During
cranio-sacral flexion the sacrum opens and separates from the lumbar fifth, an opening
movement like the one being carried out by the occipital on the skull. The lumbar fifth
with respect to the sacrum performs the same movement of nutation and counternutation
as the sacrum The first thing we do is listen to the rhythm of the sacrum, the flexion and
extension, the movement of nutation and counternutation. Now we put the fixed point on
the lumbar 5, we block with a light touch but mainly with our attention. We leave it
blocked and expand the movement of the sacrum with our intention, we help the
movement of the sacral rocker to gain greater amplitude. When we notice that the
kinetics of the sacrum is greater, we stop it and take the sacrum as a fixed point and look
for the separation and amplitude, between the sacrum and the fifth lumbar, pushing the
L5 towards the skull. I have to feel the same sensation as spheno synchondrosis. -basilar,
flexion and extension between the fifth lumbar and the sacrum. It is a synchrony of
separation and rapprochement between the sacrum and the 5th lumbar. The rhythm of
stable flexion and extension will give me the security that the unlocking or
decompression of the sacrum and the 5th lumbar has been carried out. Listening to the
rhythm of the sacrum With the fixed point of L5 we improve the amplitude of
movement of the sacrum. We fix the sacrum and improve the mobility of L5 with
our intention. We release and the two will integrate into a single rhythm. This phase
of decompression of L5 with S1 has a second technique, recommended when the person
has thin compression and weighs little. When the sacrum is in extension, we place the
index finger below the spinous L5 and S1, accompanying the occipito-cranial
movement. The first thing the fingers will do is follow the swing of the sacrum and little
by little the fingers will open like scissors, following the extension-flexion movement,
accompanying the rhythm and releasing the lumbar fascias. The deep tissues are
producing eccentric stress. We do the separation with intention and we achieve a result
of very healthy deep elastic unwinding. For symptoms of depression and anxiety, due to
burdens of responsibility, couple conflict, insomnia, insecurity, fear, identification or
sexual problems or parental problems and sons.

Therefore, we have:

OCCIPITAL DECOMPRESSION

ATLAS AXIS DECOMPRESSION

DURAL TUBE TRACTION

L5 DECOMPRESSION WITH S1
 vertebral body

Intervertebral disc

Spinal cord

MADAM.
Sagittal suture

coronal suture
parietal bone

Frontal bone

Greater wing of the

sphenoid

Temporal bone

ethmoid bone

sphenoid bone

tear bone

Zygomatic bone

Jaw branch Vomer

I Body of the mandible

Metopic suture of the frontal bone (usually fused in the adult)
 Superior orbital fissure

optic foramen

Nasal bone

Palatine bone

Inferior orbital fissure

superior shell of ethmoid

Middle concha of the ethmoid

perpendicular plate of the ethmoid bone

Turbinate-bottom shell
 Cervical spine

Dorsal column

Lumbar spine

www.pops8iud.com

Dural tube traction

Resources Be focused Diagnostic Protocol CV4
TMJ and soft palate Diaphragms Sacrum and and
dural tube Line
legs
You have to do it with your imagination.
With the head plumb and the fingers sunk in the occipital region we will notice a viscous sensation. Next we
drag the occipital a little towards us, we close our eyes and each time we produce a mind we imagine this
journey through the cervical vertebrae, from there to the dorsal , lumbar, until t We will perceive which part
of the spinal cord is stuck through a slimy sensation. Here we will make a couple free. It is at this moment
that we feel a gurgling or trembling in the spinal cord and we stop waiting for our journey through the spinal
tube, breaking up a little more each time. If we felt a resistance again
 operation described above.
With this manipulation we also release tension in the occiput, atlas and axis.
From here we make the imaginative journey where the decompression of the dural tube occurs until it
travels down the spinal cord, segment by segment. The sensation is like a rubber band that is loosening this
blockage.
We only do a spatial induction, the body unscrews the dural tube alone.
Coccygeal muscle

dural tube

Sacrum

Occipital

Coccygeal hypertonia that induces flexion of the craniosacral system.

The fingertips are going to burn, which is synonymous with the discharge of the extensor muscles.
Posterolateral hernias are treatable. However, in cranial strokes this technique is discouraged. The spinal
cord is always moving up and down and with it the spinal nerves, which is why it is

Dr. W. G. Sutherland
We follow inertia, we support freedom while respecting the inherent wisdom within the system, we can
follow some movements to facilitate the process, but in any case the force used remains almost
imperceptible. The transformation process occurs by listening to the dynamic stillness.
In each visit we treat the person, treating the area of pain or complaint is not our objective. To be effective
we must find where the "problem" really is. Many times it is located a long distance from the place where
the patient complains. We know when the session is over because the tissues enter a balanced tranquility.
There is a sense of fluid continuity, the body has stopped fighting, it is congruent and resonant without
interference in movement.
The session will last between 35 to 60 minutes. "Our clock is the fabrics." R.Becker Remember: when you
have had a problem for years it is unlikely that you will fully recover in one or two sessions, even though
you may feel much better. It is important to have realistic expectations, each person is individual, no two of
us are the same and respond to the same treatment or in the same way.
The degree of response may depend on several factors:
- How long has the problem or process been going on?
- The degree of damage to the affected tissues
- The vitality of each individual

Frontal bone coronal suture

glabella- - - parietal bone

Supraorbit
al notch Sphenoid bone
(foramen)
orbital face Lesser
wing
Main wing
Nasal bone

Temporal bone

tear bone
ethmoid bone

Orbital sheet
Zygomatic bone
Perpendicular sheet
Frontal process —
middle nasal concha
Orbital face —'

Temporal process lower nasal concha

Hole
zygomaticofacial - Vomer

Maxillary Jaw

Zygomatic process' --Branch

orbital face--------------- __-Body

infraorbital foramen — Mental foramen

Frontal process--------- -----mental tubercle

alveolar process------- — Mental protuberance

Anterior nasal spine -

power lines
For any questions, write to energiacraneosacral@gmail.com
 Resources Be focused Diagnostic Protocol CV4
TMJ and soft palate Diaphragms Sacrum and legs dural tube and
Line

Over time I am realizing that I can easily follow the lines of tension through the human energy field and
observe the tensions or twisted lines existing in people's auras.

These twisted lines of energy, forming swirls and circles and many more shapes, are responsible for the lack
or deviation of the cranial rhythmic impulse or primary respiratory movement. They also pull on the fascial
tissue, forming energy knots and energy cysts and tensions, stiffness and other problems.

As we already know, tension is not noticeable or does almost nothing to you, but one after another, it eats up
your energy and tenses you up in such a way that it can seem like a slow and unconscious death.

These twisted lines are faults in the aura, which are usually occupied by an unhealthy emotion or energy and
therefore of low vibration. They can be found at any distance from the body and take different shapes and
designs.
At first, to dissolve these twisted lines of force, once discovered, I followed them with my left hand and my
right hand above my head. This generates a polarity of energy-light, which by moving my left hand a lot and
even my entire body, depending on the type of energetic knot, in different ways, following the lines of force,
with a few seconds or minutes I managed to dissolve said energetic cyst.

Later I realized that by using a ray of light above my head, the Violet Flame, this knot of energy dissolved
more quickly, although the movements of my hand became stronger and more violent.
Another technique that I have used is to wrap a spider web or net of light around the energetic knot and then
carry an explosion in its center that will suddenly dissolve the cyst or energetic knot. Afterwards I usually
put many rays of Light inside, for example many small Violet Flames throughout the space that that
unhealthy energy occupied.
Over time, several years, I am realizing that once I have located the energy knot, I perform an act of
awareness of the matter and send a ray of light from between the eyebrows and the energy cyst quickly
disappears or dissolves. I usually count radioesthetically the amount of positive energy that that area has,
then the negative and when I perform that act of consciousness I already observe the problem and that's it, it
disappears. Awareness is something magical, although then I accompany it with a ray of light from between
the eyebrows and my hands come together sending light to the cyst, pushing it, like the cartoons of children
who take a ball of light with both hands and hold it. They send the opponent and he explodes.

In short, there must be many techniques to dissolve energy knots, including calling Ascended Masters, Jesus
Christ, conjuring him with Christ energy or any religion related to us.

Energy knots are in all of us, in the physical body they can be noticed as muscle tensions, rigidity in the
tissues or fascia, lack of energy in an organ, part of the body, acupuncture line or lack of mobility. If one
wanted to meditate from silence and body perception, one could realize the small and subtle changes that are
made after a session by untying knots of energy. Everything is perceptible, you just have to want and be able
to.

Of course, the more brutalized a person is, the more materialistic they are, or even the more subtle and
elevated energy bodies are not well developed, the less they will be able to realize all these issues and
changes that are made after the therapeutic sessions.

Energy knots are often emotions, feelings or repressed and blocked energies, and in most cases they are very
low vibration. On other occasions they are physical trauma, due to blows or accidents of any kind, which
still maintain the kinetic energy of the blow in the form of muscular and fascial contracture.

I would dare to say that more than 80% of humanity has problems with energy blockages and a craniosacral
system that needs to be improved, and that more than 40% of the world's population has serious cranial
problems in their primary respiratory movement.

Soon I hope to be able to explain more about personal emotions and thoughts and their consequences in the
human energy field.

If you need any help or a quick opinion about your energy field and primary respiratory movement, I will be
happy to collaborate.

I have deciphered everything stated above by doing personal practices on people, in most cases absent and
unknown.

What gives me the most pleasure is when I begin to perceive the sphenobasilar joint of great people and
their primary respiratory movement or energetic pulsation is correct and therefore beautiful and pretty. In
many Reiki teachers, people with spiritual knowledge, healers, etc. So it is a lifelong job, but you can have
all the fascial tissue healthy and relaxed and all the chakras open and balanced.

Over time I am realizing that I can easily follow the lines of tension through the human energy field and
observe the tensions or twisted lines existing in people's auras.

These twisted lines of energy, forming swirls and circles and many more shapes, are responsible for the lack
or deviation of the cranial rhythmic impulse or primary respiratory movement. They also pull on the fascial
tissue, forming energy knots and energy cysts and tensions, stiffness and other problems.

As we already know, tension is not noticeable and does almost nothing to you, but one after another, it eats
up your energy and tenses you up in such a way that it can seem like a slow and unconscious death.

These twisted lines are faults in the aura, which are usually occupied by an unhealthy emotion or energy and
therefore of low vibration. They can be found at any distance from the body and take different shapes and
designs.

At first, to dissolve these twisted lines of force, once discovered, I followed them with my left hand and my
right hand above my head. This generates a polarity of energy-light, which by moving my left hand a lot and
even my entire body, depending on the type of energetic knot, in different ways, following the lines of force,
with a few seconds or minutes I managed to dissolve said energetic cyst.

Later I realized that by using a ray of light above my head, the Violet Flame, this knot of energy dissolved
more quickly, although the movements of my hand became stronger and more violent.

Another technique that I have used is to wrap a spider web or net of light around the energetic knot and then
carry an explosion in its center that will suddenly dissolve the cyst or energetic knot. Afterwards I usually
put many rays of Light inside, for example many small Violet Flames throughout the space that that
unhealthy energy occupied.

Over time, several years, I am realizing that once I have located the energy knot, I perform an act of
awareness of the matter and send a ray of light from between the eyebrows and the energy cyst quickly
disappears or dissolves. I usually count radioesthetically the amount of positive energy that that area has,
then the negative and when I perform that act of consciousness I already observe the problem and that's it, it
disappears. Awareness is something magical, although then I accompany it with a ray of light from between
the eyebrows and my hands come together sending light to the cyst, pushing it, like the cartoons of children
who take a ball of light with both hands and hold it. They send the opponent and he explodes.

In short, there must be many techniques to dissolve energy knots, including calling Ascended Masters, Jesus
Christ, conjuring him with Christ energy or any religion related to us.

Energy knots are in all of us, in the physical body they can be noticed as muscle tensions, rigidity in the
tissues or fascia, lack of energy in an organ, part of the body, acupuncture line or lack of mobility. If one
wanted to meditate from silence and body perception, one could realize the small and subtle changes that are
made after a session by untying knots of energy. Everything is perceptible, you just have to want and be able
to.

Of course, the more brutalized a person is, the more materialistic they are, or even the more subtle and
elevated energy bodies are not well developed, the less they will be able to realize all these issues and
changes that are made after the therapeutic sessions.

Energy knots are often emotions, feelings or repressed and blocked energies and in most cases they are very
low vibration. On other occasions they are physical trauma, due to blows or accidents of any kind, which
still maintain the kinetic energy of the blow in the form of muscular and fascial contracture.

Although it seems easy for me to identify and dissolve energy knots (relatively), I do not want to say that it
is a simple and quick job, since after one energy knot comes another, and then another and so on, it seems to
be done very long the treatment to be able to perceive improvements.

This is like this for two reasons, one because the patient has many blockages, a lot of blocked energy and the
work becomes arduous and hard. The other circumstance is that when dissolving an energy knot, the fascial
tissue relaxes and the energy flows, until the next contractured fascial tissue retains it and the pain has
moved and it is necessary to do the same again in another body part. Well, maybe these two questions are
directly related.

For example, we all know about acupuncture lines and the fascial tissue that runs from one distal part of the
body to another. That is, on the right costal side, the fascias go from the right ear and right parietal to the
right foot in its lateral area. On the other side the same, in front of the body a little right the same, a little left
the same. The same thing happens on the back of the body, from the head on the right side the fascial tissue
descends to the feet on the right side, the same on the left side.

Well, if a person has been blocking their right area of the body almost all their life, which is the area that
gives energy, is more active and masculine, or has simply had a more or less strong blow or trauma that
contracted, for example the right hip or the coxofemoral joint and broke some muscle fibers. Over time, your
entire right side will be affected, from your feet to your head, even if it is just a few millimeters. The energy
of that entire acupuncture line is depressed. decreases and does not circulate naturally. This has
psychological and physical repercussions, but they go unnoticed due to lack of awareness.

Well, an osteopath and a chiropractor could perceive a slight shortening in one foot or another, look for the
cause that caused it and try to solve it.

An energy therapist like me would untie an energy knot in an area, for example in the right leg, in the knee.
Then that movement of released energy would lead him to untie another knot of energy on his hip, then he
would do the same on his right foot. I would continue to do the same on the right costal side, freeing the
diaphragm and costal breathing a little more. After this energy knot it is possible that it will lead to a
contracture in the right shoulder. You will untie this energy knot, which will lead you to another energy knot
in the right temporal, right occipital and right parietal areas.

After all this the patient will have an energy line or acupuncture line released from the foot to the head, his
overall energy improves, and the primary respiratory movement throughout his head is transformed to a new
and better pulsation.

After changing your cranial pulsation, it is possible that a new line of energy will appear that needs revision
and knots of energy will appear again that must be released in other parts than the previous one.
I smile when I tell these things, but that's how they seem to me to be, from my own experience. When I was
young, those who played the most and those who least played hard and risky sports, with their respective
blows, after blows. These contractures in many parts of the body, carried unconsciously for many years,
make our fascial tissue, which is a very interconnected, structural and protective tissue, full of tensions and
energy knots.

Therefore, all physical traumas, accompanied by emotional traumas and bad habits, over time take their toll
on the body and your body energy is seriously affected. This is the time to make a big change and start doing
therapies, healing and bringing awareness to your life. It's never too late to start.

After healing the physical body, it is very likely that you will realize that the emotional, mental and spiritual
body are also the same piece of your physical body and you will want to do comprehensive work and
improve from all aspects of the Being. Now you are on a good path to rise in vibration levels and become an
evolved and evolving Being.

I am convinced that with craniosacral therapy all these changes can be made in a deep and integrative way.
Of course, everything costs effort and work and the reward is so gradual and from within that it can go
unnoticed. Simply over time you become more of yourself, you feel better in all aspects, your life goes much
better, despite the changes, since your inner Being, your Higher Being, is much more connected with your
person and personality. It is like being with God more deeply, with all the positive virtues, forming part of
you naturally.

You can attract new energies into your life, the energy flows much better, your personal power increases and
your psychological defects disappear.

For now, continue reading and hope you enjoy it.

Browse this website as many times as you can and you will discover truths larger than a temple.

Author: Juan Carlos LLuch

www.energiacraniosacral.com

These twisted energy lines, forming swirls and circles and many more shapes, are responsible for the lack or
deviation of the cranial rhythmic impulse or primary respiratory movement. They also pull on the fascial
tissue, forming energy knots and energy cysts and tensions, stiffness and other problems.

As we already know, tension is not noticeable and does almost nothing to you, but one after another, it eats
up your energy and makes you tense in such a way that it can seem like a slow and unconscious death.

These twisted lines are faults in the aura, which are usually occupied by an unhealthy emotion or energy and
therefore of low vibration. They can be found at any distance from the body and take different shapes and
designs.

At first, to dissolve these twisted lines of force, once discovered, I followed them with my left hand and my
right hand above my head. This generates a polarity of energy-light, which by moving my left hand a lot and
even my entire body, depending on the type of energetic knot, in different ways, following the lines of force,
with a few seconds or minutes I managed to dissolve said energetic cyst.

Later I realized that by using a ray of light above my head, the Violet Flame, this knot of energy dissolved
more quickly, although the movements of my hand had become stronger and more violent.

Another technique that I have used is to wrap a spider web or net of light around the energetic knot and then
carry an explosion in its center that will suddenly dissolve the cyst or energetic knot. Afterwards I usually
put many rays of Light inside, for example many small Violet Flames throughout the space that that
unhealthy energy occupied.

Over time, several years, I am realizing that once I have located the energy knot, I perform an act of
awareness of the matter and send a ray of light from between the eyebrows and the energy cyst quickly
disappears or dissolves. I usually radioesthetically count the amount of positive energy that that area has,
then the negative and when I perform that act of consciousness I observe the problem and that's it, it
disappears. Awareness is something magical, although then I accompany it with a ray of light from between
the eyebrows and my hands come together sending light to the cyst, pushing it, like the cartoons of children
who take a ball of light with both hands and hold it. They send the opponent and he explodes.

In short, there must be many techniques to dissolve energy knots, including calling Ascended Masters, Jesus
Christ, conjuring him with the Christ energy or any religion related to us.

Energy knots are in all of us, in the physical body they can be noticed as muscle tensions, rigidity in the
tissues or fascia, lack of energy in an organ, part of the body, acupuncture line or lack of mobility. If one
wanted to meditate from silence and body perception, one could realize the small and subtle changes that are
made after a session by untying knots of energy. Everything is perceptible, you just have to want and be able
to.

Of course, the more brutalized a person is, the more materialistic they are, or even the more subtle and
elevated energy bodies are not well developed, the less they will be able to realize all these issues and
changes that are made after therapeutic sessions.

Energy knots are often emotions, feelings or repressed and blocked energies, and in most cases they are of
very low vibration. On other occasions they are physical trauma, due to blows or accidents of any kind,
which still maintain the kinetic energy of the blow in the form of muscular and fascial contracture.

Although it seems easy for me to identify and dissolve energy knots (relatively), I do not want to say that it
is a simple and quick job, since behind one energy knot comes another, and then another and so on, it seems
to be done very long the treatment to be able to perceive improvements.

This is so for two reasons, one because the patient has many blockages, a lot of blocked energy and the work
becomes arduous and hard. The other circumstance is that when dissolving an energy knot, the fascial tissue
relaxes and the energy flows until the next contractured fascial tissue retains it and the pain has moved and
needs to do the same again in another part of the body. . Well maybe these two questions are directly related.

For example, we all know about acupuncture lines and the fascial tissue that runs from one distal part of the
body to another. That is, on the right costal side, the fascias go from the right ear and right parietal to the
right foot in its lateral area. On the other side the same, in front of the body a little right the same, a little left
the same. The same thing happens on the back of the body, from the head on the right side the fascial tissue
descends to the feet on the right side, the same on the left side.

Well, if a person has been blocking their right area of the body almost all their life, which is the area that
gives energy, is more active and masculine, or has simply had a blow or trauma more or less strong than a
contracture, for example the right hip or the coxofemoral joint and broke some muscle fibers. Over time,
your entire right side will be affected, from your feet to your head, even if it is just a few millimeters. The
energy of that entire acupuncture line is depressed, decreases and does not circulate naturally. This has
psychological and physical repercussions, but they go unnoticed due to lack of awareness.

Well, an osteopath and a chiropractor could perceive a slight shortening in one foot or another, look for the
cause that caused it and try to solve it.

An energy therapist like me would untie an energy knot in an area, for example in the right leg, in the knee.
Then that movement of released energy would lead him to untie another knot of energy on his hip, then he
would do the same on his right foot. I would continue to do the same on the right costal side, freeing the
diaphragm and costal breathing a little more. After this energy knot it is possible that it will lead to a
contracture in the right shoulder. You will untie this energy knot, which will lead you to another energy knot
in the right temporal, right occipital and right parietal areas.

After all this the patient will have an energy line or acupuncture line released from the foot to the head, his
overall energy improves, and the primary respiratory movement throughout his head is transformed to a new
and better pulsation.

After changing your cranial pulsation, it is possible that a new line of energy will appear that needs revision
and knots of energy will appear again that must be released in other parts than the previous one.

I smile when I tell these things, but that's how they seem to me to be, from my own experience. When I was
young, those who played the most and those who least played hard and risky sports, with their respective
blows, after blows. These contractures in many parts of the body, carried unconsciously for many years,
make our fascial tissue, which is a very interconnected, structural and protective tissue, full of tensions and
energy knots.

Therefore, all physical traumas, accompanied by emotional traumas and bad habits, over time take their toll
on the body and your body energy is seriously affected. This is the time to make a big change and start doing
therapies, healing and bringing awareness to your life. It's never too late to start.

After healing the physical body, it is very likely that you will realize that the emotional, mental and spiritual
body is also the same piece of your physical body and you will want to do comprehensive work and improve
from all aspects of the Being. You are now on a good path to raising vibration levels and becoming an
evolved and evolving Being.

I am convinced that with craniosacral therapy all these changes can be made in a deep and integrative way.
Of course, everything costs effort and work and the reward is so gradual and from within that it can go
unnoticed. Simply over time you become more of yourself, you feel better in all aspects, your life goes much
better, despite the changes, since your inner Being, your Higher Being, is much more connected with your
person and personality. It is like being with God plus one, with all the positive virtues, forming part of you
naturally.

You can attract new energies into your life, the energy flows much better, your personal power increases and
your psychological defects disappear.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement to follow that energy
fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I kinesthetically perceive the energy knots or energy cysts.
Once this whirlwind of twisted energy is located and, which can take on different shapes and sizes, it is
dissolved and cleaned. Afterwards, you have to recharge the affected area of the aura and perform this
healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that area of the aura correctly reflects the internal tides of
the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being is realized
automatically.
I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to be applied, truly amazing results are obtained and
that with any other manual therapy directly on the body, it seems like an arduous task, if not impossible.

Gushing and neurological arrest

After the bubbling or unwinding there will come a neurological stop, a stop of the cranial rhythmic impulse,
a silence, a tranquility after the stress of unwinding.

This can be interpreted as a moment of peace for the central nervous system and fascial tissue to reorganize
and balance for the new and improved CRI.

After a few seconds or a few minutes, the cranial rhythmic impulse will come with greater amplitude,
symmetry and better rhythm. We will continue with our light contact in the area until the cranial rhythmic
impulse returns. Again, if the cranial rhythmic impulse took a while to return, it would be indicative of the
importance of the injury.

By returning the cranial rhythmic impulse throughout the body we will ensure that the micro joints of the
body, the cranial sutures, the sacrum with the pelvis, etc., regain their flexion-extension movement.

This is a beautiful moment where we can observe the subtle healing of the area, the return to normal of the
CRI in the area we are treating.

Although it seems easy for me to identify and dissolve energy knots (relatively), I do not want to say that it
is a simple and quick job, since after one energy knot comes another, and then another and so on, it seems to
be done very long the treatment to be able to perceive improvements.
This is like this for two reasons, one because the patient has many blockages, a lot of blocked energy and the
work becomes arduous and hard. The other circumstance is that when dissolving an energy knot, the fascial
tissue relaxes and the energy flows, until the next contractured fascial tissue retains it and the pain has
moved and it is necessary to do the same again in another body part. Well, maybe these two questions are
directly related.
For example, we all know about acupuncture lines and the fascial tissue that runs from one distal part of the
body to another. That is, on the right costal side, the fascias go from the right ear and right parietal to the
right foot in its lateral area. On the other side the same, in front of the body a little right the same, a little left
the same. The same thing happens on the back of the body, from the head on the right side the fascial tissue
descends to the feet on the right side, the same on the left side.
Well, if a person has been blocking their right area of the body almost all their life, which is the area that
gives energy, is more active and masculine, or has simply had a more or less strong blow or trauma that
contracted, for example the right hip or the coxofemoral joint and broke some muscle fibers. Over time, your
entire right side will be affected, from your feet to your head, even if it is just a few millimeters. The energy
of that entire acupuncture line is depressed. decreases and does not circulate naturally. This has
psychological and physical repercussions, but they go unnoticed due to lack of awareness.

Well, an osteopath and a chiropractor could perceive a slight shortening in one foot or another, look for the
cause that caused it and try to solve it.
An energy therapist like me would untie an energy knot in an area, for example in the right leg, in the knee.
Then that movement of released energy would lead him to untie another knot of energy on his hip, then he
would do the same on his right foot. I would continue to do the same on the right costal side, freeing the
diaphragm and costal breathing a little more. After this energy knot it is possible that it will lead to a
contracture in the right shoulder. You will untie this energy knot, which will lead you to another energy knot
in the right temporal, right occipital and right parietal areas. After all this the patient will have an energy line
or acupuncture line released from the foot to the head, his overall energy improves, and the primary
respiratory movement throughout his head is transformed to a new and better pulsation. The release of
fascial tensions is often accompanied by internal noises, such as when the gut crunches.
After changing your cranial pulsation, it is possible that a new line of energy will appear that needs revision
and knots of energy will appear again that must be released in other parts than the previous one.
Sometimes I think it's like playing hide-and-seek, I follow the cahkras, the aura, the energy lines, I locate it,
I count the amount of energy it has (this can be called bringing awareness) and, miraculously, it disappears
into the background. of the cases. That's why I say the game of hide-and-seek, I caught you, I located you, I
quantified the energy you consume and you vanished.
I smile when I tell these things, but that's how they seem to me to be or rather that's how I know they are,
because that's how I feel it in a special way. It is always from my own experience and that tactile sensitivity
of touching the energies. This causes discomfort when you live or touch many low-vibration energies, which
is why it is necessary to clean and not perceive a dense and disgusting energy plasma on your hands.
When I was young, those who played the most and those who least played hard and risky sports, with their
respective blows, after blows. These contractures in many parts of the body, carried unconsciously for many
years, make our fascial tissue, which is a very interconnected, structural and protective tissue, full of
tensions and energy knots.
Therefore, all physical traumas, accompanied by emotional traumas and bad habits, over time take their toll
on the body and your body energy is seriously affected. This is the time to make a big change and start doing
therapies, healing and bringing awareness to your life. It's never too late to start.
After healing the physical body, it is very likely that you will realize that the emotional, mental and spiritual
body are also the same piece of your physical body and you will want to do comprehensive work and
improve from all aspects of the Being. Now you are on a good path to rise in vibration levels and become an
evolved and evolving Being.

Dark spot on the
pituitary gland (sixth
Chalen)
Tumor with white and
black spots and bars
Rope leading to a person
whose beliefs or actions
could be causing the
problems

Dark shape pointing at the

Dark spots on the
blanket
ovaries (second chakra)

Energy indications of breast cancer

Dark spots in the sixth chakra

and third eye]

Red spots in the twist
chakra
White , yellow, and
gray spots between
Orange spots and Cris o' dark tones
the second and third
in the second chakra
auric layers

Unhealthy yellow energy in the prostate

area

Energy indications for prostate cancer

 Shaped like conical funnels, the seven intracorporeal chakras
They connect to the physical body through the spinal column
•The chakras are shaped like spirals, with the apex of the spiral rooted
in the central nervous system through the column, while the vortex or part
wide passes through the dense body at its front.s Diane Stein, in Life
psychic women

I am convinced that with craniosacral therapy all these changes can be made in a deep and
integrative way. Of course, everything costs effort and work and the reward is so gradual and from
within that it can go unnoticed. Simply over time you become more of yourself, you feel better in
all aspects, your life goes much better, despite the changes, since your inner Being, your Higher
Being, is much more connected with your person and personality. It is like being with God more
deeply, with all the positive virtues, forming part of you naturally.
You can attract new energies into your life, the energy flows much better, your personal power
increases and your psychological defects disappear.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement

to follow that energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I perceive
kinesthetically the energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes,
proceeds to its dissolution and cleaning. After you have to recharge the aura zone
 affected and, perform this healing again in the next few days, to ensure that that
area of the aura is correctly reflecting the internal tides of the human being.
If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being will be
performed automatically.
I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to be applied, truly amazing results are
obtained and that with any other manual therapy directly on the body, it seems like an arduous
task, if not impossible.
So I, Juan Carlos lluch, would say that the medicine of tomorrow will be based on
heal and cleanse the human energy field and let the body-soul-spirit realize
the necessary adjustments in the physical body.

I am not yet a therapist with much experience, but my tactile sensitivity allows me to know the
respiratory movement of people even if they are not present and to follow the flow of their energy
through their fascia, easily detecting energy blockages.
Through radiesthesia and kinesthetic sensitivity it is possible and, I feel, to measure all the energy
fields of people and things.
My entire therapeutic technique is based on following the energy lines of the human body, looking
at and examining all the person's chakras, perceiving the primary respiratory movement or breath
of life and, of course, doing a laying on of hands and energy transfer to , load and improve that area
we are treating.
One of my techniques is to perceive the rhythmic cranial impulse in its expansion and contraction
in any part of the body and allow my hands to move through the person's aura. If in that primary
breathing that the entire organism does through the cerebrospinal fluid and a special tactile
sensitivity, you can determine many cysts or energy knots in the human aura. Without a doubt, we
all have many areas of the aura with twists in the energy lines, which can be undone and allow our
energy to vibrate with its full potential.
For example, I have seemed to observe that the arrogant person, selfish to the extreme, has his
egregor hooked in the solar plexus chakra, creating an energetic and fascial knot in the shape of a
spiral, around said chakra.
The person with a desire for power, wanting to command to the maximum degree, has that same
twist in the posterior chakra, the third chakra of the back.
The fear of things is lodged in the adrenals and left kidney. The energy knot adopts different
shapes, spiral, right angles, rises and falls, etc.
Wanting to use fear to threaten or instill it in others is lodged in the adrenals and right kidney.
Again, the problem with all this is bringing awareness and perception, since these energies attach
to you without you realizing it. Over time they become part of your personality and then it becomes
increasingly difficult to realize and clean them.
For more information, click here .
More or less, it is easy for me to perceive the energy fields and chakras, as well as measure the
amount of energy in all areas of the body. My intention has been to learn this technique and make
measurements of everything and, over time and a lot of Reiki, I have acquired the experience. This
work with human energies has led me to have the brow and crown chakra open, information and
tactile sensitivity come to you alone.
That is why I dare to say that human health is very complicated and that each person has to take
charge of their own life, health and growth. As a therapist I can only transfer energies to different
areas of the body and teach you how to do it to yourself.
For me, a great learning experience has been recognizing the great importance of fascial tissue. The
entire body is surrounded by fascial tissue and this is a great conductor of human energy. By
recharging the entire body with energy, part by part, holistic health and, therefore, mental and
emotional health will undoubtedly improve.
One of the best things that each of us can do is to open our energy channels in the crown chakra,
between the eyebrows and in the hands so that in moments of relaxation, we can heal ourselves or
recharge our energy. Through Reiki attunements is a good way to start.
The goal, I believe, has to be to find a good balance between body, soul and spirit. Many or almost
all of us have to attract and enhance our spiritual body, to make ourselves more whole and total.
The spiritual body needs higher vibration energies than those that normally circulate in the world
and this is very beneficial for our overall health for each of us. As I explained previously, at the
end of the day your primary respiratory movement is directly related to your energy and vibration.
The higher the vibration and energy, the better the primary respiratory movement and the lower the
energy and vibration, the worse the primary respiratory movement. That is why I see it necessary to
fill our minds with high-vibration thoughts and energies and live a full life with positive emotions
and thoughts.
For this I have created the second website, which you can see the link below, full of positive
information for the body, soul and spirit.

After the session

WALK:
After each session it is a good idea to walk for 5-10 minutes before getting in or sitting in the car.
The walk helps the body adapt to its new balance. Traffic can be exhausting and stressful, and
depending on the particular situation, it can cause your tissues to become tense again.
Then take time to walk around after your session.
I RESPECT:
Although you may feel euphoric, stronger, your body is still vulnerable and adjusting to a new
balance for a few hours. You may feel like you can do anything, DON'T do it, let your body rest
and heal. Although his body has been balanced into a more normal state of functioning he still has
not healed. Healing takes time, treat your body with respect, avoid any vigorous activity or sudden
movements for 1 or 2 days after each session.
WATER:
Drink plenty of water for 2 days after each session. Some patients report a situation of fatigue,
tiredness. When tissues are released after time of being very tight, there can be a release of
metabolites into the bloodstream. It is a good idea to cleanse yourself by increasing your water
intake.
YOU MAY FEEL PAIN:
Depending on the particular problems you may feel sore after the first 1 or 2 sessions. This is a
typical response and means your body is adjusting to the new balance.
AVOID OVER TREATMENTS:
Too many treatments in a short interval of time can be overstimulation. Avoid physical therapy,
acupuncture, massages... and other types of physical treatments for 2 or 3 days after the session.
WHAT IF IT DOESN'T WORK?
It may seem that, after treatment, nothing happens.
It does not mean that the treatment has not worked, although this hypothesis should never be
completely ruled out.
Reasons: Understanding them means being in a position to help the patient understand what is
happening in himself.
1st in Reiki it is never our willpower that acts, but rather the Universal Energy, which uses us.
The results may not correspond to our expectations or what we would have wanted.
2nd the patient does not want to heal
Our task is not to combat the disease, but to channel the energy so that it is in a position to
eliminate the deepest causes of the current symptoms.
These causes may be linked to very deep existential problems, and which our patient does not want
to face (see the chapter on the message of the symptoms); Curing the external manifestations of the
disease is like acting just like Western medicine, which wants to rid us of a problem without
looking that it can trigger others. Sometimes it even enters a perverse spiral in which the possibility
of a definitive cure is increasingly unlikely.
For patients who do not truly want to be cured, illness is a way to attract attention, a justification
for themselves to escape for a moment from the excessive pace of daily life, a way to escape the
responsibilities that overwhelm them.
Reiki never forces the tendencies of individuals, but rather supports their decisions;
You cannot, therefore, force anyone to be cured if it goes against their deepest intentions.
You should never try to convince someone to undergo treatment, or to participate in a Reiki course.
Only inform you of its existence and possibilities. Intervene only when they ask us to. Anything
else will only give bad results, since it entails an attitude of rejection

Benefits of craniosacral therapy

CRANIOSACRAL THERAPY BENEFITS

Craniosacral therapy is a manual, relaxing, gentle and extremely profound technique, which aims
to locate imbalances in the craniosacral system throughout the body and help bring them back to
normal, through subtle work on the connective tissues that surround our organs and ultimately
connect all parts of the body. Because the entire body is connected by these tissues, tension, for
example, in the left temporalis, can cause scoliosis or lower back pain.
Although the work is concentrated in a certain place on the body, its effect affects the body as a
whole.

We all have a body with a great capacity for self-healing. Most of the beneficial effects of this
therapy are derived from this, since the therapist, from the deepest bodily listening, uses his touch
only to support these mechanisms and stimulate their action. This same listening is used for
evaluation. An experienced therapist will be able to perceive the exact anatomical location where
the cause of a problem is located. In this way the cause can be worked on, even if it is anatomically
far from the symptom, and then the symptom can be worked on.

The effects occur at a deep level. The person on a stretcher may feel great
relaxation. After a session the body may need to rest or, on the contrary, feel great
energy. The work begins in the session, but as it is based on natural self-correction
mechanisms, it continues long after leaving the consultation. Each session builds
on the previous one, thus reaching deeper physical layers each time.
Every human body and every problem is different, so giving a precise answer is
very difficult. However, there are some guidelines that can be given. A recent
problem will need much less work than one that has been active for, say, twenty
years. Many times recent problems require between one and three sessions
great

For old and chronic problems, which have already been tried to fight with other
therapies and have not been resolved, the guideline we can give is to receive four
sessions and assess the degree of improvement and change that has been achieved. This degree of
improvement is a fairly reliable indicator of the extent to which CranioSacral Therapy is effective
for the specific problem to be resolved. From this improvement it can be estimated how much
additional CranioSacral work will be necessary.

Regarding the time that should pass between sessions, we recommend that the first sessions be
carried out with approximate intervals of between one week and three weeks, depending on the
case. This is because each craniosacral session builds on what was achieved in the previous one,
and since the body has a natural tendency to regress to its pattern of dysfunction, it is important to
achieve a solid improvement, after which the tendency to regress is much greater. minor. At this
point the sessions can become more spaced out, for example, one every six weeks. In any case, this
therapy is so relaxing and you feel such great well-being that many people prefer to return every
week, even if the physical problems they had have completely disappeared.

I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement, to follow
this energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I kinesthetically perceive the
energy knots or energy cysts. Once this whirlwind of twisted energy is located and, which can
take on different shapes and sizes, it is dissolved and cleaned. Afterwards, you have to
recharge the affected area of the aura and perform this healing again in the next few days, to
ensure that that area of the aura correctly reflects the internal tides of the human being.

If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being is
realized automatically.

It can be said that all or almost all types of physical and mental health problems can be
considerably improved with craniosacral therapy, both physical and psychological diseases and
much more. By this much more, I mean all types of erroneous or unbalanced behaviors, the lack of
personal growth in people and the fragmentation that exists in many people due to having lost or
fragmented their relationship with themselves and with the whole. This is due to a poor and scarce
MRP and this in turn to a large number of inertial tension patterns and therefore unbalanced
energy.
Deep craniosacral work allows the person to access their inner being and this moves all types of
physiological and psychological energies so that the person recovers health, of course, and
integration with the whole.
All of us need to delve into our intimate connection with nature and with our inner being. There are
and will always be more levels in which we can delve and enhance our energy and vibration, even
if we enjoy a good MRP, we can always make it evolve towards higher and more spiritual levels.
We can call this an endless path, although of course, many of us settle for being well and that's it.
If we work on our MRP and after a few years we manage to have more than 80% of the CRI
throughout the body, mental clarity, security, a balance of body, mind and spirit emerges in us that
relaxes us and thus we know that we are on the path Right, it is how you allow your higher self and
your guides to accompany you on the journey and guide and organize your path, which will be full
of glory and blessings. We can now say that this is who I really am.
This is because you have cleansed all your aura energy and are no longer influenced by negative or
external energies that disturb your path and separate you from the source. We all have a path to
take on this earth, on this plane and without a good MRP, we will never truly be connected to our
true, authentic selves.

So apart from being an ideal treatment for holistic health, to overcome stress, to cleanse our
emotions and thoughts, it is the master key to balance and integration of the body, mind, soul and
spirit.
I consider the craniosacral physiological system to be the most fundamental and truly integrative
system.
It has happened to all of us that we have a very inspired day and everything goes very well and we
even have great and creative ideas, that day we are well connected with our inner being, thanks to
the fact that that day we have the MRP in good condition and there is a extra energy to be able to
have those moments of inspiration.

The same thing happens to artists, it is relatively easy to have a few moments of inspiration and
what is really difficult is to maintain these levels of creativity and inspiration for a lifetime, partly
because of age and partly because we become depressed and dirty our MRP. There is that real
value of the person who has worked inside and out to maintain that balance of authenticity over
time and remains that pure and energetic person that he was when he was young.
The difficult part of all this is for several reasons. For example, it is difficult for us to remember
what we were in our youth, it is difficult for us to realize the lack of energy that we are losing and
we get lost in materialism and worldly distractions, which distract us from the real and authentic
value that exists in our inside. With craniosacral therapy we return to the source of our Being.
Being in good synchrony in our craniosacral system allows us to be in good synchrony with the
rhythmic movements of nature and thus enhance the internal energy of the body and aura, which
puts us in tune with our spiritual being and this is all the best. What a human being can do, because
as Jesus Christ said, seek the spirit and everything else will come. It is a game of tuning
frequencies and rhythms, it is like watching the tide rise and the tide go down. In an open ocean
and due to the gravity of the moon, the sea inscrutably rises and falls every 12 hours, whatever you
do and whatever obstacle you put in front of the sea. Our being and our energies want you to be in
your ideal biological rhythms and tides in life and consciousness for each period of your life.
Create the necessary conditions so that in all periods of our life a deep healing or cleansing occurs,
which will generate and allow our internal intelligence to open and manifest in each of us. That is
the most wonderful and intense work that we must all do to raise vibration levels and be truly
happy.
 Membran
e

dural membrane
(vertebral region)

Of course, if we work in this direction we contribute valuable energies to our friendships, our
relationships, our work and in general to our small community that will then impact the great
community to which we belong, and thus allow and collaborate for the entire planet to realize its
rhythm and flow in its cycle changes that have been inexorably occurring for eons of eons.
Describing the benefits is a very complicated task due to the enormous variety of health problems
and the enormous possibilities that craniosacral therapy offers us for both physical and mental
health.

Let's look at some axioms of systemic medicine.

Behind every living system in balance is the Intelligence that controls it, that regulates it or that
postulated it, in its absence only chaos exists. The proof is that a living system cannot exist without
intelligence.

There is a human biological Intelligence that regulates all bodily functions in an almost optimal
way and that is detectable by its intelligent manifestations. It is different from the spiritual being
that we are.

The common denominator of every living system is the trio, Intelligence, Energy and Organization.
It is a trio because none of the three members of the system can exist in the absence of the other
two. This is an essential condition in every living system.

The Intelligence of the living system is the most important side of the triangle because from it the
sides of Energy and Organization are simultaneously generated. The greatest intelligence that
exists in the human body comes from the very essence of its Soul-mind-Spirit complex represented
in and through the cerebrospinal fluid. This fluid is generated in the choroid plexuses inside the
brain through blood plasma. Also called the Breath of Life, this liquid contains all human
intelligence throughout its 4.5 billion years of evolution.

In the words of Dr. John E. Upledger:

"[...]Once again there is outstanding success when CranioSacral Therapy is used against back pain
[...]. We work from the inside (core) to the outside. When the "core" is corrected, the outside
(peripheral problem) either corrects itself or becomes manageable through conventional
treatments."
Quoted from the book "Your Internal Doctor and You", page 178.

The body is completely interconnected by a system of membranes called "fascias." Tension in any
of them can be transmitted to any other part of the body, causing pain or dysfunction. These
connections are innumerable, and we can name some typical and well-known ones, for example:
tension in the renal or perirenal fascias is easy to manifest as low back pain; Tension in the hyoid
area, whether due to a mechanical or emotional origin (for example, not expressing everything one
wants to express), can manifest as neck pain, etc. If these tensions remain unresolved for a long
time, they can evolve into more severe problems, such as hernias, protrusions, etc.

CranioSacral Therapy and its visceral complement have specific techniques to locate both the
origin of tension and to help launch the corresponding self-corrective processes.
CranioSacral Therapy is especially indicated to help children and babies with many of their
problems. Colic, digestion or excretion problems, hyperactivity, learning disabilities and dyslexia,
as well as headaches, back pain, bruxism, etc. They are very popular uses of CranioSacral Therapy.

With children, CranioSacral Therapy works with special depth and effectiveness, since it is always
applied with the deepest respect, support and listening. A session with a child is presented as a
game. In the room there are various toys designed for each need so that the experience is pleasant.
Children have great inner wisdom and, especially when it comes to this therapy, they know very
well what they need. Therefore, we seek the child's collaboration, acceptance and permission, so
that the work can be carried out properly and in depth.

Nowadays, the number of births with external agents such as epidural, oxytocin, cesarean section,
forceps, or suction cups, can make birth a more difficult and complicated experience for the baby,
creating tensions in its membranes that, unless that are eliminated with a therapy such as
CranioSacral, can manifest in varied and symptomatic ways.

Craniosacral Osteopathy is a subtle and very profound way to help the body in its natural healing
processes, helping to increase vitality and well-being. It is effective in achieving structural changes,
however it has applications at many levels of illness and pain.

The Craniosacral Osteopath is trained to use his palpation in diagnosing how the body has
structured and functions around blockages or places of restriction. The form of palpation used to
help the body release its resistances and blockages is very gentle, allowing the deeper inherent
rhythms and pulsations to be expressed freely.
The techniques used by the osteopath are intended to stimulate health in an area of resistance or
dysfunction. This self-healing process emerges from the patient's own body; It is not something
that has to be given to the patient, but rather it is something that is always present, even in the most
severe disease conditions or in the most altered areas. Thus, the imprint of health and balance is
always present within us and we only need to reconnect with it for healing to occur.

The therapist perceives the body's intrinsic movement patterns, its rhythms, pulsations and in this
way detects areas of blockages or resistance; Thus, it helps to release these resistances in tissues,
bones and fluids and promotes revitalization of the entire body.

In Craniosacral Osteopathy the body is perceived in constant movement and the heart of this
movement is a subtle vital pulse, called craniosacral rhythm. It arises in the core of the body, in the
brain, the spinal cord and the fluids that bathe them, that is, in the entire Central Nervous System.
It feels like a tidal rhythm throughout the body and awareness of its movement reveals abundant
information to expert hands. Movements of tissue around and within joints and vertebral
relationships and even subtle movements of fluid and tissue in organs can be perceived, offering
important information about the functioning and health status of the body as a whole.

The treatment consists of this gentle listening contact that is both diagnostic and therapeutic.
Patients may feel deep relaxation and become aware of alterations in fluid pressure, tissue releases,
heat, tingling, and energy releases.
An integral part of this work is the patient's awareness of his own life process. The entire history of
our life is contained in the physical form. It may be that a current disease process has its roots in a
very early experience.
Birth trauma is a common example of how these early patterns of compression and tension at birth
can lead to many problems in the adult. These may include emotional processes such as anxiety or
depression and physical expressions such as back pain, migraine, or digestive or respiratory
disorders.

We are a unit of vital function and this is deeply respected in Craniosacral Osteopathy. Work is not
only a physical “fix” but an exploration that encompasses our mental processes, feelings, emotions
and their physical manifestations.

Craniosacral Therapy for Children

Stress or trauma during pregnancy and compression forces during childbirth can cause imbalances
in the child's craniosacral system. Even in the most natural and problem-free births, the pressure of
the child's head on the pelvic floor during contractions commonly creates compressions at the base
of the skull, which in turn affect the sacrum.
These distortions tend to resolve naturally in the days or weeks after childbirth; but in many cases
this does not happen. In this way, the trauma contained in the baby's body can produce a wide
range of symptoms, such as restlessness and restlessness, sucking problems, colic, developmental
problems and even brain injuries.

These traumatic patterns often remain throughout childhood and adulthood, producing a wide range
of possible dysfunctions such as depression, migraine, sinusitis, spinal pain, and contributing to the
weakening of general health. A recognition of craniosacral imbalances in babies is highly
recommended; It can be very helpful in preventing problems that would manifest later in life.

Benefits of Craniosacral Osteopathy

Craniosacral Osteopathy is so gentle that it is indicated for babies, children and the elderly as well
as for adults, also in conditions of fragility or acute pain.

As a comprehensive therapy, the treatment can help almost any condition, increasing vitality and
allowing the body to utilize its self-healing processes. Following is a list of some of the most
common ailments treated;
- Respiratory and digestive problems.
- Muscle and body structure problems: kyphosis, lordosis, scoliosis, sciatica, hernias, muscle pain
and tension.
- Nervous disorders: insomnia, hyperactivity, exhaustion, facial paralysis, tics, ringing in the ears,
and other neuralgia.
- Migraine or tension-type headaches.
- Immune, allergic and endocrine alterations: bronchial asthma, rhinitis, sinusitis.
- Emotional problems: depression, anxiety.
-Menstrual pains, hormonal imbalances, dyspepsia, cerebral palsy, problems during and after
pregnancy, stress, traumatic problems, jaw problems, vision problems.
dural membranes.
 Craniosacral biodynamics
Biodynamic craniosacral therapy comes from the discoveries that American osteopath WG
Sutherland made over a hundred years ago regarding a subtle rhythmic pulsation that emerges in
the tissues and fluids of the body's core.
The existence of these deep movements and the novel diagnostic and treatment techniques that he
subsequently developed were called the “cranial concept.”
He realized that changes in those movements occurred in areas of the body that were under
tension or congestion, so he developed subtle techniques to help release them. These were the
beginnings and the work was developed in the environment of the Cranial Rhythmic Impulse
(CRI), the first rhythmic pulsation discovered that had to do with the organization and self-
regulation processes of the body.
This pulsation can be palpated by the therapist and is felt as a respiratory movement, as a wave, or
as they eventually called it: a “tidal-shaped” movement.
Six years before his death, Sutherland made a second discovery: he noticed a kind of energy that
generated corrections within the client's body without external influence from the therapist, he
called it "breath of spiritual life" or "Breath of Life", and from From here he changed his mode of
treatment.
The tide is the expression of how the Breath of Life unfolds in the body, it is Life “taking body”, a
dynamic force that is essentially the principle that orders and regulates all bodily processes.
From this appreciation arises the biodynamic modality of craniosacral therapy, in which the
emphasis of the work is on neutral listening and accompaniment of the processes that arise
without imposing criteria, judgments or personal expectations.
The power and quality with which this impulse emerges and is transmitted to the entire organism
determines its state of health.
The “amount” of health of an organism is always the same, health is not lost, it is only contained
and always available.
"The health we speak of in osteopathy is at the core of our being and cannot be increased or
decreased to a greater or lesser degree.
In other words: the health of our body cannot make us sick.
In reality, the health of the body transcends death.
The health of our body is one hundred percent available, twenty-four hours a day from the
moment of conception until death, and then it perspires and does not expire."
James Jealous
This text by James Jealous shows that the term health to which the pioneers in the cranial concept
have referred transcends the reading that can be attributed to it from a medical perspective.
Curing illness is different from healing. The scope of biodynamic craniosacral therapy goes
beyond seeking to achieve a state of optimal physical health, this in any case is one of the
consequences of the therapy.
Life is healed. Even in the process of dying, we can heal life even if we cannot heal the body. Or,
as it has come to be defined: “health is the state of spiritual grace.”
The mid tide
In the course of clinical practice many therapists have become aware of tides operating behind the
cranial rhythmic impulse 10, "•''. These deeper tides also have a rhythmic movement and are
considered by many to be the driving power that produces the IRC. Although these rhythms are
somewhat more subtle, they can also be detected by palpation. The specific rhythm that
immediately underlies the IRC. It is expressed more slowly, approximately 2.5 cycles per minute.
It is usually called mid tide."
The middle mark is considered to carry the available bioenergy, or biodynamic power, that
vitalizes the body. It also expresses inhalation and exhalation phases. On inhalation, the mean tide
rises up the body and widens laterally. On exhalation it descends while narrowing laterally. This
movement is oriented naturally around the midline of the body.
The middle mark is much less affected by our immediate circumstances than the IRC, and
consequently its rhythm is very stable.

What is written below is taken from the craniosacral therapy book. Author: Michael Kern

It is the very Essence of life that is organized in a body that seeks to reorganize and emerge, that is
why in the therapy process we do not have to intervene, we cannot decide anything because Life
itself decides, it knows better than us which one. It is the availability and what is possible for that
body at that moment. Life's own deep intelligence with its inherent capacity for organization and
self-regulation will guide the process.
The therapist, with his contact and presence, can generate a space that favors the expression of the
Breath of Life in the body.
Craniosacral therapy is a manual therapy whose objective is to “update”, promote the appearance
of the health potential contained in the body.
If the expression of the Breath of Life is the expression of health; Health will be a function of
what I am capable of expressing to myself, of how incarnated the Self is, of how incarnated I am
in this body. This means alive, vital.
Biodynamic craniosacral therapy encompasses the entire range of human experience, from the
most physiological aspects to the most transpersonal dimension underlying the essential Breath of
Life. Therefore it has a profound capacity to maintain integration and physiological balance
internally. The power of the mid-tide promotes health and healing in all tissues where it is able to
manifest.
When one tunes into the middle tide, one feels a sense of unity and well-being that interpenetrates
the body, producing a feeling of wholeness. The mid tide can be felt as we enter a state of stillness
and “broaden the vision” we have of ourselves (for more details, see chapter 6). One patient
described an experience of mid-tide within his own body “like sliding down a ramp into the
water” 14. In fact, accessing the mean tide is like sinking below the surface of the sea. It's more
like being in a submarine than on a ship.

internal breathing
As the mean tide is expressed in the tissues and fluids it causes them to simultaneously "breathe"
at this slower rate. This internal respiration of the tissues is called motility. All living structures
express motility, including seemingly hard and rigid ones, such as bones. Our usual perception of
bones as a hard, lifeless substance derives from the fact that what we generally examine are dead,
dry specimens. However, living bone teems with life. It receives blood and nerve supply, has a
high percentage of fluids, and has a notable degree of flexibility that allows it to move.
When teaching this work, Dr. Sutherland often asked students to focus on what happens to living
tissues 11.
The motility produced by the midtide stimulates individual structures of the body to express their
craniosacral movement. As Dr. Becker observes: "Tissues, muscles, ligaments, bone structures,
organ systems within their connective tissue envelopes, and the fluids they contain, automatically
accompany the movement of bioenergetic patterns"16.

The role of fluids

The body's fluid systems play an important role in the distribution of our biodynamic power. The
fluid is the medium in which power is expressed rhythmically at a rate of 2.5 cycles per minute.
The power interpenetrates the fluids, which irrigate the entire body and transport this vital force to
all its regions. Therefore, the free movement of fluids within the body is essential to disseminate
biodynamic power and maintain health.
The biodynamic potency of the Breath of Life has been described as "energy that can act freely
within fluids." This power can be experienced as a kind of "fluid within the fluid" 11. We find a
similar concept in Chinese medicine, where bodily fluids are considered to carry vital forces and a
basic ordering principle. In fact, each cell in the body can be compared to a sac of fluid in which
its microscopic internal structures "float."
The engine spark
From the earliest days of this work, craniosacral therapists have especially recognized the
significant role that cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) plays in transporting the power of the Breath of
Life. Cerebrospinal fluid is the "juice" that bathes the central nervous system. It is also the vehicle
in which biodynamic power is initially expressed in the body. Thus, the cerebrospinal fluid can be
considered the main link between the potency of the Breath of Life and its expression in the body.
The power expressed within the cerebrospinal fluid acts as the “spark in the engine” 19, producing
the longitudinal fluctuation of fluids that is part of the cranial rhythmic impulse, which as we
know has a slightly faster rhythm. Dr. Sutherland deeply appreciated the vital force carried by the
FCE and considered it fundamental within the performance of the primary respiratory movement
z°. He described the power of the Breath of Life as an "invisible element" within the FCE and the
force that makes it move." The remarkable properties of FCE will be considered in more detail in
the next chapter.
THE LONG TIDE
Emerging from the depths of our being, the first movement of the Breath of Life establishes a very
slow and deep rhythmic impulse. This rhythmic impulse, with its phases of emergence/expansion
and recession/narrowing, can be palpated in the body along the midline. This slower rhythm is
called the long tide, and is a subtle irradiation of the most essential qualities of the Breath of Life.
The long tide is, in fact, the most subtle manifestation of our life force. It is the basis that supports
all other bodily activities."
Perceiving the long tide is like letting yourself fall to the bottom of the sea. The long tide directly
underlies the mean tide, being the force that causes it. The other rhythms, which are faster, are
generated from the long tide as the Breath of Life unfolds in its external manifestations. Long tide
cycles are expressed approximately every 100 seconds. It has a very light and airy quality; It is the
most essential breath of life that interpenetrates our body. The long tide is sometimes experienced
as a slight glow or a subtle electric wind.

The deepest resource

Unlike faster tides, the long tide is not affected by the ups and downs of our daily experiences and
conditioning. It is the expression of a deeper and more subtle layer of functioning. This tide is
very stable in nature and rhythm; it resonates delicately and rhythmically interpenetrates the body
from the core of our being. At a deep level, it contains the knowledge necessary to produce
healing. It is the basis of all regulatory functions of the body and when presented during clinical
practice indicates a reconnection with our deepest health resource.
SEA BACKGROUND OF THE BREATH OF LIFE
And the Lord God formed man from the dust of the ground, and breathed into his face the Breath
of Life, and thus man became a living soul 23.
GENESIS 2:7

Intrinsic stillness
The Breath of Life is transmitted from deep within us in the series of unfoldings described above
as the "three tides." The core of our being is a state of pure, uncreated stillness. This is the place of
our deep nature. This basic and essential state underlies all our individual traits, our personality
and all our actions. It's like the bottom of the sea.
If we relax deeply, letting our attention be drawn to the source from which all our activities
emerge, we can glimpse this state of intrinsic stillness. At this level there is no duality, there is no
subject or object. Many spiritual traditions have described this realm as our primordial and
fundamental state. In Buddhist texts the qualities of emptiness and luminosity are assigned to it.
This state of stillness is the basis of all forms, and in it lies the full potential of all forms. This is
the reality that Buddha described when he taught: “Form is emptiness, emptiness is form, form is
no different from emptiness, emptiness is no different from form” Za.

life emerges
All expressions of life emerge from stillness. As our being manifests itself in a becoming, the
Breath of Life begins to express itself as a succession of movements. This process establishes the
various tidal rhythms of the primary respiratory system, and can be compared to the turning of a
wheel. The center of the wheel remains stationary, however, as you move towards the periphery,
the movement becomes faster and faster (see Figure 2.4).
In essence, what I am describing here is the emergence of our individuality, the emergence of
form. This creation process occurs in every moment of our lives and is organized around the
creative intention of the Breath of Life. Dr. Sutherland described it as swell 25. The groundswell
of the Breath of Life is the tremor of life as it manifests from the depths of our being.
The movement of this swell arises as a centrifugal force (an outward movement), followed by a
centripetal return towards the source (an inward movement). These centrifugal and centripetal
forces arise rhythmically from the
the source and return to it, being the most basic expression of life. These forces can be perceived
as spiral movements of energy, like when a spring coils and uncoils in constant motion 26.

Genesis
The body is in a state of constant repair, regulation and regeneration. At every moment, the
vitalizing forces of the Breath of Life sustain and unify the process, providing order and
integration. As Dr. James Jealous says:
The Breath of Life enters the body. We can feel various rhythms that are created from it, and we
can perceive the process that takes place... We can really perceive that the Breath of Life enters
the body, comes to the midline, and from the midline it generates different types of rhythms in the
bioelectric field, in the tissues and in the fluids. In essence, a genesis is occurring. It never stops.
Moment by moment we build new form and function 27.
Dr. Jealous is describing something extraordinary: a direct perception of the Breath of Life
entering the body. This is a moment of creation in which our form and all our physiological
activities are being generated by the expression of the Breath of Life.
Transmutation
Many craniosacral therapists consider the primary respiratory system as a kind of transformer that
brings down the powerful energies of the basic breath of life so that they can operate in the body.
The emergence of each rhythm from the source of stillness implies a greater condensation in form.
This process can be compared to the transportation of electrical energy to a city through 44,000
volt lines and its subsequent transformation and distribution for domestic use in 220 volt lines 28.
Dr. Sutherland called it the 29 transmutation process.

Status change
Transmutation refers to a change of state. Like ice that can turn into water and then into steam, a
transmutation is the appearance of something new, a kind of "change of form" 111.
Each emerging display of the Breath of Life represents a change of state. In this process, each new
state is formed from the immediately underlying one. From the depths of dynamic stillness
movement arises. This is a transmutation expressed as a long tide. Then the mean tide is
generated, a rhythmic movement that is expressed within the body fluids. The mean tide, in turn,
is deployed in the longitudinal fluctuation of the cerebrospinal fluid and in the craniosacral
movement of the tissues, which are faster.
THE HOLOGRAPHIC PRINCIPLE
Relativity and quantum mechanics clearly suggest (although they have not yet proven it) that the
world cannot be analyzed as a series of separate parts with an independent existence. What's
more, in some way, each part implies all the others: it contains or envelops them.
DOCTOR DAVID BOHM
The human organism can be considered a unified system in which the whole is contained in each
part. We find this same idea in various health systems such as acupuncture, Ayurvedic medicine,
polarity therapy, reflexology and iridiology. These therapies use specific parts of the body, such as
the pulse of the wrist, the texture of the tongue, areas of the feet or regions of the eye to reveal
information about the functioning of the entire system.
The genetic “bricks” contained in each cell that we know as DNA are also a good example of this
principle. Each cell contains coiled strands of DNA that store information inherited from the
entire body. Each cell contains information about the whole, allowing the creation of new cells
compatible with the same genetic imprint.

The holographic model

The different tidal rhythms produced by the Breath of Life constitute an entire system of
interrelated movements, the primary respiratory system. Each layer of the primary respiratory
system is contained within another, creating a unified field of activity. Therefore, each part of this
system is interconnected with the others and has access to the whole.
In the holographic view of the universe, each and every physical form is considered to be
interconnected in this way. The pioneers of this concept were Stanford neurosurgeon Karl Pribram
and famous quantum physicist Dr. David Bohm.

What is a hologram?

The behavior of light shows us how the holographic principle works. A hologram is a three-
dimensional image produced by a beam of laser light. A laser beam is passed through a prism that
separates it into two distinct branches (see Figure 2.6 [i]). One branch of the laser beam is aimed
at the object being photographed, so that the object is reflected on a photographic plate or film.
The other branch of the split laser beam is directed directly at the photographic film.
Let's say the object photographed is a flower. The ray of light projected on the flower is called the
working ray. When the working ray meets the flower it divides into waves of various shapes, like
the waves that are created in water when we throw a stone on it. So the working ray is diverted or
"conditioned" by its encounter with the flower. Some of the light waves that bounce off the flower
are collected on photographic film.
THE HOLOGRAPHIC PRINCIPLE
Relativity and quantum mechanics clearly suggest (although they have not yet proven it) that the
world cannot be analyzed as a series of separate parts with an independent existence. What's
more, in some way, each part implies all the others: it contains or envelops them.
DOCTOR DAVID BOHM
The human organism can be considered a unified system in which the whole is contained in each
part. We find this same idea in various health systems such as acupuncture, Ayurvedic medicine,
polarity therapy, reflexology and iridiology. These therapies use specific parts of the body, such as
the pulse of the wrist, the texture of the tongue, areas of the feet or regions of the eye to reveal
information about the functioning of the entire system.
The genetic “bricks” contained in each cell that we know as DNA are also a good example of this
principle. Each cell contains coiled strands of DNA that store information inherited from the
entire body. Each cell contains information about the whole, allowing the creation of new cells
compatible with the same genetic imprint.

The holographic model

The different tidal rhythms produced by the Breath of Life constitute an entire system of
interrelated movements, the primary respiratory system. Each layer of the primary respiratory
system is contained within another, creating a unified field of activity. Therefore, each part of this
system is interconnected with the others and has access to the whole.
In the holographic view of the universe, each and every physical form is considered to be
interconnected in this way. The pioneers of this concept were Stanford neurosurgeon Karl Pribram
and famous quantum physicist Dr. David Bohm.

What is a hologram?
The behavior of light shows us how the holographic principle works. A hologram is a three-
dimensional image produced by a beam of laser light. A laser beam is passed through a prism that
separates it into two distinct branches (see Figure 2.6 [i]). One branch of the laser beam is aimed
at the object being photographed, so that the object is reflected on a photographic plate or film.
The other branch of the split laser beam is directed directly at the photographic film.
Let's say the object photographed is a flower. The ray of light projected on the flower is called the
working ray. When the working ray meets the flower it divides into waves of various shapes, like
the waves that are created in water when we throw a stone on it. So the working ray is diverted or
"conditioned" by its encounter with the flower. Some of the light waves that bounce off the flower
are collected on photographic film.
For its part, the other branch of laser light from the prism maintains its coherence. "It is still pure
laser light without any adulteration or conditioning caused by encountering an object." This ray is
called the reference ray, and it is also reflected by photographic film.
When light waves from both the working and reference rays meet, interference patterns are
produced, and when these interference patterns reach the photographic plate, they are recorded on
a film that stores a three-dimensional image of the hologram. If you then shine another beam of
pure laser light on the photographic film, a complete three-dimensional image of the flower is
reproduced in the space behind the plate.
Ray of
reference

Wholeness in part
Let's imagine that, after recording the image of the flower, the photographic plate falls and breaks
into a thousand pieces. You would think that at least part of the image would be lost. However,
each piece is still capable of reproducing an image of the entire flower (see figure 2.6 [üi]). This is
because each individual part of the film contains the entire image in encoded form. One of the key
features of the hologram is that the information of the whole is contained in each part. In other
words, each part has access to the whole 14.

reference ray
Let's imagine that the reference ray is blocked while the image is being created, and that only the
"waves" created when the working ray meets the flower reach the photographic film. If we then
try to reproduce a holographic image, a clear or coherent image will not be generated, only
chaotic patterns 3s. However, even if some of the "waves" of the working beam are blocked, an
image will still be produced. So the reference ray is essential to maintain the order and integrity of
the encoded image. Without the coherence provided by the reference ray, only chaotic images are
produced.
An organism can be considered as a kind of holographic system in which everything is
intrinsically interconnected. Furthermore, the reference ray of a hologram is similar
1 to the essential ordering principle of the Breath of I, Life, which maintains the integrity and
coherence of the 1 body. If the Breath of Life is blocked or restricted, disorder or chaos occurs,
and coherence is lost. One of the main objectives of craniosacral work is to reconnect the parts
that are in a chaotic state with the "reference ray" of the Breath of Life 16.

Holographic memory
One of the great mysteries that confuses research neurologists is: how is memory stored in the
brain? Even if various parts of the brain are damaged, and even if they are surgically removed,
memory can remain intact. This shows that the memory function is not located in a specific place
in the brain. It seems that memory is folded into the entire brain.
Dr. Karl Pribram argues that in many ways the brain acts like a hologram,37 and suggests that
memory is stored in a similar way to holographic images on photographic film. If so, this would
explain that each memory does not have a specific location but is distributed throughout the entire
brain 38. In the holographic model, each part of the brain contains information related to the
whole, and therefore has access to all other parts.
Holograms require a coherent light source. Recent research indicates that, in fact, the brain is
capable of communicating and processing information using light beams. This is in addition to the
linear communication that takes place through neural pathways. It has been proven that brain cells
can emit coherent light in organized waves 39. These light waves are the ideal medium in which
memory could be distributed holographically. Some researchers suggest that cerebrospinal fluid is
the vehicle that transports this light 40. In fact, biophotons, small particles of energy capable of
emitting light, have been found in the vital fluids of all living organisms 41.
Order implied and explained
Dr. David Bohm proposed the existence of a unifying principle that holographically links the
entirety of creation. He ventured that although all forms of creation appear to be externally
separate, they are, in fact, connected by an underlying implicit order. Dr. Bohm spoke of a
“holographic universe” that has two aspects: an internal implied realm and an external explained
realm (see Figure 2.7).
(i) Holographic universe
Folded information
Information displayed
kingdom explained
Implied kingdom underlying the explained one
(ü) Kingdom explained

Kingdom involved

(iii) Random events a It can be seen that these same events at the explained level are connected at
the implied level.
The kingdom involved is a domain of undivided wholeness that is the basis of all forms. The
realm explained is the domain where things appear (at least superficially) to be separate; It is what
we see with our eyes. However, the realm of the implied whole is always contained within each
explained part. Franklyn Sills points out: "What at first appear to be unrelated random events may,
in reality, be completely interrelated at the involved level" 11.
These proposals fit very well with Dr. Sutherland's vision of the primary respiratory system. In the
craniosacral concept, the tidal rhythms of the Breath of Life emerge from an implied realm of
dynamic stillness. Within each emerging kingdom all the others are folded; It is something similar
to a series of Russian dolls. In the primary respiratory system
I there are interpenetrating rhythms within other rhythms, all of them derived from a unified field.
'Each rhythmic display is a particular expression of a universal folded principle.

The kingdom of unity

According to the holographic vision, everything in life is connected to everything else, and
everything is contained in everything else. It is even thought that the entire universe is contained
holographically in each atom 44. Each atom can be considered as a small individual universe in
the cinema, some particles rotate around others like the sun and the planets of the external
universe 41.
The existence of an intrinsic realm of unity is recognized by many spiritual traditions,
, in addition to modern quantum physics. By
For example, both Christianity and Judaism refer to God, or "the divine," as a universal and
indivisible principle. All Eastern philosophies are based on the principle of a fundamental
unification of matter and experience. Buddhists call this underlying state shunyata: our true,
unmanifested, folded nature. The
 purified religious experience of unity described by mystics can refer to this implicated and
universal background.
vision suggests that the essential wholeness existing at the bottom of our being is intrinsically
found in each separate part. By reconnecting with this involved realm is how we can access our
greatest potential and achieve fundamental healing. By returning to this source of wholeness it
may be possible to erase everything; previous and start again.
ORIGINAL MATRIX
Health can be defined as the emergence of Originality. Originality expresses a complete balance
of structure and function, as manifested in the creation of a human being.
DOCTOR JAMES JEALOUS

Embryological imperative
From the very moment of conception, the body is formed around a primary design that is very
precise. When the first cells begin to divide, they somehow know how to create a human being...
instead of creating anything else! An extraordinary degree of order and intelligence is manifested
in this process. However, it has been discovered that in this first stage there are no genetic
mechanisms capable of promoting such an organized development. According to the eminent
embryologists Blechschmidt and Gasser, the ordering and organization that are expressed at the
beginning of our development do not have their origin in the genetics that act on our DNA. As
they say: "Hereditary factors are an important, but not the only, condition for the differentiation
process... The genes themselves do not carry out the differentiation process" 48.
Apparently, genetic influences do not begin to take full effect until about six weeks after
conception 49. Therefore, an important question arises here: what produces coherence during the
early stages of our development? Doctors Blechschmidt and Gasser propose that in bodily fluids
there is an ordering principle that produces this organization. And it is significant that Dr.
Sutherland came to this same conclusion when considering the role fluids play in transporting the
ordering principle intrinsic to the Breath of Life.
Essential imprint
The Breath of Life carries an essential imprint of health, called the Original Matrix by the
Dr. James Jealous. This imprint is a deep, unaltered ordering principle that the tidal rhythms of
primary respiratory movement intrinsically distribute throughout the body. The original matrix is
also called the original intention because it is present at the very beginning of life, when the cells
of the embryo begin to form and differentiate 50. However, this same embryological imperative
continues to be present throughout life, in each moment of creation. The rhythms of the Breath of
Life continually distribute an intrinsic order to the fluids and, through them, to each cell of the
body. The various systems of tissues and body fluids are formed around this essential imprint and
are maintained by it until the moment of death. As long as there is life, this ordering principle is
never lost." Franklyn Sills concludes:
In healing work this is a critical point that we must understand. No matter how desperate the
situation, the information of the whole, its inherent ordering principle, or imprint, remains
available in each part. So the imprint of health is present in every part, and remains available if we
can access it l2.

Facilitate order and health

As the original matrix is distributed by the cycles of the primary respiratory movement, the ability
of cells to express the Breath of Life has important consequences for their health. At a
fundamental level, primary respiratory movement maintains the order and integrity of each cell.
The objective of craniosacral treatment is to facilitate the expression of the original matrix in
tissues that have become disordered when affected by a pathology. By promoting the
manifestation of the Breath of Life at the cellular level, the craniosacral therapist acts as a
facilitator of this essential imprint of health. As Dr. Jealous says:
The penetration of the Breath of Life into the disoriented tissues reestablishes the original matrix.
The original matrix is a form carried by the power of the Breath of Life around which the
molecular and cellular world will be organized following the Original pattern established by the
Master Mechanic II.
Sarah's story
Sarah's case is a good example of how the resurgence of the original matrix can be experienced.
Sarah had come for craniosacral treatment for a serious and persistent lower back problem. Her
doctor had recommended surgery to remove one of the discs in her spine, but Sarah resisted that
solution and was looking for an alternative. By tuning into your primary respiratory system from
your feet, your body's intrinsic wisdom began to take over. What follows is his personal
description.
Sarah began to feel a slow wave moving through her body. The wave started from his feet, went
up his legs, reached the lower part of his back and then to the disc that was giving him trouble. As
this wave interpenetrated her lower back, she could precisely feel the tissues around the disc
rearranging. The wave continued up his spine and got stuck in his occipital bone, at the base of his
skull. He began to feel intense pain in that area. Then, a very intense image invaded his mind:
«Oh, Lord! "I remember being thrown from the motorcycle and crashing into the back of a bus!"
Sarah had been in an accident a few years earlier, when she landed face-first on the back of a bus,
knocking out several teeth. He then recalled that after the accident he had to make many visits to
the dentist; Sporadic images of that season of his life came to him. He then felt the wave pass
from the back of his head to his face, and then back down his body. At this point the pain and
images associated with the accident completely disappeared. Then Sarah exclaimed, "Now my
body feels the way it's meant to feel!" 54.

inviolable wisdom
The subtle rhythms produced by the Breath of Life are considered to be the body's primary self-
regulating and self-healing forces. Dr. Sutherland described the potency of the Breath of Life as
carrying a pure, inviolable wisdom that is beyond the relatively meager intelligence of our own
human concepts and ideas. This power carries our original matrix of health. Therefore, the
balanced expression of the primary respiratory movement ensures a constant distribution of
inherent health to all the cells of the body. In the words of Dr. Rollin Becker: It provides us with
physiological evidence of health in the entire body's physiology, and also evidence of lack of
health in any area of dysfunction. It can be used as a diagnostic and treatment tool, and is a
manifestation of life within the patient that the doctor can use to restore that patient to health II.
Author: Michael Kern
I personally use the cranial rhythmic impulse, or primary respiratory movement, to follow
this energy fluctuation through the person's aura and, thus, I kinesthetically perceive the
energy knots or energy cysts. Once located that
twisted whirlwind of energy, which can take on different shapes and sizes, it is dissolved and
cleansed. Afterwards, you have to recharge the affected area of the aura and perform this healing
again in the next few days, to ensure that that area of the aura correctly reflects the internal tides
of the human being.
If we strengthen the human energy field, the integral and innate health of the human being is
realized automatically.
I am totally convinced that with these four techniques to be applied, truly amazing results are
obtained and that with any other manual therapy directly on the body, it seems like an arduous
task, if not impossible. Pain and illness must be treated directly from the aura or human energy
field. This is the breeding ground for 21st century medicine. Of course, from a young age we have
to learn to manage and know our human energy field and know how to raise its vibration levels.
As seen in these illustrations, the spinal nerves radiate to all our organs, through the interspinal
foramina. Well, the better the energy of our aura, the better the energy tides of our body will be
and the better the neuronal and nervous communication of our body will be. Spinal nerves are the
basis of our health. If we have many energy knots in our aura, these pull on the fascial tissue and
at the same time will affect the spinal nerves, through the reciprocal tensions that we have
throughout our body.
Every muscle tension, illness or anything, has its counterpart in the human energy field. Almost
all people have many energy knots or cysts that, without realizing it, they carry for many years or
forever, weakening their energy field. These tensions undoubtedly affect the overall health of the
person in a subtle way. Simply, each of us should have our healing and energy transmission
channel open and take breaks in daily life to internalize different parts of our body to heal,
energize and balance each part of our body.
So I, Juan Carlos, would say that the medicine of tomorrow is based on healing and cleansing the
human energy field and letting the body-soul-spirit make the necessary adjustments in the
physical body.
 you IC spinal nerve
-Cl
skull base exits above the
-C2 Cl vertebra
Cervical intumescence ----- -C3
-C4
-CS -
C6 The C8 spinal nerve exits
-C7 below the C7 vertebra
• C8 (there are 8 cervical nerves
but only 7 cervical
vertebrae!

— T2
-T3
-T4
-15

•T6
The protrusion of a lumbar disc normally does not
T7 affect the nerve that comes out above the disc, the
-T8 lateral protrusion at the level of the L4-5 disc affects
the spinal nerve 15. not the L4 spinal nerve. Disc
-T9 protrusion at level L551 affects the SI spinal nerve.
T10 - not the L5 spinal nerve
UNCLE
Lumbar
intumescence-------

Conus medullaris (end of

the spinal cord )

L3
-----Horse tail
internal terminal
phylum
(pial portion)---------------

$2—

External terminal filum

(dural portion)------------

Termination of the
dural sac

Coccygeal nerve

Coccygeal nerve

• Cervical nerves
• Thoracic nerves medial protrusion at the level of the disc 14-5 rarely
• Lumbar nerves affects the spinal nerve 14, but may affect the L5 spinal
nerve and sometimes the spinal nerves 51-4
• Sacral and coccygeal nerves
Craniosacral session
You can visit the website www.vibracionyenergia.com
What is a session like?
Each therapist has their own way or approach. It also depends on the patient, and the moment, and there are
work protocols in Biodynamics. The state of listening and presence are the fundamental pillars, and each
therapist respects the rhythm of the session process, which can last from 20 minutes to 1 hour. So to speak,
by pouring more water into an overflowing glass, it will not take up more water. Normally, listening to the
patient is done from any part of the body, and the therapist's approach is soft and subtle, placing his hands
well on the cranial vault, temporally unlike biomechanical treatments, from biodynamics. They tend to be
deeper and how many sessions are necessary to overcome a problem?
As in the 2nd question, establishing a calendar of sessions on ailments or pathologies, it would be a stable
dysfunction for which the patient comes. In reality, one of the jobs in Biodynamics is not to use
expectations. The objective is the patient, not the pathology, and this requires particular attention for each
case. However, l make an "estimate", whereby mild problems are usually "solved" in a couple or three
sessions, m chronic ones entail a somewhat longer process, although evolutionary processes do not follow
the procedure li Normally, and depending on the process of each case, the visits are spaced out in time to the
extent of Normally, a patient is a therapist for the rest of his or her life, since the patient's process is his/her p
Is it compatible with other ways? therapeutic?
From biodynamics, the only thing that is required is respect for the patient's condition and process. It is
always i 4 days between a session and the session of another therapy. The reason is to give the patient
enough time to definitively digest an overstimulation that could trigger unwanted effects. The assessment, it
is understood, are not incompatible, but it would be necessary to question the need to carry out several
treatments at the same time for their resistance patterns in the face of such hyperstimulation, so it would be
advisable that each time it is started it is carried out with constant consistency. in order not to stagnate or
delay its evolution.
A gentle therapy based on the rhythmic and coordinated movement of the cranial bones and the sacrum, and
consists of said movement.
TCS, derived from Osteopathy, is a subtle manual technique that allows the therapist to work on all bones,
fluids, muscles, fascia, organs, etc. using a subtle touch, not invasive or intrusive. The BODY EXPRESSES
ITSELF, and the therapist only has to wait for the information that the patient's body sends to its own
recovery forces that will take them to their natural state of health.